InsightLoom

Automated Alert Manager

A customizable alert system that empowers users to define specific criteria for notifications regarding KPI changes or data anomalies. By enabling tailored alerts, users can focus on critical developments without constant dashboard monitoring, ensuring they stay informed about what matters most to their business.

Requirements

Custom Alert Criteria

"As a business analyst, I want to customize alert criteria for KPI changes so that I can be notified only when significant developments occur, allowing me to focus on my analysis work without constant distractions."

Description

The ability for users to define and customize specific criteria that trigger alerts whenever there are changes to key performance indicators (KPIs) or when unusual data patterns are detected. This functionality allows users to set parameters that align with their business priorities, ensuring they receive notifications relevant to their needs. The feature enhances user engagement by reducing the necessity for constant manual monitoring of dashboards, enabling focus on critical developments and informed decision-making. Integration with existing data visualization tools within InsightLoom will ensure a seamless experience where alerts can be presented in real-time within the user’s dashboard setup.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures a new alert for KPI changes.

Given the user has access to the Automated Alert Manager, when they define specific criteria for KPIs (e.g., sales revenue drops below $10,000), then the system should create and save the alert successfully, indicating it is active and ready to trigger notifications.

User receives alerts based on set criteria.

Given the user has set up an alert for a KPI, when the total sales revenue drops below the defined threshold, then the user should receive a real-time notification via email and within the InsightLoom dashboard.

User edits an existing alert to modify criteria.

Given the user has an existing alert configured, when they change the criteria (e.g., from $10,000 to $12,000 for sales revenue), then the alert should be updated successfully with the new parameters without duplicating the previous alert.

User deletes an alert no longer needed.

Given the user has an active alert, when they select the option to delete the alert, then the alert should be removed from the system, and the user should not receive notifications related to that alert afterward.

User views a list of all configured alerts.

Given the user is in the Automated Alert Manager, when they request to view all their configured alerts, then the system should display a comprehensive list of alerts with the relevant KPIs and defined thresholds.

User sets multiple alerts for different KPIs.

Given the user wants to set alerts for multiple KPIs, when they define and save alerts for different metrics (e.g., sales revenue, customer churn), then all alerts should be successfully created and should appear in the alert list with their respective thresholds.

Multi-Channel Notification System

"As a product manager, I want to receive alerts via both email and SMS so that I can stay updated on important KPI changes even when I am away from my desk."

Description

To implement a multi-channel notification system that allows alerts to be sent through various channels, including email, SMS, and in-app notifications. This capability ensures that users receive timely updates regardless of where they are or how they prefer to be notified. By offering multiple channels, the system enhances accessibility and responsiveness, ensuring that crucial business insights and alerts reach users efficiently. Integration with users' account settings will allow them to manage their preferred notification methods easily, contributing to a more personalized experience for each user.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a KPI change alert via their preferred notification channel after a predefined threshold is crossed.

Given a user has set a KPI threshold for alerts, when the KPI crosses that threshold, then an alert should be sent through the user’s selected notification channel (email, SMS, or in-app).

User can manage their notification preferences through the account settings interface.

Given a user accesses the account settings, when they navigate to the notification preferences section, then they should be able to select or deselect notification methods for different alert types (email, SMS, in-app).

Alerts are successfully delivered through multiple channels without delay.

Given the system monitors KPIs in real-time, when an alert is triggered, then the system must deliver the notification through all selected channels within 5 minutes of the alert being triggered.

A user receives a test notification from the system to confirm their notification settings.

Given a user is in the notification preferences settings, when they click on the 'Test Notification' button, then they should receive a test notification through their preferred channel within 2 minutes.

User can view the history of sent notifications in the dashboard.

Given a user is logged into InsightLoom, when they navigate to the Notifications History section, then they should see a list of all alerts sent, along with the timestamps and channels used.

The system logs notifications failures and notifies the user.

Given that an alert fails to deliver through any channel, when the system detects the failure, then it should log the error and send a notification to the user indicating that the alert could not be delivered and suggesting a troubleshooting action.

User can easily revert back to default notification settings if necessary.

Given a user has changed their notification preferences, when they access the notification settings, then they should see an option to 'Restore Default Settings,' which should reset preferences to the system's default configuration without losing other account settings.

Alert History Log

"As a team leader, I want to access an alert history log so that I can review past notifications and identify trends in KPI changes to better inform our strategy."

Description

The implementation of an alert history log will allow users to view past alerts and notifications regarding KPI changes and data anomalies. This feature provides historical context that can assist in trend analysis, helping users understand recurring issues or significant shifts over time. The log will be easily accessible from the user dashboard, providing a user-friendly interface to filter and search for specific alerts by date or type. This capability not only enhances the user experience but also provides valuable insights for businesses looking to make data-driven decisions based on historical performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User access to the alert history log from the dashboard

Given that the user is logged into the InsightLoom platform, when they navigate to the dashboard and click on the 'Alert History' section, then they should see a list of past alerts sorted by date.

Filtering alerts by date ranges

Given that the user is on the alert history log page, when they select a date range using the filter options and click 'Apply', then the displayed alert list should update to show only alerts within the specified date range.

Searching alerts by type

Given that the user is on the alert history log page, when they input a specific alert type into the search box and press 'Search', then the displayed alert list should only show alerts matching the specified type.

Viewing details of a specific alert

Given that the user is on the alert history log page, when they click on an individual alert entry, then a detailed view of that alert should open, showing all relevant information such as date, time, and description.

Exporting alert history data

Given that the user is on the alert history log page, when they click the 'Export' button, then a CSV file of the alert history data should be generated and downloaded to their device.

Ensuring the log updates in real-time for new alerts

Given that the alert history log is open, when a new alert is triggered in the system, then the alert history log should automatically refresh to include the latest alert without requiring the user to refresh the page.

User Role-Based Alerts

"As a team member in marketing, I want to receive alerts specific to marketing KPIs so that I can act quickly when there are any important changes impacting our campaigns."

Description

Enable role-based alert settings that allow users to define different alert preferences based on their job roles within the organization. This tailored functionality ensures that crucial information is relayed to the appropriate stakeholders, enhancing communication and response times across teams. For example, sales teams may need alerts related to sales forecast changes, while marketing may focus on traffic data anomalies. This requirement will underscore the adaptability and user-centric design of InsightLoom, promoting efficient information flow according to organizational needs while maintaining clarity and relevance.

Acceptance Criteria

Sales team member receives customized alerts for sales forecast changes to monitor their targets effectively and to address potential shortfalls swiftly.

Given a sales team member with defined alert preferences for sales KPI changes, When a significant forecast change occurs, Then the user receives an immediate notification via email and within the application.

Marketing team member is alerted to anomalies in website traffic data to adjust campaigns and improve performance in real-time.

Given a marketing team member with established alert settings for traffic-related KPIs, When an anomaly is detected in the traffic data, Then the user receives a notification via SMS and within the application within 5 minutes of detection.

An admin user customizes alert settings for different roles within the organization to ensure that alerts are relevant to each team's needs.

Given an admin user in the Alert Manager interface, When changes to alert settings are saved for various roles, Then all affected users receive confirmation of their updated alert preferences and can see the changes reflected in their user settings.

A finance team member needs alerts for financial data inconsistencies to manage budgets and cash flow proactively.

Given a finance team user with configured alerts for financial anomalies, When an inconsistency is identified in financial data, Then the user receives a priority alert through email and in-app with detailed information of the inconsistency.

An operations manager wants to review the history of alerts sent to different teams to improve future decision-making processes.

Given an operations manager in the Alert Manager, When the user accesses the alert history section, Then the system displays a complete and filterable history of alerts sent to each role for the last 30 days.

A product manager adjusts alert parameters based on user feedback regarding alert frequency and relevance to reduce notification fatigue.

Given a product manager analyzing user feedback on alerts, When the manager modifies alert frequency settings for specific roles, Then the system updates the alert preferences and sends a notification to users of the change.

A customer success representative requires rapid alerts for customer support incident escalations to maintain service quality.

Given a customer success representative with set alerts for incident escalations, When an incident is escalated, Then the representative receives a high-priority alert via push notification and email immediately.

Snooze Alerts Functionality

"As a data analyst, I want to snooze alerts when I am working on a critical project, so that I am not distracted by notifications and can focus on my tasks without losing important updates for later."

Description

Develop a 'Snooze Alerts' feature that allows users to temporarily mute alerts for a specified period. This functionality provides flexibility for users during peak work times or while focusing on other critical tasks, reducing unnecessary distractions. Users will be able to customize the duration for which they want to mute notifications, and the system will automatically reactivate alerts after that period. This requirement contributes to a user-friendly environment where users can manage their attention effectively while ensuring important notifications do not get lost.

Acceptance Criteria

User needs to temporarily mute alerts during a busy work period without missing critical notifications after the period expires.

Given the user has set alerts for KPIs, when they select the 'Snooze Alerts' feature and specify a duration, then alerts should be muted for the specified duration and automatically reactivated afterward.

User wants to define a specific duration for muting alerts to minimize distractions but still receive critical updates.

Given the user selects 'Snooze Alerts', when they configure the muting duration, then the system should allow a range of 5 to 120 minutes for snoozing alerts.

User is unsure if the snooze feature was successfully applied and wants confirmation of the action taken.

Given the user activates the 'Snooze Alerts' feature, when they confirm the snooze action, then a confirmation message should be displayed indicating the snooze duration set.

User wishes to review all active alerts and their snooze status to manage their notifications effectively.

Given the user accesses the 'Alert Manager', when they view the list of alerts, then each alert should show its current snooze status and the time remaining until reactivation.

User encounters a scenario where they need to adjust the snooze duration after initially setting it.

Given the user has activated 'Snooze Alerts', when they attempt to change the snooze duration before the original duration expires, then the system should allow them to modify the duration and provide a confirmation message.

Schedule Report Generator

This feature allows users to automate the generation and distribution of detailed reports at defined intervals, such as daily, weekly, or monthly. Users can schedule reports that meet their individual needs, minimizing manual work and ensuring timely access to crucial insights.

Requirements

Report Scheduling Interface

"As a business analyst, I want to schedule automated reports so that I can receive the necessary data insights regularly without manual intervention, saving me time and ensuring I stay informed about key metrics."

Description

The Report Scheduling Interface allows users to easily create and configure custom report schedules through a user-friendly interface. Users can select specific data sets, set the frequency of report generation (daily, weekly, monthly), and choose the format (PDF, Excel, etc.) in which the report will be delivered. This requirement enhances user engagement and maximizes the utility of InsightLoom by minimizing manual report handling. The interface integrates seamlessly with existing dashboards, ensuring that the scheduling process is intuitive and straightforward, thereby empowering users to obtain timely insights aligned with their operational needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a report to be generated weekly on Mondays at 9 AM for sales data in PDF format.

Given that the user has selected the sales data set and chosen to generate a report weekly on Mondays at 9 AM, when the user saves the schedule, then the report should be successfully scheduled and confirmed via a notification.

User wants to change the frequency of an already scheduled report from weekly to monthly.

Given that a report is already scheduled for weekly generation, when the user changes the frequency to monthly and saves the changes, then the system should update the report schedule and confirm the new settings through a notification.

User attempts to schedule a report for a data set that does not exist.

Given that the user selects a non-existent data set while configuring a report, when the user attempts to save the schedule, then an error message should be displayed indicating that the data set must be valid.

User wishes to receive reports in both PDF and Excel formats for performance data.

Given that the user has configured a report for performance data, when they select both 'PDF' and 'Excel' formats and save the schedule, then the report should be added to the scheduling queue for both formats without errors.

User needs to review all scheduled reports on their dashboard.

Given that the user has scheduled multiple reports, when the user accesses the report scheduling interface, then all scheduled reports should be displayed with their respective frequencies and formats clearly indicated.

User sets an invalid time for report generation (e.g., past date/time).

Given that the user attempts to schedule a report for a past date/time, when the user tries to save the schedule, then the system should prevent the scheduling and display a relevant error message to the user.

User wants to delete a scheduled report.

Given that the user views the list of scheduled reports, when the user selects a report and clicks 'delete', then the report should be removed from the schedule and a confirmation message should be shown to the user.

Automated Distribution of Reports

"As a team leader, I want to automatically distribute scheduled reports to my team so that everyone is up-to-date on our performance metrics without requiring additional steps from me."

Description

This requirement encompasses the functionality for automatically distributing scheduled reports to selected email addresses or user accounts. Users will specify recipients in the scheduling interface, allowing for personalized report delivery to team members or stakeholders. This automation not only enhances efficiency by reducing the need for manual report sharing but also ensures that all relevant parties receive crucial insights in a timely manner, fostering better-informed decision-making across the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a report to be sent daily to selected team members.

Given the user has selected a daily report type and entered email addresses, When the user saves the schedule, Then the system should send the report to the specified email addresses at the scheduled time every day.

User schedules a report to be sent weekly to specific stakeholders.

Given the user has chosen a weekly report type and input the recipient's accounts in the scheduling interface, When the schedule is confirmed, Then reports should be automatically emailed to the listed accounts every week on the specified day.

User modifies the email recipients for a scheduled report.

Given the user has an existing scheduled report, When the user updates the recipient list and saves the changes, Then the system should reflect the new recipient list for all future report distributions without errors.

User checks the status of scheduled reports in the dashboard.

Given the user is on the report scheduling dashboard, When the user views the scheduled reports section, Then the dashboard should display all upcoming scheduled reports, including their frequency and recipient details.

User receives confirmation for a successfully scheduled report.

Given the user has successfully scheduled a report, When the user finalizes the schedule, Then the system should send a confirmation email to the user with the report details and schedule timing.

User attempts to schedule a report with invalid email address.

Given the user has entered one or more invalid email addresses in the recipient field, When the user attempts to save the schedule, Then the system should display an error message indicating which email addresses are invalid and prevent the schedule from being saved until corrected.

User cancels a scheduled report.

Given the user has scheduled a report, When the user selects the cancel option for that report, Then the system should remove the schedule and notify the user of the cancellation via email.

Dynamic Report Content Adjustments

"As a marketing manager, I want my reports to include only the data relevant to my campaigns so that I can focus on the metrics that truly matter to my team's success."

Description

This requirement provides users with the capability to modify report content dynamically based on specified criteria, such as user role or specific interests. Users can define parameters that alter which data sets are included in the report, making reports more relevant and tailored to the individual needs of recipients. By enhancing the personalization of reports, this feature supports more targeted analysis and increases the likelihood that recipients will engage with the provided insights.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to schedule a report that adjusts its content based on my role as a Sales Manager, ensuring I receive only the most relevant data to aid my decision-making.

Given I am a logged-in user with Sales Manager role, when I schedule a report, then the report content should automatically include sales metrics relevant to my team and exclude irrelevant data.

As a user, I want to define specific interests while scheduling a report, so I receive tailored insights that focus on my selected metrics, like customer acquisition and revenue growth.

Given I am scheduling a report and I select 'customer acquisition' and 'revenue growth' as my interests, when the report is generated, then it should contain only the data sets related to these metrics.

As an administrator, I want to ensure that the dynamic content adjustments work correctly across different user roles, verifying that each role receives its correct data set according to pre-defined criteria.

Given I have access to the admin panel, when I view the scheduled reports for different user roles, then I should see that each role's report includes the appropriate data sets specified for their role.

As a user, I want to receive notifications when my scheduled report has been generated, ensuring that I am promptly informed when new data is available for review.

Given I have scheduled a report, when the report is generated, then I should receive an email notification confirming that the report is ready for viewing.

As a user, I want the option to modify the parameters of my scheduled report after it has been created, so that I can adjust the content without having to create a new report from scratch.

Given I have a scheduled report, when I modify the specified parameters (e.g., user role, data metrics), then the report should update accordingly before the next scheduled generation.

As a user, I want the system to allow me to preview the report content before the final generation, ensuring that I can verify that the relevant data will be included.

Given I am setting up the schedule for a report, when I request a preview, then I should see a sample of the report containing only the data sets that will be included based on my parameters.

As a user, I want to ensure that the report is generated in the correct formats (PDF, Excel) based on my initial scheduling preferences for ease of sharing and use.

Given I have specified the report format during scheduling, when the report is generated, then it should be available for download in the correct specified formats.

User Notification Setup for Reports

"As an operations manager, I want to receive notifications when my scheduled reports are generated so that I can act on the insights without delay."

Description

This requirement entails allowing users to set up notifications for scheduled report generation and delivery. Users can opt to receive alerts via email or in-app notifications whenever a report is generated or available for review. This feature ensures that users are promptly informed about their reports' availability, enabling them to take timely actions based on the insights provided, thus improving responsiveness in decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up an email notification for a scheduled report that is generated weekly, ensuring they receive an alert on report availability.

Given a user has access to the Schedule Report Generator, when they set up an email notification for a report, then they should receive an email alert within 5 minutes of the report generation.

A user configures in-app notifications for daily reports to ensure they stay updated without checking their email.

Given a user has enabled in-app notifications, when a daily report is generated, then the user should receive a notification in the app within 5 minutes of the report becoming available.

User modifies their notification settings from email to in-app notifications for a particular report to streamline their notification preferences.

Given a user has previously set up email notifications, when they switch to in-app notifications, then they should no longer receive email alerts for that report after saving their settings, and they should receive in-app notifications as configured.

A user wants to verify that they do not receive notifications for reports they have unsubscribed from, maintaining their notification preferences.

Given a user has unsubscribed from receiving notifications for specific reports, when those reports are generated, then the user should not receive any email or in-app notifications related to those reports.

User tests the functionality of notifications for different report frequencies (daily, weekly, monthly) to ensure timely updates.

Given a user has set up notifications for different report frequencies, when each report is generated according to its schedule, then the user should receive a notification for each report at the expected time without delay.

A user wants to receive a summary of reports generated over the last week, delivered via email as part of their notification preferences.

Given a user has requested a weekly summary of reports, when the week concludes, then the user should receive a summary email detailing all reports generated within that week by the next business day.

Historical Data Access for Reports

"As a financial analyst, I want to access historical reports so that I can compare past financial performance with current data to identify trends and inform my forecasts."

Description

This requirement provides users with the ability to access historical versions of generated reports. Users can view, download, or compare past reports directly from the scheduling interface. This functionality supports trend analysis and strategic planning by allowing users to refer back to previous insights and decisions made based on those reports, ensuring continuity in data-driven decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the historical data section of the Schedule Report Generator to retrieve a report generated last month for review.

Given that the user is logged in and has the necessary permissions, when they select the 'Historical Reports' option, then they should be able to view a list of reports generated in the past, including the one from last month.

User attempts to download a historical report in PDF format from the Schedule Report Generator.

Given that the user has selected a report from the historical reports list, when they click the 'Download PDF' button, then the system should generate and download the report in PDF format.

User wants to compare a recently generated report with a historical report from the Schedule Report Generator.

Given that the user has two reports selected—one from the current schedule and one from historical data—when they select the 'Compare Reports' option, then the system should display a side-by-side comparison of the two reports, highlighting differences.

User accesses historical reports to analyze trends over the past year.

Given that the user selects the 'Trend Analysis' option, when they choose a date range for the past year, then the system should aggregate and display key metrics from all historical reports within that period.

User needs to access a report that was generated before they started using the Schedule Report Generator.

Given that the user has the appropriate permissions, when they navigate to the historical reports section, then they should be able to search for and access any report generated within the last two years.

User wants to verify if the historical report data aligns with current metrics.

Given that the user has selected a historical report and a current report, when they view both reports simultaneously, then the system should clearly indicate any discrepancies in key metrics between the two reports.

KPI Trend Analyzer

A dynamic tool within the automation engine that automatically examines historical data patterns and identifies significant trends. This feature provides users with insights into evolving KPIs without requiring them to manually dig through data, enhancing strategic decision-making based on real-time analytics.

Requirements

Automated Trend Detection

"As a business analyst, I want the KPI Trend Analyzer to automatically detect trends in my KPIs so that I can focus on strategic decision-making instead of manual data analysis."

Description

The Automated Trend Detection requirement focuses on developing an algorithm that systematically analyzes historical KPI data to identify significant trends over time. This functionality will allow InsightLoom to automatically surface insights regarding user-defined KPIs, eliminating the need for manual data analysis. By integrating machine learning techniques, the feature will enhance data accuracy and provide users with timely notifications of emerging trends, fostering proactive decision-making. This capability is integral in equipping users to respond swiftly to data-driven insights, ultimately contributing to strategic planning and operational efficiencies.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the KPI Trend Analyzer and selects specific KPIs to analyze trends over the past year.

Given the user has selected KPIs and set the time frame, when the analysis is initiated, then the system should automatically provide a report highlighting significant trends with at least 90% accuracy based on historical data.

The algorithm identifies an emerging trend in sales KPIs based on recent data inputs.

Given that the system has been active for a minimum of one month, when new data is ingested, then the system should notify the user of any significant emerging trends within 24 hours of detection.

A user reviews the trend analysis results on the InsightLoom dashboard for decision-making purposes.

Given that the trend analysis data is available, when the user accesses the dashboard, then they should see a user-friendly graphical representation of trends, including upward, downward, and stable patterns for each selected KPI, updated in real-time.

The user customizes alert settings to receive notifications for specific KPIs when trends are identified.

Given the user has configured alert preferences, when a significant trend for a monitored KPI is detected, then the system should send an instant alert via email and an in-app notification to the user.

The machine learning model is tested with historical KPI data to evaluate its trend detection accuracy.

Given a set of predefined historical KPI data, when the trend detection model is executed, then at least 80% of the identified trends should align with actual historical trends as validated by a subject matter expert.

Customizable Dashboard Widgets

"As a department manager, I want to customize my dashboard widgets to highlight my team's KPIs, so that I can easily monitor their performance and make informed decisions."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard Widgets requirement allows users to personalize their dashboards by selecting, arranging, and resizing widgets that display specific KPI trends according to their preferences. This feature enhances user experience by providing flexibility and ensuring that relevant data is readily accessible. Integration with user profiles will allow for saving individual layouts and settings, facilitating a tailored approach to data visualization. Users will benefit from improved engagement with key metrics, leading to increased insights and better-informed business decisions.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Dashboard with Selected KPI Widgets

Given the user is on their dashboard, when they select a KPI widget from the available options and add it to their dashboard, then the widget should appear on the dashboard in the selected position.

User Resizes Dashboard Widgets

Given the user has added KPI widgets to their dashboard, when they drag the corners of a widget to resize it, then the widget should resize according to user adjustments without any content overlap.

User Saves Customized Dashboard Layout

Given the user has customized their dashboard with selected KPI widgets, when they click the 'Save Layout' button, then their layout should be saved under their user profile and restored on the next login.

User Changes Dashboard Widget Configuration

Given the user has configured a KPI widget, when they change the widget settings (such as metric selection or display type), then the widget should update immediately to reflect the new configuration without needing a page refresh.

User Restores Default Dashboard Settings

Given the user is viewing their customized dashboard, when they select the 'Restore Default Settings' option, then all personalized settings should revert to the original factory layout and widget options.

User Removes a Widget from Dashboard

Given the user has a KPI widget on their dashboard, when they click the 'Remove' icon on the widget, then the widget should be removed from the dashboard with a confirmation prompt for the action.

Dashboard Loading Time While Customizing Widgets

Given the user is customizing their dashboard with multiple widgets, when they save the layout, then the system should complete the saving process in under 3 seconds to ensure user engagement is maintained.

Real-Time Data Refresh

"As a financial officer, I want my KPI trends to update in real-time, so that I can immediately react to market changes and adjust our financial strategies accordingly."

Description

The Real-Time Data Refresh requirement enables the KPI Trend Analyzer to pull the latest data at configurable intervals without user intervention. By implementing this functionality, users will always have access to the most up-to-date information, significantly enhancing the accuracy of trend analysis. This feature will harness streaming data integration methods to ensure that insights reflected in the dashboards and notifications are relevant and timely. Continuous availability of current data supports dynamic decision-making and swift reaction to market changes.

Acceptance Criteria

User utilizes the KPI Trend Analyzer to monitor key performance indicators during a quarterly review meeting, expecting to see the latest data trends presented dynamically during the discussion.

Given the KPI Trend Analyzer is configured to refresh data every 5 minutes, when the user accesses the dashboard, then the displayed data should reflect the most recent updates within the last 5 minutes.

A business analyst relies on the KPI Trend Analyzer for daily operations to ensure timely access to up-to-date analytics related to customer behavior and sales trends.

Given the user's settings allow for real-time data refresh, when new data streams in, then the KPI Trend Analyzer should automatically update the visualizations without requiring user intervention.

A marketing team is preparing for a campaign strategy meeting, needing to refer to the most current KPI values and trends, which the KPI Trend Analyzer should provide seamlessly.

Given that the data sources feed continuously into the KPI Trend Analyzer, when the marketing team checks the dashboard, then all KPI metrics should reflect the current values as of the last refresh within the configured time interval.

An operations manager is reviewing operational efficiency during a leadership meeting using the KPI Trend Analyzer, where immediate access to the latest trends is crucial for decision-making.

Given the real-time data refresh feature, when the manager opens the KPI Trend Analyzer, then there should be no data discrepancies, and all shown trends must be consistent with the latest incoming data.

A finance department checks the KPI Trend Analyzer for financial metrics during month-end closing, where accurate data is essential for reporting.

Given that financial data updates occur every minute, when the finance team views the KPI Trend Analyzer, then the metrics should have been updated at least once within the last minute without manual input.

A user wants to configure the data refresh interval to best fit their needs while ensuring that the KPI Trend Analyzer still retains the real-time capabilities.

Given the user has access to a settings menu, when they adjust the data refresh interval to 10 minutes, then the KPI Trend Analyzer should reflect this new interval in its configuration settings immediately.

Trend Comparison Tool

"As a data analyst, I want to compare multiple trending KPIs side-by-side, so that I can uncover potential relationships among them and guide future strategies."

Description

The Trend Comparison Tool requirement allows users to juxtapose multiple KPIs over a defined period, facilitating deeper analysis of performance metrics. Users can select specific time frames and KPIs for comparison, enabling them to identify correlations, anomalies, or divergences in trends. This feature is essential for thorough data analysis, enabling insights that help in understanding underlying factors affecting business performance and strategic outcomes. The visual representation of comparisons will enhance user understanding of data dynamics and enrich the decision-making process.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects multiple KPIs to compare during a quarterly review meeting to assess performance trends in sales and customer engagement.

Given a user is on the Trend Comparison Tool, when they select multiple KPIs for the defined quarterly period, then the system displays a comparative trend graph of the selected KPIs over the specified timeframe.

A manager wants to identify any anomalies in production metrics over the past month to prepare for a team meeting.

Given a user has selected 'Production Volume' and 'Defect Rate' KPIs for comparison over the last month, when the comparison is generated, then the user should see any significant deviations highlighted in the trend graph.

An analyst is reviewing yearly trends to report to stakeholders, focusing on financial metrics like revenue growth and customer acquisition cost.

Given an analyst selects 'Yearly' as the time frame and 'Revenue Growth' and 'Customer Acquisition Cost' KPIs, when they execute the comparison, then the system provides a visual and numerical representation of the trends side by side for the last three years.

A team lead is performing a monthly analysis of customer satisfaction scores in relation to marketing campaign engagement.

Given a user selects 'Customer Satisfaction Score' and 'Marketing Campaign Engagement' KPIs for the last six months, when the comparison is run, then the system indicates correlation trends between the two KPIs in the resulting visualization.

A data analyst is tasked with presenting insights on product return trends alongside sales trends in a bi-weekly report.

Given the analyst selects 'Product Returns' and 'Sales Volume' KPIs for the past two weeks, when the analyst generates the trend comparison, then the display includes clear annotations for significant data points that indicate potential causes for anomalies.

A business owner wants to evaluate the impact of a recent promotional campaign on sales performance by examining the relevant KPIs.

Given the business owner chooses 'Promotional Sales' and 'Return Rate' KPIs over the promotional period, when the comparison is generated, then both KPIs are shown with trend indicators that illustrate the impact of the promotional campaign.

AI-Powered Predictive Insights

"As a strategic planner, I want predictive insights based on historical KPI data, so that I can make proactive decisions that align with future business objectives."

Description

The AI-Powered Predictive Insights requirement introduces a functionality that utilizes artificial intelligence to forecast future trends based on historical data patterns. This feature aims to empower users with advanced analytical capabilities, enabling them to anticipate shifts in KPIs proactively. By integrating predictive modeling techniques, users will receive actionable recommendations and insights tailored to their unique business needs. This capability is vital for positioning businesses advantageously within competitive markets, as it allows for foresight and strategic maneuvering.

Acceptance Criteria

Forecasting Future Trends Based on Historical Data.

Given the user has historical KPI data available, when the AI-Powered Predictive Insights feature is activated, then the system should generate predictions for the next quarter's KPIs with a confidence interval of at least 85%.

Actionable Recommendations Generation.

Given the user has accessed the AI-Powered Predictive Insights dashboard, when the predictions are displayed, then the system should also provide at least three actionable recommendations tailored to the predicted trends.

User-Friendly Dashboard Integration.

Given that the user is utilizing the KPI Trend Analyzer, when they navigate to the AI-Powered Predictive Insights section, then the predictions and recommendations should display seamlessly within the existing dashboard UI without the need for additional navigation.

Feedback Loop for Insight Validation.

Given the predictions have been generated for the upcoming quarter, when users manually input actual KPI results after the quarter ends, then the system should automatically evaluate prediction accuracy and display a report indicating the percentage of accurate forecasts.

Multi-System Integration Validation.

Given that the organization uses multiple data sources, when integrating the AI-Powered Predictive Insights module, then it should successfully pull and analyze data from at least three different source systems without errors.

User Role Permissions Effectiveness.

Given multiple user roles exist within the platform, when the AI-Powered Predictive Insights feature is accessed, then users should only see insights and recommendations pertinent to their role's permission level.

Real-Time Data Refresh and Accuracy Check.

Given the system is connected to live data feeds, when the AI-Powered Predictive Insights feature is used, then predictions should refresh with new data at least once every 24 hours ensuring the insights reflect the latest available data.

Data Change Dashboard

An interactive dashboard that displays all changes in critical data sets at a glance. Users can quickly visualize shifts in performance metrics over time, making it easier to address issues as they arise and pivot strategies when necessary, thus maintaining operational agility.

Requirements

Real-time Data Update

"As a data analyst, I want the dashboard to update in real-time so that I can monitor performance metrics without delay and make timely adjustments to our strategy."

Description

The Real-time Data Update requirement ensures that the Data Change Dashboard reflects changes in critical datasets instantaneously. This feature is vital for providing users with up-to-date information, allowing for timely decision-making and rapid responses to emerging trends. The benefit of this requirement lies in its capacity to enhance operational agility, enabling users to visualize changes as they occur and thus maintain a competitive edge. Implementation involves developing streaming data connections and optimizing refresh rates, ensuring minimal latency between data changes and dashboard display.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Data Change Dashboard to monitor real-time changes in sales metrics for the last quarter during a team meeting.

Given that the user is logged into the InsightLoom platform, when they access the Data Change Dashboard, then they should see updates to the sales metrics reflected within 5 seconds of data changes.

A business analyst uses the Data Change Dashboard to identify any significant fluctuations in customer engagement metrics caused by a recent marketing campaign.

Given that the dashboard is displaying customer engagement metrics, when a fluctuation occurs, then the dashboard should automatically refresh to display the updated metrics without requiring manual intervention from the user.

A decision-maker is analyzing the impact of operational changes on production efficiency through the Data Change Dashboard while preparing for a board meeting.

Given that the Data Change Dashboard is open and monitoring production efficiency, when a significant operational change occurs, then the relevant performance metric should highlight any discrepancies visually (e.g., using colors or indicators) within 2 seconds of the change.

During peak business hours, a user navigates the Data Change Dashboard to check the current status of inventory levels amidst fluctuating supply chain demands.

Given that the user is observing the dashboard for inventory levels during peak hours, when new inventory data is received, then the dashboard should update the inventory levels in real-time with no more than 3 seconds of latency.

A project manager utilizes the Data Change Dashboard to track project timelines and deliverables to assess if the project is on schedule.

Given that the project manager is reviewing the dashboard, when task statuses are updated in the connected project management tool, then the dashboard should reflect these changes immediately, allowing the manager to make timely decisions about resource allocation.

An operations team monitors the Data Change Dashboard for customer service response times to measure the effectiveness of a new training program.

Given that the dashboard shows customer service metrics, when the average response time improves, then the dashboard should visibly indicate the improvement with clear and informative graphics within 3 seconds after the metrics are updated.

A data analyst uses the Data Change Dashboard to compare historical data against current trends during a quarterly review presentation.

Given that the user is comparing historical data and current trends on the dashboard, when the historical data is updated, then there should be no more than a 4-second delay in displaying the updated metrics on the dashboard.

Customizable Metric Selection

"As a marketing manager, I want to customize the dashboard with metrics that are most relevant to my campaigns so that I can focus on the data that drives my decisions."

Description

The Customizable Metric Selection requirement allows users to personalize the metrics displayed on their Data Change Dashboard. Users can select, add, or remove metrics according to their specific needs, tailoring the dashboard to focus on the most relevant data for their operations. This enhances user experience and engagement, as it empowers users to visualize the data that matters most to them, resulting in more informed decision-making. Implementation entails developing UI components for metric management and backend support to handle user customizations effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects and customizes metrics to be displayed on their Data Change Dashboard for quarterly sales analysis.

Given a user is on the Data Change Dashboard, when they select metrics from a predefined list and save their selection, then the dashboard should update to display only the selected metrics.

User removes a metric from the Data Change Dashboard that is no longer relevant for their analysis.

Given a user has selected metrics displayed on the dashboard, when they remove a metric and save the changes, then the removed metric should no longer appear on the dashboard.

User adds a new metric to their Data Change Dashboard to monitor recent performance trends.

Given a user is on the Data Change Dashboard, when they select an unselected metric from a list and add it to the dashboard, then the newly added metric should be visible in the dashboard layout immediately after saving.

User expects the changes made to the metric selection on the dashboard to persist when they log back in later.

Given a user customizes their metric selection and logs out, when they log back in, then the Data Change Dashboard should reflect the previous metric configurations as per the user’s last save.

User wants to reset the metrics displayed on their Data Change Dashboard to the default settings.

Given a user has customized their metrics, when they choose the reset option, then the dashboard should revert to its original default metrics without any user customizations.

User checks the system’s performance when multiple metrics are selected and displayed on the dashboard.

Given multiple metrics are selected and displayed simultaneously on the dashboard, when the dashboard loads, then it should maintain performance benchmarks with page load time under 2 seconds.

User requires guidance on how to customize their metrics in the Data Change Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Data Change Dashboard, when they access the 'Help' section, then they should see a clear, step-by-step guide on how to add, remove, and reset metrics.

Historical Data Analysis

"As a business strategist, I want to analyze historical performance data on the dashboard so that I can identify long-term trends and adjust our strategy accordingly."

Description

The Historical Data Analysis requirement enables users to view and analyze historical data trends directly within the Data Change Dashboard. This functionality is essential for users to understand long-term performance shifts and derive actionable insights from past behaviors. The benefit of this requirement is that it empowers users to conduct deeper analyses, enhancing their ability to forecast and strategize based on historical events. Implementation will require creating data storage solutions and analytical tools that enable users to filter, segment, and visualize historical data effectively.

Acceptance Criteria

View Historical Data Trends from the Data Change Dashboard

Given the user is on the Data Change Dashboard, when they select the option to view historical data, then they should see a time-series graph representing data changes for at least the past 12 months, with monthly aggregation.

Filter Historical Data by Custom Date Range

Given the user is on the historical data view, when they input a custom date range and apply the filter, then only the data from that specific range should be displayed in the dashboard.

Segment Historical Data by Performance Metrics

Given the historical data view is displayed, when the user selects specific performance metrics to segment the data, then the dashboard should update to show the trends for those selected metrics clearly and accurately.

Visualize Historical Data with Multiple Chart Types

Given the historical data is available, when the user switches between different visualization types (e.g., bar chart, line graph, pie chart), then the data should be represented accurately according to the selected visualization.

Export Historical Data Analysis Results

Given the user has filtered the historical data, when they choose to export the results, then an export file (CSV or Excel) should be generated containing the filtered data set.

Understand Data Trends with Annotations

Given the user views historical data on the dashboard, when they hover over specific data points, then tooltips should display annotations that explain significant changes in the data trend.

Receive Notifications for Significant Data Changes

Given the user has set up alerts for specific performance metrics, when significant changes (more than a predefined percentage) occur, then notifications should be sent to the user via their preferred contact method.

Notification Alerts for Significant Changes

"As a product manager, I want to receive alerts for significant changes in performance metrics so that I can quickly address any potential issues before they escalate."

Description

The Notification Alerts requirement will automatically notify users of any significant changes in metrics as they occur. These alerts can be configured by users based on their thresholds for what constitutes a ‘significant’ change. The main benefit of this requirement is that it ensures users are proactively informed of critical shifts, enabling rapid response and strategic pivots. It enhances user engagement and mitigates the risk of missing important trends. Implementation involves setting up alert mechanisms, user interface prompts, and backend monitoring systems for the defined metrics.

Acceptance Criteria

User Configures Alert Thresholds for Key Metrics

Given a user on the InsightLoom platform, when they access the Notification Alerts settings, then they should be able to create customized alert thresholds for at least three different key performance metrics.

User Receives Alert Notification for a Significant Change

Given that an alert threshold is set for a specific metric, when a significant change occurs (exceeding the threshold), then the user should receive a real-time notification via email and in-app alert.

User Modifies Alert Settings

Given a user has previously set up notification alerts, when they navigate to the Notification Alerts settings, then they should be able to modify existing thresholds and save the changes successfully without errors.

User Sees Visualization of Alert History

Given a user accesses the Data Change Dashboard, when they look at the alert history section, then they should be able to view a visual representation of all past significant changes and alerts triggered within the last month.

User Receives Alerts Based on Multiple Configured Metrics

Given a user has multiple metrics configured with alert thresholds, when any of those metrics experience a significant change, then the user should receive distinct notifications for each metric that triggered the alert.

System Performance During High Alert Frequency

Given multiple users are configured for alerts on various metrics, when significant changes occur simultaneously, then the system should successfully send notifications to all users without delays or performance degradation.

Mobile Accessibility

"As a field executive, I want to access the dashboard on my mobile device so that I can monitor our metrics while I'm on the move and make informed decisions."

Description

The Mobile Accessibility requirement focuses on ensuring that the Data Change Dashboard is fully functional on mobile devices. This requirement addresses the growing need for users to access vital performance data on-the-go, enhancing overall usability and customer satisfaction. The ability to view and interact with the dashboard from a mobile device allows users to make informed decisions regardless of their location or situation. Implementation requires responsive design techniques and mobile optimization to ensure seamless performance on various devices and screen sizes.

Acceptance Criteria

Accessing the Data Change Dashboard on a mobile device while commuting to review key performance metrics.

Given a mobile device with InsightLoom installed, when a user accesses the Data Change Dashboard, then the dashboard should display all current performance metrics without any loss of functionality or data visibility, ensuring all elements are properly interactable.

Modifying performance metrics on the Data Change Dashboard using a tablet to address an ongoing operational issue.

Given a tablet with InsightLoom, when a user edits a performance metric on the Data Change Dashboard, then the changes should be saved successfully and reflected in real-time across all devices accessing the dashboard.

Using the Data Change Dashboard on a smartphone during a client meeting to present real-time analytics.

Given a smartphone running InsightLoom, when a user accesses the Data Change Dashboard, then the dashboard should load within 3 seconds and present all data accurately formatted for the screen size, including graphs and tables, without requiring the user to scroll horizontally.

Receiving mobile notifications for critical changes in performance metrics displayed on the Data Change Dashboard.

Given that mobile notifications are enabled, when a significant change occurs in any critical metric, then the user should receive an instant notification that can link directly to the Data Change Dashboard for immediate review.

Viewing historical performance data on the Data Change Dashboard from a mobile device while traveling.

Given a mobile device with InsightLoom, when a user selects the historical view of the Data Change Dashboard, then they should be able to seamlessly navigate through the data for at least the past 12 months and interact with the visualizations effectively.

Threshold-Based Notifications

This functionality allows users to set specific threshold levels for KPIs, triggering alerts when values go above or below those levels. With this feature, users can proactively manage their operations by receiving immediate feedback on key performance indicators, allowing for swift corrective actions.

Requirements

Threshold Level Configuration

"As a business manager, I want to configure threshold levels for my KPIs so that I can receive alerts when performance indicators fluctuate beyond the set limits and take immediate corrective actions."

Description

This requirement allows users to define and adjust specific threshold values for various key performance indicators (KPIs) within the InsightLoom platform. It includes intuitive input options for setting both upper and lower limits according to user-defined criteria. The functionality will seamlessly integrate with the existing dashboard interface, providing a visual representation of thresholds against current performance metrics. By enabling custom thresholds, users can tailor the notification alerts to their specific needs, ensuring that they receive timely and relevant information. This flexibility enhances proactive management and strategic decision-making by facilitating quicker responses to performance changes.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets upper and lower threshold levels for a KPI from the dashboard interface.

Given the user is on the Threshold Level Configuration page, when they input an upper threshold of 100 and a lower threshold of 50 for KPI 'Sales', then the thresholds should be saved and displayed correctly on the dashboard interface for 'Sales'.

User receives notifications when KPI values exceed set thresholds.

Given the thresholds for KPI 'Sales' are set to a lower limit of 50 and an upper limit of 100, when the 'Sales' value reaches 101, then the user should receive a notification alert indicating the upper threshold has been breached.

User can update previously set thresholds for a KPI.

Given the user has an existing threshold set for KPI 'Sales', when they change the upper threshold from 100 to 120 and save the changes, then the new threshold should be updated and reflected in the configuration settings and dashboard interface.

User can delete a threshold configuration for a KPI.

Given the user has set thresholds for KPI 'Sales', when they choose to delete the threshold configuration and confirm the action, then the threshold settings for 'Sales' should be removed and no longer displayed on the dashboard.

User can visually identify threshold ranges on the dashboard.

Given the user has set both upper and lower thresholds for KPI 'Sales', when they view the dashboard, then the KPI 'Sales' visualization should indicate the range between the lower and upper thresholds clearly using color coding or markers.

System prevents invalid threshold configurations.

Given the user is on the Threshold Level Configuration page, when they attempt to set an upper threshold of 50 and a lower threshold of 100 for KPI 'Sales', then an error message should be displayed indicating that the lower threshold cannot be greater than the upper threshold.

User can retrieve historical data on threshold breaches.

Given the user has configured thresholds for multiple KPIs, when they access the history section for threshold notifications, then the system should display a log of all threshold breaches with corresponding timestamps and KPI values.

Real-Time Alert Notifications

"As a user, I want to receive real-time notifications when my KPIs hit specified thresholds so that I can respond quickly to critical business changes."

Description

This requirement outlines the functionality for sending real-time notifications to users when KPI values surpass or fall below the configured thresholds. Notifications will be customizable, allowing users to choose their preferred delivery methods, such as email, SMS, or in-app alerts. The system will provide users with instant feedback, enabling them to act on critical changes in their business metrics swiftly. This feature aims to enhance user engagement by ensuring that essential information is communicated effectively and promptly, thereby supporting timely decision-making and operational responsiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a threshold for the monthly sales KPI and receives an alert when sales dip below this threshold.

Given the user has set a threshold for the monthly sales KPI, When the sales fall below this threshold, Then an alert notification is sent to the user's configured notification method (email/SMS/in-app).

User customizes notification settings for KPI alerts and verifies they receive alerts in their preferred format.

Given the user is on the notification settings page, When they select their preferred notification methods for alerts, Then they successfully receive alerts in the chosen formats upon reaching threshold limits.

User reviews the alert history within the application to track previous notifications received based on threshold alerts.

Given the user navigates to the alert history section, When they view the alert log, Then they should see a complete list of previous notifications including dates, times, and relevant KPI details.

User receives a real-time alert on multiple devices when a threshold is breached.

Given the user has configured alerts on multiple devices, When a KPI threshold is breached, Then alerts are received simultaneously on all registered devices.

User attempts to set a threshold for a KPI and the system validates the threshold input before allowing save.

Given the user is entering a threshold for a KPI, When the input is non-numeric or outside allowed ranges, Then the system displays an error message and prevents saving until corrected.

User performs a test notification to ensure alerts are being sent correctly after configuration.

Given the user has saved their notification settings, When they activate the test notification button, Then a test alert is received according to their selected delivery method.

User decides to deactivate alert notifications for a specific KPI and confirms that no further alerts are received.

Given the user deactivates alerts for a specific KPI in their settings, When the KPI threshold is breached afterward, Then the user should not receive any notifications related to that KPI.

Historical Data Analysis

"As an analyst, I want to analyze historical performance data related to my KPIs and thresholds so that I can understand trends and refine my threshold configurations based on previous patterns."

Description

This requirement facilitates access to historical data related to KPIs and their corresponding thresholds over time. Users will be able to review past performance metrics alongside threshold settings, providing context for understanding trends and making informed decisions. This functionality will include visualization tools such as charts and graphs to help users analyze how often and when performance indicators have crossed set thresholds. By offering analytics on historical data, users can identify patterns and make strategic adjustments to their threshold settings based on past performance, enhancing overall operational effectiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

As a business analyst, I want to access historical KPI data to review performance over the last quarter so that I can make informed adjustments to our threshold settings.

Given that I have access to the historical KPIs, when I select the date range for the last quarter, then I should see a detailed report of all KPIs with their values and corresponding thresholds during that period.

As a user, I want to visualize historical KPI data to understand trends over time so that I can make strategic decisions based on past performance.

Given that I have selected a specific KPI, when I view the historical performance chart, then it should display a graph that shows the KPI's values against the set thresholds over the selected time period clearly and accurately.

As a manager, I want to receive alerts when KPI values cross set thresholds based on historical data analysis to ensure proactive management.

Given that I have configured threshold levels for specific KPIs, when those KPIs cross the thresholds, then I should receive an immediate notification alerting me to the situation via my preferred communication channel.

As a data analyst, I want to analyze how often KPIs have crossed their thresholds historically to identify patterns in performance.

Given that I have access to the historical KPI data, when I initiate an analysis report, then it should provide metrics on the frequency and instances of threshold breaches for each KPI over the selected period.

As a user, I want to compare historical KPI performance against current settings to evaluate the effectiveness of those settings.

Given that I have historical KPI data and current threshold settings, when I conduct a comparison analysis, then the system should show discrepancies and provide recommendations for threshold adjustments based on historical patterns.

As an administrator, I want to ensure that users can easily navigate to historical KPI data and visualization tools so that they can utilize them effectively in their analysis.

Given that I am logged into the platform, when I navigate to the historical data section, then I should find an intuitive dashboard with clearly labeled sections for accessing KPI data and visualization tools.

User Permissions for Alerts

"As an administrator, I want to control who can configure thresholds and receive KPI alerts so that I can maintain security and proper workflow within my team."

Description

This requirement outlines the capability to manage user permissions regarding who can set or modify threshold configurations and receive alerts. By establishing role-based access controls, administrators can assign permissions to different team members based on their roles within the organization. This functionality is crucial for maintaining security and ensuring that only authorized individuals have the ability to change critical operational settings. Implementing user permissions is vital for ensuring accountability and preventing unauthorized changes that could impact business performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Administrators manage user permissions for setting threshold alerts.

Given an administrator is logged into the InsightLoom platform, when they access the user management settings, then they must be able to view, edit, and assign alert configuration permissions for individual users or groups based on roles.

Users attempt to modify threshold settings without the necessary permissions.

Given a standard user is logged into the InsightLoom platform, when they try to access the threshold configuration settings, then they should receive an error message indicating insufficient permissions.

Notifications are triggered based on configured thresholds for different users.

Given a user with alert configuration permissions has set a threshold alert for a KPI, when the KPI value exceeds the defined threshold, then the system must send a notification to the user immediately.

Role-based access controls are successfully implemented and functioning.

Given that different roles (Admin, Manager, User) are defined in the system, when permissions are assigned, then only users with the appropriate role can modify threshold configurations and receive alerts accordingly.

Audit logs track changes to user permissions regarding alerts.

Given an administrator modifies user permissions for alert configurations, when this change occurs, then an entry must be recorded in the audit logs detailing the user, action taken, and timestamp.

Users receive alerts based on their assigned permissions and roles.

Given that a user has been granted permission to receive alerts, when a KPI value crosses a defined threshold, then the user must receive an alert through the designated channel (email, dashboard notification).

The system provides a user-friendly interface for managing permissions.

Given an administrator is on the user permissions page, when they attempt to modify alert settings, then the interface must be intuitive, allowing for easy selection and modification of permissions without advanced technical knowledge.

Analytics Dashboard Integration

"As a user, I want to see how often I receive notifications and my response to them on my dashboard so that I can evaluate the effectiveness of my threshold settings."

Description

This requirement details the integration of threshold notification metrics into the existing analytics dashboard of InsightLoom. Users will have the option to view statistics on notification frequency, response times, and actions taken following alerts. This comprehensive view will help users appraise the effectiveness of their threshold settings and adjust them accordingly. By centralizing alert-related data within the analytics dashboard, users will have a holistic perspective on their operational performance and can leverage this insight for strategic planning and improvements.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets threshold levels for KPIs on the analytics dashboard and receives notifications when those thresholds are breached.

Given a user has set a KPI threshold, when the value exceeds or goes below the threshold, then a notification is triggered and displayed on the dashboard.

User accesses the analytics dashboard to review statistics on notification frequency for their KPIs.

Given a user is on the analytics dashboard, when they select the threshold notifications section, then the system displays notification frequency statistics accurately for all set thresholds.

User evaluates response times from the received threshold notifications to actions taken.

Given a user has received threshold notifications, when they view the response times section of the analytics dashboard, then it shows accurate statistics on average response times to each notification over a specified period.

User adjusts KPI thresholds based on insights gathered from notification frequency and response actions.

Given a user is reviewing the notification performance data, when they decide to adjust a KPI threshold, then the system successfully saves the new threshold and reflects this change in future notifications.

User reviews the impact of threshold notifications on operational performance over time.

Given a user accesses the analytics dashboard, when they request a report of performance metrics before and after threshold alerts were implemented, then the system generates an accurate comparative report showing key performance changes.

User-Defined Workflow Triggers

Users can create automated workflows that are triggered by specific data events or KPI changes. This feature streamlines processes by initiating predefined actions or notifications without manual intervention, significantly improving operational efficiency.

Requirements

Custom Trigger Configuration

"As an operations manager, I want to set custom trigger conditions for workflows so that I can automate processes that are relevant to my specific needs and improve efficiency."

Description

Users must have the ability to define specific conditions and data metrics that will activate workflow triggers. This requirement ensures that users can create bespoke trigger scenarios that align with their unique operational objectives. The feature will include an intuitive interface for selecting KPIs, enabling users to choose from predefined metrics or input custom thresholds for triggering actions. This personalized approach enhances user engagement and system effectiveness by allowing tailored workflows that meet specific business needs.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures a custom trigger for a specific sales KPI that triggers an alert when the sales volume falls below a predefined threshold.

Given the user is on the Custom Trigger Configuration page, When the user selects 'Sales Volume' as the KPI and sets the threshold to 100 units, Then an alert should be triggered when sales volume drops below 100 units.

User wants to create a workflow trigger based on a custom data metric input for customer satisfaction scores.

Given the user has input a custom metric called 'Customer Satisfaction Score', When the user sets the threshold at 75, Then the system must initiate a workflow when the Customer Satisfaction Score falls below 75.

User needs to adjust an existing trigger's parameters and expects the changes to reflect accurately in the system.

Given the user accesses the previously created custom trigger, When the user updates the threshold from 200 units to 150 units, Then the system must save the updated threshold and notify the user of the successful update.

User aims to utilize multiple KPIs for an automated workflow trigger to ensure efficiency across different departments.

Given the user is on the Custom Trigger Configuration page, When the user selects 'Sales Volume', 'Customer Retention Rate', and 'Market Demand' as KPIs, Then the workflow must trigger if any of these KPIs fall below their respective thresholds.

User wants to receive notifications via email when a trigger condition is met for critical KPIs.

Given the user has configured a trigger for 'Inventory Levels', When the Inventory Level hits the set threshold of 20 units, Then the user must receive an email notification within 5 minutes notifying them of the low inventory.

User requires the system to provide a preview of the workflows that will be triggered based on the current configurations.

Given the user has set up multiple triggers, When the user clicks on 'Preview' for workflow triggers, Then the system must display all workflows that will activate according to the existing parameters and conditions set by the user.

Automated Action Execution

"As a team lead, I want workflows to automatically execute actions based on my defined triggers so that my team can focus on more strategic tasks rather than on repetitive manual processes."

Description

The system must automatically execute predefined actions once the workflow triggers are activated. Actions can include sending notifications, updating databases, or initiating other workflows. This requirement focuses on seamless automation to eliminate the need for manual intervention, thereby increasing operational productivity and reducing the time taken to respond to data changes. Ensuring these actions can be customized by users adds flexibility and maximizes the feature’s usefulness across various applications.

Acceptance Criteria

User triggers an automated workflow that sends a notification to the sales team when a predefined revenue threshold is exceeded.

Given the workflow is defined with 'revenue threshold' as the trigger, when revenue exceeds the threshold, then a notification should be sent to the sales team within 5 minutes.

An automated workflow is initiated when the system detects a significant drop in customer satisfaction KPIs.

Given the workflow is configured to trigger on customer satisfaction dropping below 80%, when the KPI falls below this level, then a predefined action to alert the customer service team should execute immediately.

User updates a database automatically after specific product sales surpass a target quantity.

Given the database is linked to the sales data, when product sales exceed the set target quantity, then the database should update without manual input, reflecting the new figures accurately.

Workflow activates to initiate a follow-up email series after receiving a customer feedback score below a certain level.

Given the follow-up email series is set for triggering on feedback scores below 3 out of 5, when a feedback submission occurs with a score of 2 or lower, then the email series should start dispatching within 10 minutes.

User creates a workflow that triggers a report generation when inventory levels drop below a predefined point.

Given the workflow is defined with an inventory threshold, when inventory levels drop below this point, then a report should be automatically generated and sent to the inventory management team within 15 minutes.

An automated workflow should change a project's status when completion criteria are met.

Given the workflow specifies project completion criteria, when all tasks in a project are marked complete, then the project's status should automatically update to 'Completed' within the system.

Notification System Integration

"As a user, I want to receive real-time notifications when my workflow triggers are activated so that I can promptly address any important situations or changes that require my attention."

Description

A robust notification system must be implemented to alert users when defined triggers are activated and actions are executed. This requirement includes options for real-time alerts through various channels, such as email, SMS, or in-app notifications. Enhanced notification capabilities will help users stay informed of critical changes and ensure timely responses. This feature is vital for fostering proactive management and quick decision-making in dynamic business environments.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an email notification when a defined KPI threshold is crossed, prompting immediate action to investigate the anomaly.

Given the user has set a KPI threshold for sales performance, when the sales figures cross this threshold, then an email notification should be sent to the user's registered email address within 5 minutes of the event.

A user receives an in-app notification for automatic workflow execution upon trigger activation, such as customer sign-up or account update.

Given the user has defined an automated workflow for customer sign-ups, when a new customer account is created, then an in-app notification should appear confirming the workflow initiation within 2 minutes.

Users can opt to receive SMS notifications for urgent alerts triggered by critical data events, such as stock level changes.

Given the user has opted in for SMS notifications and set a notification trigger for stock levels dropping below a defined threshold, when the stock level changes, then an SMS notification should be sent within 3 minutes.

Users are able to customize notification settings to select their preferred channels for various triggers, ensuring relevant alerts through their chosen mediums.

Given the user is in the notification settings menu, when the user selects email, SMS, and in-app notifications for the 'Account Update' trigger, then the system should save these preferences accurately for future alerts.

Real-time alerts are tested for accuracy and timeliness to ensure users receive relevant information without delays.

Given a scheduled test for the 'Inventory Alert' trigger, when the test is executed and inventory levels fall below the threshold, then alerts should be received by all subscribed users within 3 minutes confirmed by logging the time of alert delivery.

An analytics dashboard is available for users to view the history of notifications sent and responses to those notifications, providing insights into user engagement and workflow effectiveness.

Given the user accesses the notification history dashboard, when there are past notifications recorded, then the dashboard should display a complete list of notifications including timestamps and user responses.

Upon disabling a workflow, users receive a confirmation notification indicating that the workflow is no longer active and detailing any previously scheduled actions.

Given the user disables a defined workflow, when the workflow status changes to inactive, then the user should receive an in-app notification confirming the deactivation along with the details of any actions that were scheduled but will no longer occur.

User-Friendly Workflow Designer

"As a business analyst, I want an easy-to-use interface to design workflows so that I can automate processes without needing to rely on IT support."

Description

A visual, drag-and-drop workflow designer must be incorporated to allow users to create and modify workflows without technical knowledge. This feature should support a clear visual representation of workflows, enabling users to easily map out triggers and actions. By providing a user-friendly interface, we can empower users to create sophisticated workflows independently, which will enhance user experience and promote widespread adoption of the workflow automation feature.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully creates a workflow to trigger notifications based on KPI changes.

Given that the user is logged into InsightLoom, when they access the workflow designer, then they should be able to drag and drop trigger elements and action elements to define a workflow without any errors.

User modifies an existing workflow to include additional triggers or actions.

Given that the user has an existing workflow, when they access the workflow designer, then they should be able to add or remove triggers and actions seamlessly without disrupting the existing workflow integrity.

User saves a newly created workflow and accesses it later.

Given that the user has created a new workflow, when they click the save button and later navigate to their list of workflows, then they should see their newly created workflow listed along with a confirmation message that it has been successfully saved.

User views the visual representation of a workflow they created.

Given that the user has created a workflow, when they access the workflow details, then they should see a clear visual diagram that accurately represents all triggers and actions in a logical flow.

User tests a created workflow to ensure it triggers correctly on specific data events.

Given that the user has created a workflow with a defined trigger event, when the event occurs within the system, then the action specified in the workflow should activate automatically and perform as expected without manual intervention.

User receives an error message when trying to create a workflow without selecting required components.

Given that the user attempts to create a workflow without selecting any triggers or actions, when they click the save button, then they should see a clear error message indicating that triggers and actions are required to save the workflow.

Comprehensive Logging and Reporting

"As a project manager, I want to access logs and reports of workflow activations and executions so that I can analyze performance and make data-driven decisions about potential improvements."

Description

The workflow engine must include detailed logging and reporting capabilities. This requirement entails capturing data on trigger activations, action executions, and overall workflow performance. Providing users with insights into workflow efficiency and outcomes will help identify areas for improvement and demonstrate the value of investment in automation. This feature is essential for continuous optimization and ensuring that workflows are achieving their intended goals.

Acceptance Criteria

Activation Logging for Workflow Triggers

Given a user-defined workflow is triggered, when the event activation occurs, then a detailed log entry is created capturing the date, time, triggering event, and user ID.

Action Execution Reporting

Given a workflow action is executed, when the action completes, then a report entry must be generated detailing the action taken, timestamp, outcome status (success/failure), and any errors encountered.

Overall Workflow Performance Insights

Given multiple workflows are activated, when a user requests a performance report, then a comprehensive summary report is generated, displaying the number of activations, successful executions, and failure rates for each workflow over a specified period.

User Notification Logs

Given a workflow includes a notification action, when the notification is sent to the user, then the system logs the notification along with recipient details and the timestamp of sending.

Error Handling and Reporting

Given an error occurs during workflow execution, when the error is logged, then the system must capture the error type, timestamp, and the workflow ID associated with it in the error logs.

User Access and Permissions Reporting

Given a user with specific permissions accesses the workflow, when a user access report is requested, then the report should list all activities performed by the user within the last 30 days along with timestamps.

Historical Data Archiving for Workflow Logs

Given a workflow logging mechanism, when the logs exceed a defined size, then the system must automatically archive the oldest logs to ensure optimal performance and retain at least six months of history.

Insights Sharing Hub

A built-in feature that enables users to share automated reports and alerts with their teams easily. This hub promotes collaboration and ensures that all stakeholders stay informed about relevant data changes, fostering a culture of transparency and data-driven decision-making.

Requirements

Automated Report Generation

"As a team leader, I want automated reports generated weekly so that my team can stay updated on our performance metrics without having to manually compile data."

Description

This requirement entails the implementation of an automated report generation feature within the Insights Sharing Hub, which enables users to schedule the creation of reports based on specified criteria, pulling in relevant data from the platform. This feature will enhance user experience by providing timely insights without manual intervention, thus fostering a proactive approach to data management. By offering customizable templates and predefined metrics, users can control what data is included, streamlining the decision-making process and ensuring that all stakeholders have access to the information they need without delay or confusion.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a weekly report on sales performance that includes data from the last seven days, using the automated report generation feature in the Insights Sharing Hub.

Given a user has access to the Insights Sharing Hub, When the user schedules a report for weekly sales performance, Then the report should automatically generate with data from the last seven days in the predefined template.

User selects specific metrics to include in a report from the customizable template options available in the automated report generation feature.

Given a user is in the report customization interface, When the user selects specific metrics to include in their report, Then the generated report should reflect the selected metrics accurately.

User expects to receive an automated report via email at the scheduled time without manual intervention.

Given a report is scheduled to be sent via email, When the report generation time arrives, Then the report should be sent to the specified email address without errors.

Multiple users from a team simultaneously schedule reports to ensure timely insights for an upcoming meeting.

Given multiple users are scheduling reports from the Insights Sharing Hub, When they each specify their report requirements, Then each report should generate independently without conflict or data overlap.

User needs to view and modify previously scheduled reports to accommodate changing business needs.

Given a user accesses the report scheduling interface, When the user selects a previously scheduled report, Then they should be able to view the details and make modifications to the schedule or content easily.

User receives an alert when a scheduled report fails to generate due to data unavailability or errors in the system.

Given a scheduled report has not generated successfully, When the failure occurs, Then the user should receive a notification alerting them to the issue with details about the failure.

Real-time Data Alerts

"As a data analyst, I want to receive instant alerts when critical changes in the data occur so that I can quickly inform my team and strategize accordingly."

Description

The requirement involves the development of real-time data alert notifications that inform users about significant changes or trends in the data. Users will be able to set parameters for the alerts, allowing them to customize what constitutes a significant change in their reports. This enhances responsiveness to critical data updates, ensuring that stakeholders are alerted immediately when specific conditions arise, promoting timely discussions and actions based on up-to-date information. Integrating with existing communication tools will further facilitate immediate awareness and collaboration among team members.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures data alert parameters for significant changes in sales data in InsightLoom.

Given a user has access to the Insights Sharing Hub, when they set alert parameters for significant changes in sales data, then the system should successfully save the configurations and display a confirmation message.

A user receives a real-time alert when the sales data exceeds the defined threshold.

Given the user has set an alert for sales data exceeding $10,000, when the sales data surpasses this threshold, then the user should receive a notification via their preferred communication tool within 1 minute.

User modifies an existing data alert for sales changes in InsightLoom.

Given a user has an existing alert for sales data, when they change the alert parameters to notify them of decreases in sales, then the system should update the alert settings and confirm the changes were saved successfully.

Team members receive notifications about real-time data alerts in their communication tools.

Given a real-time data alert is triggered, when the alert is generated, then all team members with access to the Alerts Sharing Hub should receive notifications through their selected communication tools (e.g., email, Slack) immediately.

User reviews the history of alerts triggered in the Insights Sharing Hub.

Given a user wants to check previous alerts triggered, when they navigate to the alerts history section, then the system should display all past alerts with timestamps and details of the triggered conditions.

User sets up a recurring report that includes data alert parameters.

Given a user wants to share recurring reports that include real-time alert parameters, when they configure the report, then the system should allow them to include alert parameters and share the report automatically at the set frequency.

Collaborative Workspace Features

"As a project manager, I want to discuss insights directly in the report sharing interface so that my team can have all relevant information in one place and streamline our decision-making process."

Description

This requirement focuses on implementing collaborative workspace capabilities that allow users to comment, tag, and discuss shared reports within the Insights Sharing Hub. These features will foster collaboration by enabling team members to engage directly on the reports they are reviewing, ensuring that discussions are consolidated in one place. Integration with task management tools could further enhance this capability by allowing users to assign action items based on feedback or insights gathered in reports, creating a seamless workflow from insight generation to decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User Comments on Reports in the Insights Sharing Hub

Given a user has accessed the Insights Sharing Hub, when they view a shared report, then they should be able to add comments that are saved and visible to all team members.

Tagging Team Members in Comments

Given a user is commenting on a shared report, when they use the tagging feature to mention a team member, then that team member should receive a notification about the comment.

Discussion Thread Consolidation

Given multiple users have commented on a shared report, when the comments are displayed, then they should be organized chronologically to create a clear discussion thread.

Integration with Task Management Tools

Given a user is viewing comments on a shared report, when they identify an action item arising from the discussion, then they should be able to create a task in an integrated task management tool directly from the comment.

Real-time Updates for Collaboration

Given multiple users are engaged in discussions on a shared report, when one user adds a comment, then all users viewing the report should see the new comment in real-time without needing to refresh.

Notification of New Comments and Tags

Given a user has a shared report in the Insights Sharing Hub, when new comments are added or they are tagged in a comment, then they should receive an instant notification through the platform.

User Access Control for Comments

Given a shared report, when a user attempts to comment, then the system should validate their access rights, allowing only authorized users to comment based on predefined access control settings.

Role-based Access Control

"As an administrator, I want to manage user access levels so that sensitive data is secured while ensuring team members can access necessary information for their tasks."

Description

This requirement outlines the need for implementing role-based access control (RBAC) within the Insights Sharing Hub to ensure that users have access only to the data and reports relevant to their roles. This functionality will allow administrators to define user roles and permissions, thus protecting sensitive information and ensuring compliance with data privacy regulations. By segmenting access, organizations can foster trust in data usage while empowering users with the relevant tools and information needed for their specific roles, resulting in informed yet secure decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Insights Sharing Hub as a project manager to view performance reports relevant to their team.

Given the user has a project manager role, When the user logs in to the Insights Sharing Hub, Then they should only see performance reports for their team and not access reports belonging to other departments.

An administrator sets up role-based access control for a new team member in the Insights Sharing Hub.

Given the administrator is logged in, When they assign the new user the role of 'Analyst', Then the system should grant access to analysis reports and deny access to sensitive financial data reports.

A user in the Insights Sharing Hub attempts to share a report that is restricted by role-based access control.

Given the user is an intern with restricted access, When they try to share the financial report, Then the system should display an error message indicating insufficient permissions to share this report.

A user with administrative privileges views their access control settings in the Insights Sharing Hub.

Given the user is logged in as an administrator, When they navigate to the access control settings, Then they should be able to see, edit, and save the list of roles and their permissions.

A member of the marketing team accesses the Insights Sharing Hub to pull marketing campaign reports.

Given the user is assigned the marketing team role, When they log in to the Insights Sharing Hub, Then they should only have access to the marketing campaign reports and not see any sales or finance reports.

A user attempts to log in to the Insights Sharing Hub with an incorrect role assignment.

Given the user has been assigned a role that does not exist or is inactive, When they attempt to log in, Then they should be denied access with a message indicating the role issue.

Integration with Third-party Tools

"As a user, I want to share insights directly to my project management tool so that I can streamline my workflow and keep my team updated without switching between applications."

Description

This requirement pertains to the integration of the Insights Sharing Hub with various third-party tools and platforms commonly used for project management, CRM, and data analysis. This will allow users to seamlessly share insights and reports across their existing workflows and improve overall productivity by reducing the need to switch between multiple applications. The integration will include APIs to facilitate data exchange and ensure that insights generated within InsightLoom can correlate with actions taken in other platforms, thus enhancing the utility and reach of the insights produced.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can share automated reports from the Insights Sharing Hub to their project management tools without any technical assistance.

Given a user is logged into the Insights Sharing Hub, when they select a report to share and choose a project management tool for integration, then the report is successfully shared without errors and is accessible in the selected tool.

Notifications related to shared reports are accurately sent to team members within their existing platforms.

Given a report is shared via the Insights Sharing Hub, when the report is sent to team members, then all designated recipients receive a notification in their integrated platform.

Users can initiate a reporting workflow that automatically pulls data from multiple third-party tools into the Insights Sharing Hub.

Given a user configures a reporting workflow that includes multiple third-party data sources, when the workflow is executed, then all relevant data from the specified tools is accurately reflected in the Insights Sharing Hub.

The integration with third-party CRMs allows users to tag insights with relevant campaign identifiers for easier tracking.

Given a user shares an insight report from the Insights Sharing Hub, when they apply a campaign tag to that report, then the report is correctly tagged and retrievable through the CRM's search functionality.

Users can seamlessly switch between InsightLoom and their third-party tools without loss of data or context.

Given a user is working in InsightLoom and decides to switch to a third-party tool, when they navigate back to InsightLoom, then the user's last session state and data inputs are preserved and visible.

Future Trend Visualizer

The Future Trend Visualizer offers users a graphical representation of projected data trends based on historical datasets. By utilizing advanced algorithms, this feature allows users to foresee market shifts and potential opportunities. This capability empowers businesses to align their strategies proactively, ensuring they stay one step ahead of competitors.

Requirements

Dynamic Trend Analysis

"As a data analyst, I want the Future Trend Visualizer to update its trend predictions dynamically so that I can rely on the most current data for my strategic business decisions."

Description

The Dynamic Trend Analysis requirement enables the Future Trend Visualizer to automatically update its trend predictions based on new historical data inputs. This feature must harness advanced machine learning algorithms that continuously learn from incoming data to improve accuracy and provide timely insights. It allows users to make data-driven decisions based on the most up-to-date trends, enhancing their strategic planning capabilities. This functionality integrates seamlessly with the existing InsightLoom system, ensuring that users receive a real-time visualization of trends that reflect the current market dynamics, ultimately increasing user satisfaction and decision-making speed.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a new historical dataset to InsightLoom and expects the Future Trend Visualizer to immediately reflect updated trend predictions based on the latest data inputs.

Given a new historical dataset is uploaded, when the data is processed, then the Future Trend Visualizer should update its trend predictions within 5 minutes, displaying the latest insights to the user.

A user expects to see improved accuracy in trend predictions as more historical data is continuously added over time.

Given multiple historical datasets have been uploaded, when the user initiates a trend analysis, then the accuracy of trend predictions should improve by at least 10% for each additional dataset processed compared to previous analyses.

Users want the Future Trend Visualizer to provide an alert notification whenever significant changes in trend predictions occur based on new incoming data.

Given new data is processed, when a significant change in trend predictions occurs, then the system should send a notification to the user detailing the changes within 2 minutes of the update.

A user is tracking specific market trends and requires the system to filter trends based on specific criteria after new data updates.

Given new data has been analyzed, when the user applies filter criteria to the trends, then the Future Trend Visualizer should display only the trends that match the specified criteria in less than 3 seconds.

Users with varying levels of expertise must be able to understand and interpret the trend predictions visualized in the application.

Given trend predictions are generated, when the user accesses the Future Trend Visualizer, then the visual representation should include tooltips and explanations that simplify complex data insights for non-technical users.

An administrator wants to ensure that the Future Trend Visualizer automatically scales with increased data volume without compromising performance.

Given a significant increase in historical data inputs, when a user retrieves trend predictions, then the system should maintain performance benchmarks, processing predictions within 5 seconds regardless of data volume.

Users require that the Future Trend Visualizer can integrate and communicate with other components of the InsightLoom system seamlessly as new data is processed.

Given new datasets are integrated, when the system processes these datasets, then the Future Trend Visualizer should interact seamlessly with the other components, ensuring all systems display consistent data without manual intervention.

Customizable Visualization Options

"As a business manager, I want to customize the visualization of future trends so that I can present the data in a way that best suits my team's understanding."

Description

The Customizable Visualization Options requirement allows users to tailor the display of their data visualizations in the Future Trend Visualizer. This includes the ability to select different chart types, color schemes, and data intervals. By empowering users to personalize their visual reports, this feature enhances user engagement, making the data more comprehensible and actionable. It integrates with the user interface of InsightLoom, enabling seamless customizations without requiring technical expertise.

Acceptance Criteria

User customizing a line chart of historical sales data with a green color scheme and monthly data intervals in the Future Trend Visualizer.

Given the user selects the 'Line Chart' option, When the user chooses 'Green' from the color scheme dropdown and selects 'Monthly' as the data interval, Then the line chart should display historical sales data in green for monthly intervals accurately.

A user attempts to save their custom visualization settings and later retrieves them to ensure that the settings persist correctly.

Given the user customizes their visualization settings and clicks the 'Save Settings' button, When the user navigates away from the page and returns to the Future Trend Visualizer, Then the previously saved settings should be reflected in the visualization options.

User wants to visualize a pie chart of customer demographics with a custom color palette to align with their brand colors.

Given the user selects the 'Pie Chart' visualization type, When the user selects a custom color palette and applies it, Then the pie chart should render using the chosen custom colors accurately.

A user chooses a bar chart to visualize quarterly revenue data with an option for animated transitions between changes.

Given the user selects 'Bar Chart' and checks the 'Enable Animation' option for the quarterly revenue data, When they apply the changes, Then the bar chart should display with animated transitions every time the data is updated.

User needs to access a legend that explains the color coding used in their specific data visualization within the Future Trend Visualizer.

Given the user is viewing their customized visualization, When they hover over the chart, Then a legend outlining the colors and their corresponding data categories should be visible and easily readable.

A user tests the load time for a customized visualization with extensive data points to ensure performance standards are met.

Given the user has applied numerous customizations to their visualization, When they request to render the chart with over 10,000 data points, Then the chart should load within 5 seconds without errors or lagging.

User wants to switch between different chart types on the same dataset seamlessly without losing their customization settings.

Given the user is currently viewing a bar chart of sales data, When they select 'Switch to Line Chart' without changing any customization options, Then the line chart should display accurately with the same data and visual customization settings applied.

Forecast Comparison Tool

"As a strategic planner, I want to compare future forecasts with previous predictions so that I can evaluate the accuracy of my strategy and make necessary adjustments."

Description

The Forecast Comparison Tool requirement enables users to juxtapose the projected data trends against prior forecasts or actual outcomes. This functionality allows businesses to assess the reliability of the predictions made by the Future Trend Visualizer and adjust their strategies accordingly. Incorporating analytical functionalities that highlight discrepancies and trends over time, this tool provides valuable insights, helping organizations to refine their forecasting methods and expectations. This tool should work in tandem with existing data sets and be easy to navigate for enhanced user experience within InsightLoom.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can compare projected data trends with actual outcomes in the Forecast Comparison Tool.

Given a set of historical data and forecast results, when a user selects a specific forecast to compare, then the tool should display a side-by-side graphical representation of the projected trends and actual outcomes within a user-friendly dashboard.

Users can identify discrepancies between forecasts and actual outcomes using analytical functionalities.

Given the comparison of forecasted data and actual outcomes, when discrepancies are identified, then the tool should automatically highlight these discrepancies in the graphical representation and provide a summary analysis of the trends over time.

Users can navigate the Forecast Comparison Tool with ease to access different forecasts and historical datasets.

Given the design of the Forecast Comparison Tool, when a user engages with the navigation elements, then the user should be able to intuitively access any forecast and historical datasets without encountering errors or unnecessary complexity.

Users can generate reports based on the results of the comparison.

Given that the user has completed a comparison, when the user selects the 'Generate Report' option, then a summary report should be created that includes visual comparisons, highlighted discrepancies, and insights for strategic adjustments.

Users can save and revisit previous comparisons made in the Forecast Comparison Tool.

Given that a user has completed a comparison, when the user chooses to save that comparison, then the changes should persist, allowing the user to revisit it later from a saved comparisons dashboard.

The tool provides context-aware help for users who are unsure of how to use the comparison features.

Given that a user is interacting with the Forecast Comparison Tool, when the user clicks on any element or feature, then contextual help or tooltips should appear providing guidance on its functionality and best practices.

AI-Driven Alert Notifications

"As a business owner, I want to receive alerts for significant market shifts so that I can take prompt action to capitalize on opportunities or mitigate risks before they escalate."

Description

The AI-Driven Alert Notifications requirement incorporates a feature within the Future Trend Visualizer that alerts users to significant market shifts or anomalies detected by the system. By utilizing intelligent algorithms, this feature will notify users via email or in-app notifications when trends suggest critical changes that could impact their business strategies. This proactive approach empowers users by providing actionable insights that help them react swiftly to market changes, ultimately driving timely decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an email notification about a significant market shift detected by the AI algorithms while analyzing the Future Trend Visualizer data.

Given a significant market shift is detected, When the analysis is completed, Then an email notification should be sent to the user's registered email address.

User receives an in-app notification alerting them of an anomaly detected in their chosen dataset within the Future Trend Visualizer.

Given an anomaly is identified in the user-selected dataset, When the anomaly is detected, Then an in-app notification should be displayed to the user immediately.

User wants to customize alert thresholds for different market trends they are monitoring in the platform.

Given the user is on the alert settings page, When they input custom threshold values and save the changes, Then the system should confirm the updated thresholds and apply them to future alerts.

User accesses the Future Trend Visualizer and sees a list of all past notifications about market shifts and anomalies.

Given the user navigates to the notification history section, When they view the past notifications, Then the system should display all relevant historical alerts with timestamps and descriptions.

User has opted out of receiving email notifications, but still wants to receive in-app alerts for market changes.

Given the user has selected to opt out of email alerts, When a significant market change occurs, Then the system should only send an in-app notification and not an email.

User desires to modify the urgency levels of alerts based on specific criteria they define.

Given the user is on the alert settings page, When they select urgency levels for different types of alerts and save, Then the system should apply the defined urgency levels to future notifications.

Historical Data Integration

"As a data scientist, I want to easily upload historical datasets so that I can enhance the accuracy of my trend analyses and forecasts."

Description

The Historical Data Integration requirement ensures that users can seamlessly upload and incorporate extensive historical datasets into the Future Trend Visualizer. This capability is essential for generating accurate trend forecasts based on a solid foundation of past data. By supporting various file formats and ensuring data integrity, this feature simplifies the user’s experience in data preparation, enhancing the platform’s usability and reliability in delivering accurate predictive insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully uploads a CSV file containing historical sales data for integration into the Future Trend Visualizer.

Given the user is on the Historical Data Integration page, when they select a valid CSV file and click 'Upload', then the system should accept the file and display a confirmation message.

User attempts to upload a corrupted Excel file as historical data for the Future Trend Visualizer.

Given the user is on the Historical Data Integration page, when they select a corrupted Excel file and click 'Upload', then the system should reject the file and display an error message indicating the file is not valid.

User successfully uploads multiple file formats containing historical data and checks the data integrity after the upload.

Given the user is on the Historical Data Integration page, when they upload a JSON file and a TXT file, then both files should be accepted, and the system should display a summary indicating successful data integration without any integrity issues.

User reviews the uploaded historical data for accuracy before using the Future Trend Visualizer.

Given the user has uploaded historical datasets, when they navigate to the Data Review section, then they should see a detailed preview of the datasets along with an option to edit or delete records.

User encounters a limit on the size of the historical data file being uploaded.

Given the user is on the Historical Data Integration page, when they attempt to upload a file larger than the allowable size limit, then the system should reject the upload and display an error message explaining the file size limit.

User integrates historical data and uses it to generate a trend visualization immediately afterwards.

Given the user has successfully uploaded historical data, when they navigate to the Future Trend Visualizer and request a trend analysis, then the system should generate a trend graph reflecting the uploaded data.

User uploads historical data and checks the timestamps for data accuracy.

Given the user is on the Historical Data Integration page, when they upload a dataset with timestamps, then the system should validate and ensure all timestamps are correctly formatted and fall within a specified range.

Scenario Simulation Tool

The Scenario Simulation Tool enables users to create and test various future scenarios by altering key variables and observing potential outcomes. This feature equips decision-makers with insights on how different actions may impact their KPIs, facilitating risk assessment and strategic planning. Users can confidently navigate uncertainties by visualizing multiple paths forward.

Requirements

Dynamic Variable Adjustment

"As a decision-maker, I want to adjust key variables in the simulation so that I can see how different scenarios affect my KPIs and make informed choices based on those outcomes."

Description

The Dynamic Variable Adjustment requirement entails allowing users to modify key variables in the Scenario Simulation Tool in real time. This functionality is critical as it enables users to explore a variety of scenarios by adjusting inputs such as market conditions, production levels, or budget allocations. By facilitating this level of interaction, businesses can better understand the implications of their decisions, leading to improved strategic planning and risk management. Ultimately, this requirement enhances the core value of the Scenario Simulation Tool, making it an indispensable asset for decision-makers as they navigate potential uncertainties in their operational or financial landscapes.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-Time Adjustment of Market Conditions

Given that a user is in the Scenario Simulation Tool, when they adjust the market condition variable, then the simulation should update the potential outcomes in real time without any delay and accurately reflect the impact of the change on overall KPIs.

Impact Analysis of Budget Allocation Changes

Given that a user alters the budget allocation variable in the Scenario Simulation Tool, when they submit the changes, then the system should display updated predictions and outcomes based on the new budget allocation within 2 seconds.

Production Level Adjustment Scenarios

Given that a user modifies the production level variable, when they execute the simulation, then the output should include a comprehensive comparison of key performance indicators before and after the adjustment for clear visibility of the impact.

User Interface Response to Variable Changes

Given that a user interacts with the dynamic variables, when any variable is adjusted, then the interface must remain responsive and should not freeze or lag during the update process, ensuring a smooth user experience.

Visualization of Multiple Scenario Outcomes

Given that a user adjusts multiple variables, when they run the simulation, then the tool should display a visual representation (charts/graphs) of all altered scenarios side by side for comparative analysis.

Saving and Loading Scenarios with Adjusted Variables

Given that a user has made adjustments to the variables in the tool, when they choose to save these changes, then the system should successfully save the current scenario with a timestamp and allow the user to retrieve it later for further analysis.

Exporting Simulation Results

Given that a user has completed a simulation with adjusted variables, when they choose to export the results, then the system should generate a downloadable report that includes all key metrics and outcomes for their review.

Scenario Outcome Visualization

"As a user, I want to visualize the outcomes of my simulations through graphs and charts so that I can easily analyze the impacts of various scenarios on my KPIs and present findings to my team."

Description

The Scenario Outcome Visualization requirement focuses on the graphical representation of simulated outcomes based on variable adjustments. This feature enhances the Scenario Simulation Tool by translating complex data into intuitive visual formats like charts and graphs. With this capability, users can easily perceive potential outcomes and trends, fostering an understanding of how different scenarios could play out in practice. Effective visualization not only aids in comprehension but also engages users, helping them to present findings convincingly to stakeholders. This requirement directly supports the product's mission of facilitating strategic decision-making through accessible data intelligence.

Acceptance Criteria

As a product manager, I want to visualize different outcomes of a sales strategy by adjusting variables such as budget and target market demographics, so that I can present data-driven insights to stakeholders.

Given the user adjusts the budget and target demographics for the sales strategy, when they generate the scenario, then the visualization should display updated charts and graphs reflecting potential sales outcomes accurately and dynamically in less than three seconds.

As an analyst, I need to test multiple what-if scenarios regarding product launches and monitor the changes in key performance indicators (KPIs) for each scenario, allowing me to recommend the best course of action.

Given the user selects multiple variables for a product launch scenario, when they run the simulation, then the tool should generate distinct visual representations (charts/graphs) for each scenario with clear labeling and legends, making it easy to differentiate between insights.

As a business owner, I want to review the simulation outcomes during a team meeting, ensuring that all members understand the potential risks and opportunities associated with different strategies.

Given the user accesses the scenario simulation dashboard, when they present the outcome visualizations, then the visualizations should include interactive elements like tooltips that provide additional insights when hovered over, enhancing clarity during presentations.

As a financial advisor, I need to forecast financial risks by simulating various economic conditions and visualizing corresponding cash flow trends to inform my clients.

Given the user sets different economic conditions (e.g., recession, boom) as variables in the simulation, when the outcome visualizations are generated, then the charts must clearly indicate cash flow trends over time with appropriately labeled axes and scales.

As a data scientist, I want to ensure the accuracy and reliability of visualized scenario outcomes by validating them against historical data.

Given the user runs a simulation using historical data as the baseline, when they compare the visualizations produced, then the outcomes must closely align with historical trends within a 10% margin of error, ensuring reliability.

AI-Powered Insight Generation

"As a user, I want AI to analyze my simulation results and provide actionable insights so that I can make well-informed decisions quickly and efficiently based on data-driven recommendations."

Description

The AI-Powered Insight Generation requirement encompasses the integration of artificial intelligence algorithms that analyze simulation results and suggest actionable insights for decision-makers. This innovative feature is vital as it not only provides users with a clearer understanding of the simulated outcomes but also recommends strategic actions based on predictive analysis of trends and historical data. Incorporating AI capabilities aligns with InsightLoom’s commitment to leveraging advanced technology to deliver intelligent solutions to users, thereby enhancing their ability to make informed decisions quickly and effectively. This requirement fundamentally elevates the value of the Scenario Simulation Tool by embedding intelligent insights directly into the user experience.

Acceptance Criteria

AI suggests targeted actions based on simulated scenarios to enhance decision-making.

Given a user has created a simulation with various variables, when the AI analyzes the simulation results, then it should generate at least three specific actionable insights tailored to improve decision-making regarding KPIs.

Users receive notifications of AI-generated insights after simulation completion.

Given a user completes a simulation, when the AI finishes its analysis, then the user should receive a notification detailing the insights and recommended actions within two minutes.

AI insights can be exported for reporting purposes.

Given a user has accessed the AI-generated insights, when they select the option to export, then the insights should be downloadable in multiple formats (e.g., PDF, CSV) without data loss.

Users can provide feedback on AI-generated insights to improve future recommendations.

Given a user views the AI-generated insights, when they provide feedback on the relevance and usefulness of the insights, then the feedback should be recorded and used to refine the AI algorithms accordingly.

The AI adapts its recommendations based on user interaction history.

Given a user regularly inputs data into the Scenario Simulation Tool, when they request insights after multiple simulations, then the AI should incorporate previous user interactions to tailor insights more closely to user preferences.

AI insights include a risk assessment component for each suggestion.

Given a user receives AI-generated actionable insights, when they review the insights, then each suggested action should include a clear risk assessment indicating potential outcomes based on historical data.

Users can compare AI-generated insights from multiple scenario simulations side-by-side.

Given a user has run multiple simulations, when they select the option to compare insights, then the system should display a side-by-side comparison of AI-generated insights for all selected scenarios, highlighting differences and similarities clearly.

Anomaly Detection Alerts

Anomaly Detection Alerts provide users with real-time notifications when data trends deviate from expected patterns. This proactive feature aids in identifying potential issues or opportunities early, allowing users to take corrective actions or capitalize on positive trends quickly. This means users can maintain better control over their operational strategies and resource allocation.

Requirements

Real-time Anomaly Detection

"As a data analyst, I want real-time alerts for anomalies in data trends so that I can quickly address issues or capitalize on positive trends to enhance our operational strategies."

Description

This requirement involves developing a robust anomaly detection algorithm that analyzes incoming data streams in real time. The system must effectively identify deviations from expected patterns using predefined thresholds and algorithms to ensure timely alerts for users. The technology must integrate with existing data ingestion processes within InsightLoom and utilize machine learning techniques to improve the accuracy of detections over time. It is essential for maintaining operational efficiency by empowering users to act proactively on emerging trends, whether they indicate potential risks or opportunities for growth.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert when the system detects a significant drop in sales data compared to the previous week.

Given the sales data is currently being monitored, When the system identifies a drop greater than the predefined threshold, Then a notification is sent to the user within 5 minutes of detection.

A user customizes alert thresholds for anomaly detection via the InsightsLoom dashboard.

Given the user is on the customization page, When they set a new threshold for sales data alerts and save the changes, Then the new thresholds should be reflected in real-time alerts without needing to refresh the page.

The anomaly detection system continuously learns from incoming data to improve accuracy.

Given that the system has processed data for at least one month, When new data is received, Then the detection algorithm should reflect improved accuracy metrics, reducing false positives by 20% compared to the previous month.

A user wants to view a log of past anomaly detections.

Given the user navigates to the anomaly logs section, When they request the log for the past 30 days, Then the system should display a comprehensive log of all detected anomalies, including time, type, and severity of each alert.

An admin configures user permissions for viewing anomaly detection alerts.

Given the admin is in the user management section, When they set the permission for 'view anomaly alerts' to a specific user group, Then only users in that group should receive alerts when anomalies are detected, and other users should not have access to this information.

Users receive training on how to interpret anomaly detection alerts effectively.

Given the user has successfully logged into the platform, When they complete the training module on anomaly detection, Then they should pass a knowledge check with at least 80% accuracy to demonstrate understanding.

Customizable Alert Settings

"As a business owner, I want to customize my anomaly detection alert settings so that I can focus on the alerts that matter most to my business priorities."

Description

This requirement entails enabling users to customize their alert preferences for anomaly detection alerts. Users should be able to set specific thresholds for alerts based on their unique business requirements and desired sensitivity levels. The feature will include options for types of anomalies detected, notification methods (email, SMS, in-app), and frequency settings. This customization ensures that users receive relevant and actionable alerts tailored to their organizational context, significantly enhancing user engagement and response accuracy.

Acceptance Criteria

Users access the customizable alert settings feature to create a new alert based on personalized thresholds for anomaly detection.

Given the user is logged into InsightLoom, when they navigate to the alert settings section and select 'Create New Alert', then they should be able to specify the minimum and maximum thresholds for alerts, choose the type of anomaly to detect, and select notification methods.

A user sets up anomaly detection alerts and specifies email as their preferred notification method.

Given the user has configured their alert settings to include email notifications, when an anomaly is detected, then the user should receive an email notification within 5 minutes of the anomaly being recorded.

Users customize the frequency of notifications for anomaly alerts and experience how it affects their alert management process.

Given the user sets the notification frequency to 'daily digest', when five anomalies are detected in one day, then the user should receive a single summary email containing details of all five anomalies the following day.

Users want to ensure that they receive immediate alerts for critical anomalies while managing less critical anomalies in a different manner.

Given the user creates multiple alert types and prioritizes them by criticality, when a critical anomaly is identified, then the user should receive an immediate notification via both email and SMS, while non-critical anomalies should only generate a daily summary report.

A user reviews their alert settings to modify thresholds after receiving too many alerts.

Given the user accesses their previously configured alert settings, when they edit the threshold values for anomalies, then the system should allow them to save the new thresholds and reflect these changes in future alerts.

Users attempt to set alerts for specific patterns of anomalies in different datasets within the platform.

Given the user selects different datasets for anomaly detection, when they customize the alert settings for each dataset, then the system should allow different thresholds and notification methods to be set for each dataset separately.

Historical Data Analysis

"As a data scientist, I want to analyze historical data trends alongside current anomalies so that I can identify long-term patterns and improve my predictive accuracy."

Description

This requirement focuses on implementing a feature that allows users to analyze historical data for patterns and trends over time. Users should be able to view graphs or dashboards that highlight past anomalies and corresponding responses. This retrospective analysis will provide context for current alerts, enabling users to make more informed decisions based on historical precedents. By integrating this feature with the anomaly detection tool, users can enhance their understanding of data trends and improve their operational strategies over time.

Acceptance Criteria

User analyzes historical data trends through the dashboard interface and views graphs related to previous anomalies.

Given the user accesses the historical data analysis dashboard, When they select a specific date range, Then the system displays anomaly trends in graphical form for that period, including details of responses to the anomalies.

User receives real-time alerts for new anomaly detections and cross-references with historical data.

Given a new anomaly is detected in real-time, When the user receives a notification, Then they must be able to view the historical data for similar anomalies in the dashboard to inform their decision-making.

User wants to generate a report based on historical analysis that includes trends and actions taken.

Given the user requests a report from the historical data analysis feature, When they specify the parameters for the report, Then the system generates a downloadable report that includes historical data, detected anomalies, and corresponding responses in a clear format.

User filters the historical data by category to analyze specific anomalies and responses over time.

Given the user applies filters for categories on the historical data analysis dashboard, When they select the 'Apply Filters' button, Then the system updates the displayed data to reflect only the anomalies and responses that match the selected categories.

User compares historical trends of anomalies to current data trends to assess growth.

Given the user accesses the comparison tool, When they select current and historical data sets for comparison, Then the system displays a comparative analysis that highlights differences in trends and anomalies.

User seeks assistance navigating the historical data analysis feature.

Given the user requests help or documentation for the historical data analysis feature, When they access the help section, Then they should find clear guidance on how to use the feature and interpret the results.

User needs to ensure data accuracy in the historical analysis views.

Given the user selects a historical data view, When they cross-check the data with source files, Then the data accuracy must be within an acceptable range of 95% for all displayed records.

Integration with Dashboard

"As a dashboard user, I want to see anomaly detection alerts displayed prominently on my dashboard so that I can quickly assess data issues and take necessary actions without additional clicks."

Description

This requirement involves integrating the anomaly detection alerts into the main user dashboard of InsightLoom. Users should see a dedicated section displaying recent anomaly alerts, their status, and quick access to details about each incident. This integration will allow users to have a centralized view of critical data insights and enhance decision-making processes. The feature should include visual indicators for urgency and severity, facilitating quick assessments without navigating through multiple screens.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the InsightLoom dashboard to view recent anomaly alerts.

Given the user is logged into the InsightLoom platform, when they navigate to the dashboard, then they should see a dedicated section displaying all recent anomaly alerts with their timestamps and statuses.

User checks the details of a specific anomaly alert from the dashboard.

Given the user is on the dashboard and has clicked on a specific anomaly alert, when they view the alert details, then they should see comprehensive information including the nature of the anomaly, affected metrics, and recommended actions.

User assesses the urgency of anomaly alerts based on visual indicators.

Given the user views the anomaly alerts section, when they look at the visual indicators for each alert, then they should be able to quickly identify the urgency level (high, medium, low) based on color coding or icons.

User receives real-time notifications for new anomaly alerts.

Given a new anomaly alert is generated, when the system detects the anomaly, then the user should receive a real-time notification on their dashboard indicating the alert and its severity level.

User filters anomaly alerts based on severity and time frame.

Given the user is viewing the anomaly alerts, when they apply filters for severity (high, medium, low) and a specific time frame, then the displayed alerts should be updated to reflect only the criteria selected by the user.

User logs out of the InsightLoom platform after viewing anomaly alerts.

Given the user has finished viewing the anomaly alerts, when they log out of the InsightLoom platform, then the system should appropriately save their preferences for alerts displayed on the dashboard upon their next login.

Feedback Loop Mechanism

"As a user of anomaly detection alerts, I want to provide feedback on the alerts I receive so that I can help improve the accuracy of the detection system over time."

Description

This requirement aims to create a feedback loop mechanism where users can provide input on the accuracy of anomaly detection alerts. After receiving alerts, users should be able to confirm if the alert was valid or false, along with contextual information about the event. This user feedback will be instrumental in refining the detection algorithms and training the system for better accuracy over time. Implementing this will not only enhance the detection model but also increase user confidence in the alerting system.

Acceptance Criteria

User Feedback Submission on Valid Anomaly Detection Alert

Given a user has received an anomaly detection alert, when the user confirms the alert as valid and provides contextual information, then the feedback is successfully recorded in the system.

User Feedback Submission on False Anomaly Detection Alert

Given a user has received an anomaly detection alert, when the user marks the alert as false and provides reasoning for the false alert, then the feedback is logged for analysis and the alert delivery system updates the user accordingly.

User Notification of Feedback Results

Given that user feedback has been submitted regarding anomaly detection alerts, when the feedback is processed, then users receive a confirmation notification summarizing the feedback received and any actions taken based on their input.

Feedback Data Accessibility for Users

Given that users have provided feedback on anomaly alerts, when users access the system, then they can view a summary of their feedback submissions and the resulting changes to the anomaly detection algorithms.

Machine Learning Model Update Based on User Feedback

Given the feedback data collected from users, when the data is analyzed, then the anomaly detection algorithms are adjusted to improve future alert accuracy based on user insights.

Integration of Feedback Loop in User Dashboard

Given that the feedback loop mechanism is implemented, when users access their dashboard, then they can easily locate and interact with the feedback submission feature for anomaly detection alerts.

Performance Metrics Post-Implementation of Feedback Mechanism

Given that the anomaly detection feedback loop is in use, when evaluating performance metrics, then there should be a measurable improvement in alert accuracy within a defined period after implementation.

AI-Powered Trend Prediction

"As a strategic planner, I want AI-powered insights into future trends based on current anomalies so that I can make informed decisions for our business's growth and resource allocation."

Description

This requirement focuses on leveraging AI technologies to predict future data trends based on current and historical anomalies. The system should provide users with forward-looking insights that help them not just react to anomalies but also strategically plan for upcoming changes in their data patterns. This predictive capability should seamlessly integrate with the anomaly detection alerts to give a comprehensive view of potential future scenarios based on detected trends.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a real-time notification when a significant deviation occurs in the sales data trends.

Given the user has set their anomaly detection preferences, when a significant deviation is detected in the sales data, then a real-time notification is sent to the user via their preferred channel (email, SMS, or in-app notification).

User accesses the AI-powered trend prediction model for the first time.

Given the user is logged into the InsightLoom platform, when they navigate to the AI trend prediction feature, then they should be presented with a guided tutorial explaining the functionality and how to interpret the predictions.

User views and analyzes the predicted trends based on historical data.

Given the AI trend prediction has been executed, when the user accesses the predictions dashboard, then they should see visual representations of predicted trends for the next 30 days, with clear indications of confidence intervals and historical data comparisons.

User correlates anomaly detection alerts with AI trend predictions.

Given a deviation has triggered an anomaly detection alert, when the user reviews the alert, then they should see corresponding AI trend predictions that provide context on potential future trends related to the anomaly detected.

User modifies the parameters for anomaly detection and observes the changes in predictions.

Given the user adjusts the sensitivity settings for the anomaly detection feature, when they run the new settings, then the predictions displayed should reflect the adjusted parameters accordingly, highlighting any new anomalies detected or missed.

User exports predictions and alert data for reporting purposes.

Given the user is viewing the predictions and corresponding alerts, when they select the export option, then they should be able to download comprehensive reports in a user-friendly format (CSV, PDF) that includes all relevant data.

User receives an overview of trends and anomalies over a selected time frame.

Given the user selects a specific time frame in the dashboard, when they view the trend analysis report, then they should see a summary of both predicted trends and historical anomalies categorized by date, type, and response actions taken.

Predictive KPI Dashboard

The Predictive KPI Dashboard consolidates key performance indicators (KPIs) with predictive analytics, allowing users to monitor their metrics against future projections. This feature helps businesses quickly assess whether they are on track to meet their objectives and to make necessary adjustments before it's too late, promoting agility in decision-making.

Requirements

Real-time KPI Updates

"As a business manager, I want to see real-time updates on my KPIs so that I can quickly understand my performance and make timely adjustments to my strategy."

Description

The Real-time KPI Updates requirement ensures that the Predictive KPI Dashboard receives updates on key performance indicators as they occur, without delays. This functionality allows users to access the most current data trends and immediate insights into performance metrics, enabling timely decision-making. This feature is integral to maintaining the dashboard's effectiveness, as it supports dynamic business environments where responsiveness is crucial. Without real-time updates, users risk making decisions based on outdated or inaccurate information, potentially leading to missed opportunities or misguided strategic moves.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time KPI Update during Active Performance Monitoring

Given the Predictive KPI Dashboard is open during a business meeting, when a key performance indicator is updated in the system, then the dashboard displays the updated value within 5 seconds without the need for a manual refresh.

User Notification of KPI Changes

Given the Predictive KPI Dashboard is monitoring real-time data, when any KPI changes by a predetermined threshold, then the user receives a notification alerting them of the change immediately.

Consistency of Data During Updates

Given the Predictive KPI Dashboard is displaying KPIs, when real-time updates occur, then all data fields on the dashboard reflect the latest updates consistently without discrepancies or errors.

Impact of Real-time Updates on Decision Making

Given the Predictive KPI Dashboard is used by a manager to make a strategic decision, when real-time updates are provided, then the manager is able to make a decision based on the most current data trends available within 30 seconds of receiving the update.

Integration with Existing Systems for Real-time Updates

Given that InsightLoom integrates with various data sources, when new data is pushed from an external system, then the Predictive KPI Dashboard updates the relevant KPIs in real-time without requiring additional user input or actions.

Historical Data Reference Against Real-time Updates

Given the Predictive KPI Dashboard showcases trends over time, when a real-time KPI update occurs, then the dashboard also displays a historical comparison to identify how the current data point stands against past performances for context.

Performance Load Testing for Real-time Updates

Given the Predictive KPI Dashboard is utilized by multiple users concurrently, when real-time updates are processed, then the system maintains performance without lagging or slowing down for any user at peak times.

Customizable KPI Metrics

"As an analyst, I want to customize which KPIs I see on my dashboard so that I can focus on the metrics that are most important to my business goals."

Description

The Customizable KPI Metrics requirement allows users to select and configure which KPIs they want to display on the Predictive KPI Dashboard. This capability is essential for providing a tailored user experience that fits the specific needs of different businesses. Users can prioritize their metrics based on their business objectives, ensuring that they focus on the most relevant data. Customization enhances user engagement and ensures that the dashboard delivers meaningful insights that drive performance and decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to customize the KPIs displayed on the Predictive KPI Dashboard to align with specific business objectives after onboarding.

Given the user is logged into the InsightLoom platform, When the user accesses the Predictive KPI Dashboard and selects the 'Customize KPIs' option, Then the user should see a list of available KPIs to choose from and the ability to add or remove them from the dashboard.

User successfully saves their customized KPI settings within the Predictive KPI Dashboard for future use.

Given the user has selected KPIs to display on the Predictive KPI Dashboard, When the user clicks the 'Save' button after making their selections, Then the system should confirm the settings are saved and the customized dashboard should reflect the selected KPIs upon refresh.

User attempts to reset their customized KPI settings to the default view on the Predictive KPI Dashboard.

Given the user has previously customized their KPIs on the Predictive KPI Dashboard, When the user clicks the 'Reset to Default' button, Then the dashboard should revert to its original default KPIs and confirm the action with a notification to the user.

User accesses the Predictive KPI Dashboard on a mobile device and verifies the customizations are displayed properly.

Given the user has customized the KPIs on the Predictive KPI Dashboard, When the user views the dashboard on a mobile device, Then the user should see the same customized KPIs displayed in a responsive format suitable for mobile viewing.

User wants to get insights based on customized KPIs to make data-driven decisions within the organization's strategic planning session.

Given the user has selected and saved their KPIs on the Predictive KPI Dashboard, When the user interacts with the dashboard to analyze the data, Then the user should receive accurate and meaningful insights that reflect those KPIs, enabling informed decision-making.

Predictive Analytics Integration

"As a strategist, I want to see predictive analytics alongside my current KPIs so that I can anticipate future trends and make informed decisions to achieve our goals."

Description

The Predictive Analytics Integration requirement involves the incorporation of advanced predictive analytics algorithms into the Predictive KPI Dashboard. This functionality will enable the dashboard to not only reflect current KPI performance but also provide projections based on historical data and trends. By integrating predictive analytics, users will gain insights into future performance, allowing them to proactively address potential challenges and seize opportunities for growth. This requirement is crucial for empowering users to make data-driven strategic decisions that are informed by both current insights and future forecasts.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Predictive KPI Dashboard to review current KPIs and their future projections during the monthly performance meeting.

Given the Predictive KPI Dashboard is open, when the user selects a time period for projection, then the dashboard displays the current KPIs alongside projected values for that period based on historical data.

The sales team uses the Predictive KPI Dashboard to assess their quarterly sales projections against actual sales data and trends.

Given that sales data is integrated into the Predictive KPI Dashboard, when the sales team compares actual sales to projected sales, then the dashboard shows a clear variance report with percentage differences and trend indicators.

A user receives an alert from the Predictive KPI Dashboard indicating a potential decline in a key performance indicator due to predictive analytics.

Given that the predictive algorithms have been activated, when the dashboard detects a significant negative trend in a key performance indicator, then it sends an automated alert to the user via email or in-app notification.

During a strategic planning session, a manager wants to utilize the Predictive KPI Dashboard to support decision-making with data forecasts.

Given that the manager accesses the dashboard during the session, when they export the generated forecasts and insights, then the dashboard allows an export of data in a CSV format including all relevant KPI projections and historical comparisons.

A user needs to adjust the parameters of the predictive analytics to reflect new business goals in the Predictive KPI Dashboard.

Given the user has administrative access, when the user modifies the predictive model parameters and saves them, then the dashboard updates the projections accordingly and confirms the changes with a success message.

An executive reviews the Predictive KPI Dashboard for company-wide performance tracking and forecasting.

Given the executive is logged in, when they view the Predictive KPI Dashboard, then they can switch between various departments' KPIs and view both current performance and future projections fluidly without any loading errors.

Alert and Notification System

"As a team lead, I want to receive alerts when KPIs fall below or rise above my set thresholds so that I can take immediate action to rectify any issues."

Description

The Alert and Notification System requirement introduces real-time alerts and notifications for users when key performance indicators deviate from their target thresholds. This feature enhances the Predictive KPI Dashboard's utility by ensuring that users are promptly informed of any significant changes that may require their attention. By automating the monitoring process, this capability minimizes the risk of missing critical issues and enhances responsiveness. This requirement is vital for maintaining the effectiveness of the dashboard as a proactive decision-making tool, ensuring users can act swiftly when needed.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification when their key performance indicators (KPIs) drop below the target threshold.

Given a user has set target thresholds for their KPIs, when any KPI is reported below the established threshold, then the user must receive a real-time alert via the dashboard and email notification.

User acknowledges the alert notification related to a KPI deviation.

Given a user receives an alert notification for a KPI deviation, when the user clicks on the notification, then they should be directed to the Predictive KPI Dashboard with the specific KPI highlighted for further investigation.

User configures the threshold for receiving KPI alerts.

Given a user accesses the settings for the Alert and Notification System, when they set a new target threshold for a KPI and save the changes, then the new threshold must be updated in the system and trigger alerts accordingly.

User does not receive notifications for KPIs that are within the acceptable range.

Given a user has established target thresholds for their KPIs, when any KPI remains within the set range, then the system must not send any alert notifications to the user.

Alerts are sent only during business hours to avoid unnecessary notifications.

Given the system has predefined business hours, when a KPI deviation occurs outside of these hours, then the user must not receive alerts until the start of the next business day.

User can view a history of alerts related to KPI deviations.

Given a user accesses the Alert History section, when they view the past alerts, then they must see a detailed list of all notifications sent, including the date, time, and specific KPI affected.

System performance when sending multiple alerts simultaneously.

Given that multiple KPIs can trigger alerts at the same time, when this occurs, then the system must send all notifications without delays or failures, ensuring all alerts are received in real-time by the user.

User Access Management

"As an admin, I want to manage user access to the dashboard so that I can ensure sensitive data is protected and only accessible to authorized users."

Description

The User Access Management requirement provides functionality for defining user roles and permissions within the Predictive KPI Dashboard. This feature enables administrators to control who has access to specific KPIs, reports, and functions, ensuring data security and appropriate access levels for different users. Having robust user access management is critical for compliance with data privacy regulations and for maintaining the integrity of business intelligence processes. This requirement supports organizations in managing user engagement effectively and ensures that sensitive data is only accessible to authorized personnel.

Acceptance Criteria

Administrators should be able to create new user roles in the Predictive KPI Dashboard.

Given an administrator is logged into the InsightLoom platform, When they navigate to the User Access Management section and specify the role name and permissions, Then the new user role should be successfully created and listed in the available roles.

Users should receive appropriate permissions based on their roles when accessing the Predictive KPI Dashboard.

Given a user is assigned a specific role with defined permissions, When they log into the Predictive KPI Dashboard, Then the user should only see the KPIs and reports they are authorized to access according to their role.

Administrators should have the ability to modify existing user roles and permissions in the Predictive KPI Dashboard.

Given an administrator is in the User Access Management section, When they select an existing user role and adjust its permissions, Then the changes should be saved and reflected immediately for all users assigned to that role.

Users should be able to request access to additional KPIs or reports that are not visible to them.

Given a user does not see a specific KPI or report due to their role limitations, When they submit an access request through the User Access Management feature, Then the request should be successfully logged for administrator review.

The system should log all changes made to user roles and permissions for auditing purposes.

Given an administrator modifies user roles or permissions, When the changes are saved, Then an entry should be created in the audit log detailing the change, including the admin user id, timestamp, and action taken.

Users should be able to view their assigned roles and permissions within their dashboard.

Given a user is logged into the Predictive KPI Dashboard, When they access their user profile section, Then they should be able to see their assigned roles and the specific permissions associated with those roles.

The system should prevent unauthorized users from accessing sensitive data in the Predictive KPI Dashboard.

Given a user attempts to access a restricted KPI or report they are not authorized to view, When they try to access it, Then they should receive an error message stating that access is denied.

Dynamic Data Filters

Dynamic Data Filters allow users to customize their view of predictive trends based on specific criteria such as time frames, departments, or project categories. This feature enhances user experience by providing tailored insights that are directly relevant to each user's role or focus area, making data analysis more relevant and efficient.

Requirements

Customizable Filter Criteria

"As a marketing manager, I want to customize my view of predictive trends based on specific campaign metrics so that I can make informed decisions to optimize future marketing efforts."

Description

The ability to create and save user-defined filter criteria enables users to customize their views of predictive trends. Users can set parameters such as date ranges, departmental focus, and specific project categories. This functionality not only enhances the user experience by tailoring insights directly relevant to individual roles but also increases the efficiency of data analysis, allowing for quicker access to actionable insights targeted to user needs. This feature will seamlessly integrate into the existing dashboard layout, ensuring users can apply and manipulate filters with ease, thus improving overall data engagement and usability.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a custom filter for viewing sales data over the last quarter for the Marketing department.

Given the user is viewing the dashboard, when they select the 'Custom Filter' option and set the date range to the last quarter and the department to Marketing, then the dashboard should update to only show sales data for the Marketing department within the specified date range.

User saves a custom filter view for future access.

Given the user has applied a custom filter, when they click the 'Save Filter' button and provide a name for the filter, then the custom filter should be saved and accessible in the 'My Filters' section.

User removes a previously saved custom filter.

Given the user is in the 'My Filters' section, when they select a saved filter and click the 'Delete' button, then the filter should be removed from the 'My Filters' section and no longer available for selection.

User adjusts the custom filter to view data for a specific project category.

Given the user is viewing the dashboard with a custom filter applied, when they change the project category to 'Project A', then the dashboard should update to display data only relevant to 'Project A'.

User applies multiple filter criteria simultaneously to view more granular data.

Given the user is applying filters, when they select multiple criteria such as date range, department, and project category, then the dashboard should reflect data that meets all selected criteria simultaneously.

User encounters an error when applying an invalid filter combination.

Given the user tries to apply a filter combination that is not valid (e.g., overlapping date ranges), when they click 'Apply', then the system should display an error message indicating the invalid selection and not update the dashboard.

User accesses the dashboard on a mobile device and uses the customizable filter feature.

Given the user is on a mobile device, when they access the dashboard and select the customizable filter option, then they should be able to use all filtering functionalities seamlessly and the layout should adjust appropriately to the mobile interface.

Real-time Data Refresh

"As a sales analyst, I want my predictive trend data to update in real-time so that I can respond quickly to changes in customer behavior and market dynamics."

Description

Implementing real-time data refresh capabilities will ensure that users have access to the most current data trends and predictions without manual intervention. This requirement focuses on integrating live data streams from connected systems into the InsightLoom platform. The objective is to provide users with immediate updates to their insights and predictions aligning with their filtered criteria, thus improving decision-making speed and accuracy. The feature will enhance user engagement by ensuring the platform always reflects the latest available information, boosting confidence in the data-driven decisions made by users.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-Time Data Viewing for Business Trends

Given a user has applied specific filters for time frames and departments, when they access the dashboard, then the data should refresh automatically every minute to reflect the latest trends without requiring manual refresh.

Integration of Live Data Streams

Given that the system is connected to external data sources, when new data is generated in these sources, then it should be integrated and displayed in InsightLoom within 10 seconds.

User Engagement with Updated Insights

Given that data refresh is occurring, when a user revisits a dashboard, then they should see updated graphical visualizations that represent the most recent data based on their filtered criteria.

Error Handling During Data Refresh

Given a user is applying filters, when a real-time data stream fails, then the system should display a user-friendly error message indicating the issue and suggest a refresh to re-attempt the connection to live data.

Mobile Access to Real-time Data

Given that a user is accessing InsightLoom on a mobile device, when they have filters applied, then the real-time data should refresh with the same frequency and accuracy as on a desktop application.

Historic Data Comparison with Real-Time Data

Given that a user has selected a time frame for analysis, when they view the current predictions alongside historical data, then the insights should accurately highlight differences and trends between the two cohorts of data.

Performance and Speed of Data Refresh

Given the complexity of the applied filters, when a user initiates a data refresh, then the new data should be displayed within 5 seconds for 90% of the refresh attempts.

User Role-Based Insights

"As an operations manager, I need insights specifically related to operational efficiency metrics so that I can identify areas for improvement and increase overall productivity."

Description

Developing user role-based insights will allow the platform to provide tailored data visualizations and predictive analysis based on different user roles within an organization. This requirement aims to improve the relevance and accessibility of data insights for users ranging from executives to operational staff. By categorizing filter options and dashboards according to user roles, InsightLoom can present the most pertinent information, making data interpretation easier and more efficient. This customization will empower users to access data that matters to them, thus driving better decision-making aligned with their responsibilities and objectives.

Acceptance Criteria

Executive User Accessing Dashboard for Strategic Insights

Given an executive user has logged into InsightLoom, when they navigate to the dashboard, then they should see predictive analytics relevant to high-level business strategies with an option to filter insights by department performance over the past quarter.

Operational Staff Filtering Data for Daily Reports

Given an operational staff member is using InsightLoom, when they apply filters for project categories and set the time frame to the last week, then they should see a tailored data visualization that reflects project performance metrics specific to their responsibilities.

Manager Reviewing Team Performance Metrics

Given a manager is accessing their user role-based insights in InsightLoom, when they select the team performance dashboard, then they should have the ability to filter insights by specific team members and performance indicators, with results updating in real-time.

Data Analyst Customizing Visual Reports

Given a data analyst is utilizing InsightLoom, when they set custom filters for analyzing trends across multiple departments, then they should be able to generate and save visual reports that reflect the specific criteria they defined.

Sales Executive Monitoring Customer Trends

Given a sales executive is logged into InsightLoom, when they apply filters for customer demographics and recent sales data, then they should receive insights that highlight key trends impacting their sales strategy.

IT Admin Managing Role Permissions for Data Access

Given an IT administrator is configuring user roles in InsightLoom, when they assign access levels to different user roles, then they should be able to restrict or allow access to sensitive predictive insights based on the criteria defined for each role.

Marketing Specialist Evaluating Campaign Effectiveness

Given a marketing specialist is reviewing their insights in InsightLoom, when they select the campaign analysis dashboard, then they should be able to filter results by campaign type and see visual data representations for the selected time period.

Integrated Help and Tutorials

"As a new user, I want access to tutorials on how to use dynamic data filters so that I can quickly learn how to analyze data relevant to my duties without needing outside assistance."

Description

Incorporating contextual help and tutorials directly within the dynamic data filters feature will greatly improve user adoption and ease of use. This requirement focuses on providing users with guided assistance on how to utilize the filtering options effectively. By offering tooltips, walkthroughs, and video tutorials, users can understand how to make the most out of the dynamic filters. Ensuring that users are proficient in using the feature will reduce reliance on support and enable users to extract insights more independently and confidently, maximizing the value they receive from the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the dynamic data filters feature for the first time and requires guidance on how to apply filtering options.

Given the user is on the dynamic data filters interface, when the user hovers over any filtering option, then a tooltip displaying contextual help about the filter should appear within 2 seconds.

User wants to filter data based on a specific department and needs a step-by-step guide to use the filters effectively.

Given the user clicks on the help icon on the dynamic data filters page, when the user starts the guided walkthrough, then the user should be able to complete the walkthrough successfully and filter data by department with 90% accuracy.

User encounters difficulties in using predictive trend filters and seeks additional resources to understand functionality better.

Given the user is on the dynamic data filters page, when the user clicks on the video tutorial link, then the user should be redirected to a relevant video that explains how to use predictive trend filters, and the video should not exceed 3 minutes in length.

User wants to quickly reference help articles while using the dynamic data filters to speed up the process of data analysis.

Given the user is using the dynamic data filters, when the user clicks on the help button, then a sidebar containing at least three relevant help articles should be displayed without leaving the page.

User successfully utilizes tooltips, tutorials, and articles to navigate the dynamic data filters, leading to increased self-sufficiency.

Given that the user has completed the tutorials and referenced tooltips, when the user is assessed through a short quiz on filtering options, then the user should achieve at least an 80% score, indicating proficiency in using the filters independently.

Predictive Trend Alerts

"As a product manager, I want to receive alerts when predictive trends point to a significant rise in customer interest in a specific category so that I can align our product strategy with market demands."

Description

The predictive trend alerts feature will notify users when specific trends that match their configured filters are detected. This requirement emphasizes the proactive engagement of users with the data, allowing them to be alerted to significant changes relevant to their criteria. Users will be able to set the parameters for which alerts to receive, ensuring that they are informed of developments that matter to them without constant monitoring of the platform. This feature not only enhances the responsiveness of the business to changing trends but also adds a layer of actionable intelligence to the user experience in InsightLoom.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time alerts for trends matching their customized filters during a weekly strategy meeting.

Given that a user has set specific trend criteria and has customized their filters, when a trend matching those filters is detected, then the user should receive an alert via the platform's notification system.

An administrator configures system-wide predictive trend alerts and tests if all user groups receive alerts based on their individual filter settings.

Given that an administrator has set trend criteria at the system level, when the trends are detected, then each user should receive an alert based on their personalized filter settings without fail.

A user modifies their alert settings to limit notifications to only critical trends and verifies they receive no alerts for non-critical trends.

Given that a user updates their alert preferences to filter out non-critical trends, when a non-critical trend is detected, then the user should not receive an alert.

A user configures time-based filters for predictive trend alerts and tests alert generation at different times during the specified range.

Given that a user sets a time frame filter for trend alerts, when a significant trend occurs within that time frame, then the user should receive an alert about that trend in the configured interval.

A user checks the alert history to see if all alerts triggered in the past month match their configured filters.

Given that a user reviews their alert history, when they filter the alerts by their configured settings, then only alerts that match those settings should be displayed in the history.

A user shares their predictive trend alerts with a team member and confirms the accuracy of the shared settings.

Given that a user shares their alert settings with another team member, when the team member reviews those settings, then they should accurately reflect the alerts configured by the original user.

Predictive Insights Sharing

Predictive Insights Sharing enables users to share their predictive analytics findings with team members through a simple and intuitive interface. This feature promotes collaboration and ensures that all stakeholders can access critical insights needed for informed decision-making, fostering a culture of data-driven strategies across the organization.

Requirements

Collaborative Insights Access

"As a team leader, I want to share my predictive insights with my team so that everyone can stay informed and contribute to our data-driven decisions."

Description

This requirement involves creating a seamless interface for users to easily share predictive analytics dashboards and insights with their colleagues and team members. The goal is to enhance collaboration by allowing multiple users to view, comment on, and discuss the findings directly within the platform. This feature will facilitate better decision-making by ensuring all relevant team members have access to the same information, helping to align strategies and actions across departments. Integration with existing user permissions and security protocols is necessary to ensure that sensitive data remains protected while still promoting an open data-sharing culture.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates to the Predictive Insights Sharing feature to share a dashboard with team members for a project review meeting.

Given a user has created a predictive insights dashboard, when they select the 'Share' option, then they should be able to choose from a list of team members to share the dashboard with and assign view or edit permissions.

A team member receives a shared predictive insights dashboard and wants to comment on the findings during a project discussion.

Given a dashboard has been shared with a user, when they open the dashboard, then they should see a 'Comment' section where they can add comments and see comments from others in real time.

A user wants to ensure that sensitive data is protected while sharing their predictive analytics dashboard with others in the team.

Given the user's dashboard contains sensitive data, when they attempt to share the dashboard, then the system should enforce existing user permissions and prompt the user to review which data is visible to shared team members.

A project manager wants to review all comments and feedback provided by team members on a shared predictive insights dashboard before making decisions.

Given multiple comments have been made on a shared dashboard, when the project manager accesses the dashboard, then they should be able to view all comments in a threaded format, sorted by date and time, and be able to filter comments by author.

A user who shares a dashboard wants to revoke access to team members after the review meeting is over.

Given a user has shared a dashboard, when they select the 'Revoke Access' option for a specific user, then that user should no longer have access to the dashboard the moment the change is confirmed.

Interactive Data Visualizations

"As a data analyst, I want to interact with the visualizations so that I can explore the data more deeply and uncover hidden insights."

Description

This requirement focuses on implementing interactive visualizations that allow users to manipulate data directly within their dashboards. Users should be able to filter, highlight, and zoom in on specific data points or trends, making it easier to derive actionable insights. This enhanced interactivity will improve user engagement and understanding of data analytics, aiding in more effective decision-making. Integration with existing analytic tools and compatibility with various data formats is essential for seamless functionality.

Acceptance Criteria

Users need to filter data based on specific criteria such as date ranges and categories to generate reports for recent trends.

Given a dashboard with data, when a user applies a filter for a specific date range and category, then only relevant data points should be displayed on the visualization.

A user wants to highlight certain data points on a visualization to draw attention to key insights during a presentation.

Given a visualization, when a user clicks on a data point, then that point should be highlighted visually to distinguish it from others.

Users require the ability to zoom in on various sections of a data visualization to analyze details of data trends or anomalies more closely.

Given a dashboard with a visualization, when a user zooms in on a specific section, then that section should expand for detailed analysis while maintaining overall context.

Team members want to collaborate on insights derived from interactive visualizations, sharing findings within the platform.

Given one or more interactive visualizations, when a user selects an option to share insights, then a shareable link or report should be generated that includes selected data points and visualizations.

A user has uploaded various data formats and needs to confirm that all formats work seamlessly with the interactive visualizations.

Given a collection of data in different formats, when those files are uploaded to the system, then they should be accurately represented in interactive visualizations without errors.

Automated Insights Notification

"As a marketing manager, I want to receive notifications about changing trends in customer behavior so that I can adjust our strategies promptly."

Description

This requirement entails the development of an automated notification system that alerts users to significant changes or trends identified by the predictive analytics algorithms. Users can customize their notification preferences based on specific metrics or thresholds they want to monitor. The goal is to ensure users are proactively informed about critical insights without constantly checking the platform. This feature will enhance user engagement and ensure timely responses to emerging trends or anomalies.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to receive automated notifications when significant trends in sales data are identified, based on metrics they have set.

Given a user has set specific metrics and thresholds for sales data, when a significant trend is detected, then the user receives a notification via their preferred method (email, SMS, app notification).

Team member adjusts notification preferences and expects their adjustments to be reflected immediately in the system.

Given a user modifies their notification preferences, when they save the changes, then the system should confirm the updated preferences and apply them to future notifications.

A user checks the notification history to ensure they received alerts about critical changes over the past month.

Given that the user navigates to the notification history section, when they review the past month’s notifications, then they should see an accurate list of all alerts received, including timestamps and associated metrics.

A user sets multiple alerts for different metrics and wants to ensure they can customize each alert individually.

Given a user is creating notifications for various metrics, when they set individual thresholds for each metric, then each alert should trigger based solely on its custom threshold without interference from others.

An administrator wants to ensure that the notification system works across various user roles within the organization.

Given that different user roles exist with different access levels, when any user under those roles defines their notification preferences, then the system should validate and successfully apply the preferences according to their role's permissions.

A user wants to turn off notifications temporarily and expects an easy way to do so without losing their settings.

Given a user accesses notification settings, when they select the option to pause notifications, then the system should allow this action and retain all existing preferences for later reactivation.

Marketing team wants to alert members when website traffic significantly increases, as derived from predictive analytics.

Given that the marketing team has set up alerts for web traffic, when predictive analytics indicates a significant increase in traffic, then each designated team member should receive a notification immediately through their chosen communication method.

Role-based Access Control

"As an IT administrator, I want to manage user permissions for data access so that our sensitive information is protected."

Description

The requirement involves implementing role-based access controls to determine who can view and share predictive insights across the platform. By defining user roles and permissions, this feature will ensure that sensitive data is only accessible to authorized users, enhancing data security and privacy. This will integrate with existing user management systems to facilitate easy assignment of roles without disrupting current workflows.

Acceptance Criteria

User with Admin role shares predictive insights with team members from the dashboard.

Given an Admin user, when they access the predictive insights page and choose to share an insight, then the system sends a notification to the selected team members, and the insight is shared successfully.

User with Viewer role attempts to access shared predictive insights.

Given a user with Viewer role, when they try to access predictive insights shared by an Admin, then they should see the insights that they have permission to view, and restricted access messages for others.

System administrator assigns roles to new users without disrupting workflows.

Given a system administrator, when they assign roles to new users through the user management interface, then the roles are updated in real-time without requiring any additional authentication or logout.

User without proper access role attempts to share predictive insights.

Given a user without sharing permissions, when they attempt to share a predictive insight, then the system should display an error message indicating insufficient permissions and prevent the action.

Audit logs reflect access changes and sharing activities.

Given a system administrator, when they review the audit logs, then the logs should accurately reflect all user attempts to access and share predictive insights, including timestamps and user roles.

Implementation of role-based access control does not affect existing users’ permissions.

Given existing users with established permissions, when the new role-based access control is implemented, then all current permissions should remain unchanged and functional for users.

End-user feedback on the role-based access control interface usability.

Given a sample group of end-users, when they test the role assignment interface, then at least 80% of users should report being able to understand and use the interface effectively as measured by a post-test survey.

Feedback Mechanism for Insights

"As a team member, I want to give feedback on the insights shared by my colleagues so that we can improve the quality of our analyses and discussions."

Description

This requirement establishes a feedback mechanism whereby users can provide comments and ratings on the shared predictive insights. This will enable a collaborative environment where users can offer their perspectives, ask questions, or suggest alternative analyses, thus enhancing the overall quality of insights shared within teams. It will also assist in tracking engagement and satisfaction with the insights provided, informing future improvements.

Acceptance Criteria

User provides feedback on predictive insights after a team meeting.

Given a predictive insight shared within the platform, when the user opens the feedback section, then they should be able to submit comments and a rating out of 5 stars.

A user accesses a predictive insight and reviews existing feedback from team members.

Given a predictive insight with previously submitted feedback, when the user views the insight, then they should see a list of all comments and the average rating, sorted by most recent first.

An administrator reviews feedback submissions to assess user satisfaction with predictive insights.

Given feedback has been collected over a period, when the administrator accesses the feedback report, then they should see aggregate metrics and trends including the average rating, total comments, and a word cloud of common suggestions.

User attempts to submit feedback without entering a rating.

Given a predictive insight feedback form is open, when the user tries to submit without selecting a rating, then an error message should display indicating that a rating is required to submit.

Multiple team members provide feedback on a predictive insight within a specified time frame.

Given that a predictive insight is shared, when multiple users submit feedback in a single day, then all feedback submissions should be recorded and reflect the usernames of those who contributed.

A user edits their existing feedback on a predictive insight.

Given a user has already submitted feedback, when they access the feedback section again, then they should see an option to edit their previous comments and rating.

Feedback submissions are displayed in a dedicated section of the predictive insights dashboard.

Given feedback has been provided for predictive insights, when a user views the insights dashboard, then there should be a visible section titled 'User Feedback' showing the latest comments and ratings for each insight.

Customizable Reporting Templates

"As a product manager, I want to create customized reports from predictive insights so that I can effectively communicate key trends to stakeholders."

Description

This requirement will enable users to create and save customizable reporting templates for the predictive analytics insights they share. Users can select which data points, visualizations, and annotations to include, allowing for tailored insights that suit various audience needs. This flexibility will facilitate better communication and understanding of analytics results with stakeholders, increasing the utility of the insights generated within the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a customizable reporting template for predictive insights to share with their team.

Given the user is on the reporting templates page, when they select the data points, visualizations, and annotations they want to include, then the customized template should be saved successfully in their account.

User edits an existing customizable reporting template to add more data points before sharing.

Given the user is viewing an existing customizable reporting template, when they add additional data points and save, then the changes should be reflected the next time the template is accessed.

User shares a customizable reporting template with team members via email or direct link.

Given the user has a customizable reporting template, when they enter email addresses for team members and click share, then those team members should receive an email with a link to the template.

User selects specific visualization types when creating a customizable reporting template for analytical insights.

Given the user is creating a reporting template, when they choose visualization types from a provided list, then those selected visualizations should display in the preview pane before saving.

User deletes a customizable reporting template that is no longer needed.

Given the user is on their reporting templates page, when they select a template and click delete, then the template should be removed from their account and not appear in future accesses.

User views a list of their customizable reporting templates, checking for clarity and correctness of data and visuals included.

Given the user navigates to the reporting templates overview, when they view the list, then each template should display the name, description, and a preview of included data points and visualizations accurately.

User duplicates an existing customizable reporting template to create a new one for a different project.

Given the user is viewing a template, when they click duplicate and enter a new name, then a new template should appear in their list with the same data points and visualizations as the original.

Interactive What-If Analysis

Interactive What-If Analysis empowers users to manipulate variables in their predictive models to examine different outcomes based on hypothetical situations. This engaging feature enhances decision-making capabilities by allowing users to explore the potential impact of various actions or market conditions, equipping them with the knowledge to choose the best strategic path forward.

Requirements

Dynamic Variable Manipulation

"As a business analyst, I want to adjust different variables in the predictive model so that I can simulate various market scenarios and determine the best strategic approach for my company."

Description

The Dynamic Variable Manipulation requirement allows users to easily modify key variables within their predictive models during the Interactive What-If Analysis. This feature must support a wide range of input types, including numerical, categorical, and boolean variables. It is essential that the interface is intuitive, enabling users to make adjustments without requiring extensive training or technical know-how. By facilitating these changes dynamically, users can observe real-time updates in potential outcomes, thereby enhancing their decision-making capabilities and allowing for more effective strategy formulation. This requirement is critical for providing users with the ability to explore a variety of scenarios swiftly and insightfully, contributing to better business outcomes through data-driven choices.

Acceptance Criteria

User modifies a numerical variable in the predictive model during an Interactive What-If Analysis session to analyze the impact on projected revenue.

Given the user is in the Interactive What-If Analysis interface, when they adjust a numerical variable, then the model updates the projected revenue and displays it in real time without needing to refresh the page.

A user wants to change a categorical variable (e.g., market segment) and see how this affects their business outcomes over different scenarios.

Given the user selects a categorical variable, when they change its value from one segment to another, then the analysis results should update dynamically to reflect the new insights based on the selected segment.

During an interactive session, a user needs to toggle a boolean variable to see its effect on predictive outcomes.

Given the boolean variable is present in the model, when the user toggles the boolean value, then the system must immediately reflect the changes in associated predictions within the analysis dashboard.

A user without technical expertise wants to use the Dynamic Variable Manipulation feature with ease during the analysis to gain insights.

Given a user with basic computer skills, when they access the Dynamic Variable Manipulation interface, then they should be able to modify any variable and view outcome changes without receiving any error messages or requiring outside assistance.

A user is conducting a What-If Analysis and wishes to save their modified variables for future sessions.

Given that a user modifies variables in the model, when they choose to save their session, then the system should successfully store these variable settings and restore them correctly upon the user’s next login.

Multiple users collaboratively modify variables in a shared predictive model during a decision-making meeting.

Given that multiple users are collaborating in an Interactive What-If Analysis, when any user modifies a variable, then all other users should see the change immediately reflected in their dashboard in real time.

Scenario Outcome Visualization

"As a marketing manager, I want to visualize the outcomes of different scenarios so that I can quickly assess the impact of my strategic options and present the findings to my team in an understandable way."

Description

The Scenario Outcome Visualization requirement provides users with a graphical representation of the results generated from different scenarios during the Interactive What-If Analysis. This functionality should include customizable charts and graphs that can display trends, key performance indicators, and comparative outcomes side-by-side. The visualizations must be clear and easy to interpret to support users in deriving insights quickly. By offering this feature, InsightLoom will elevate the user experience and facilitate quick data interpretation, enabling users to make informed decisions rapidly based on visual evidence of potential outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a what-if scenario modifying variables such as market growth rate and operational costs.

Given a user inputs specific variable modifications in the what-if analysis, when they execute the analysis, then the graphical representation of outcomes must display at least three customizable charts reflecting the impact of the changes within five seconds.

User selects and saves a particular graphical representation of outcomes for future reference.

Given the user has completed a what-if analysis, when they select 'Save Visualization', then the system must confirm the save action and allow retrieval from a saved visuals library later without data loss.

User interacts with the graphical visualization to drill down into details of specific outcomes.

Given a user clicks on a data point in the graphical representation, when the drill-down feature is activated, then the system must display a detailed view showing underlying data and trends associated with that outcome.

User shares the outcome visualizations with team members for collaborative decision-making.

Given a user has generated visualization results, when they select the 'Share' option, then the system must provide a shareable link or option to export the visualization in a PDF format for distribution to team members.

User modifies the time period for scenario analysis from the dashboard.

Given a user adjusts the time frame for the analysis, when the user applies the changes, then the updated charts must reflect the new time period within five seconds of the action.

Comparison of multiple scenario outcomes in a side-by-side visual format.

Given that a user runs multiple what-if analyses, when they select the 'Compare' option, the system must provide a side-by-side comparison chart of up to three different scenarios with key performance indicators clearly displayed for each.

User toggles between different types of graphical representations (line, bar, pie charts) for better insights.

Given a user selects the 'Change Visualization Type' option, when they choose a different type of graph, then the system must dynamically update the displayed data in the selected graphical format within three seconds.

Real-time Simulation Feedback

"As a product manager, I want to receive immediate alerts about significant changes in outcomes when I modify inputs in the analysis so that I can make timely adjustments to my strategy based on real data."

Description

The Real-time Simulation Feedback requirement ensures that users receive immediate feedback on the implications of variable changes within their predictive models during Interactive What-If Analysis. This capability should include automated alerts or notifications that highlight significant shifts in projected outcomes as users manipulate inputs. Such feedback is critical for guiding users in understanding how their decisions influence results, allowing for agile adjustments and more accurate forecasts. The successful implementation of this feature will bolster users' confidence in decision-making and promote proactive management of strategic initiatives.

Acceptance Criteria

User manipulates input variables in the Interactive What-If Analysis feature of InsightLoom to explore potential outcomes based on varying market conditions.

Given a user is on the What-If Analysis dashboard, when they adjust a variable input, then the system must provide real-time feedback on the projected outcomes within 2 seconds, highlighting any significant shifts in results.

A user wants to understand the implications of a specific variable change in their predictive model during a decision-making session.

Given a user has made a variable adjustment, when they save their changes, then an automated notification should be sent to the user detailing how this change affects the predictive model outputs and any alerts for critical changes.

Stakeholders need to review the feedback from the What-If Analysis to understand the forecasted impact of different strategies for an upcoming project.

Given multiple users are using the What-If Analysis concurrently, when one user adjusts the variables, then all users in the session must receive real-time updates to their dashboards without having to refresh.

A user is testing various marketing strategies for a product launch using the Interactive What-If Analysis feature.

Given the user has selected a set of variables to simulate, when a variable is adjusted that results in a positive or negative change exceeding predefined thresholds, then the system should automatically highlight this change and suggest alternative actions based on historical data.

A new user is onboarding with InsightLoom and is learning to use the Interactive What-If Analysis tool.

Given a new user is using the What-If Analysis feature for the first time, when they manipulate a variable, then on-screen tooltips should guide them through the expected outcomes and highlight significant changes in metrics.

A business analyst is performing a sensitivity analysis to determine which variables have the most significant impact on their forecasting models.

Given the analyst has input various scenarios into the What-If Analysis, when they request a sensitivity report, then the system must generate and display a report within 5 seconds that ranks variables by their impact on outcomes.

Comprehensive User Documentation

"As a new user, I want access to comprehensive documentation and tutorials on the What-If Analysis feature so that I can learn how to use it efficiently and maximize its benefits for my team."

Description

The Comprehensive User Documentation requirement focuses on providing detailed guides and tutorials for the Interactive What-If Analysis feature. This content must cover everything from basic usage to advanced scenarios, ensuring that users of all skill levels can effectively utilize the feature. Including step-by-step instructions, screenshots, and example use cases will enhance user understanding and encourage adoption of the tool. Good documentation is vital for reducing the learning curve and improving overall user satisfaction within the InsightLoom platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accessing the Documentation

Given a user with basic knowledge of InsightLoom, when they access the Comprehensive User Documentation for Interactive What-If Analysis, then they should find clear navigation options for basic and advanced content.

Using Step-by-Step Instructions

Given a user is following the step-by-step instructions in the documentation, when they complete each step for using the Interactive What-If Analysis feature, then they should successfully manipulate at least one variable without errors.

Reviewing Tutorials for Advanced Scenarios

Given a user is seeking advanced guidance, when they view the tutorial sections of the documentation, then they should find at least three example use cases relevant to potential real-world applications of the Interactive What-If Analysis feature.

Understanding Screenshots and Visual Aids

Given a user is reading the Comprehensive User Documentation, when they come across sections with screenshots and visual aids, then they should be able to follow along with the instructions without confusion.

Accessing Documentation Performance on Different Devices

Given a user attempts to access the Comprehensive User Documentation on various devices (desktop, tablet, mobile), when they navigate through the documentation, then the content should load quickly and display correctly across all devices.

User Feedback on Documentation Quality

Given users have utilized the Comprehensive User Documentation, when they are surveyed about their experience, then at least 80% should report finding the documentation helpful for understanding the Interactive What-If Analysis feature.

Interactive Collaboration Tools

"As a team member, I want to collaborate in real-time with my colleagues during the What-If Analysis so that we can collectively discuss and refine our strategies based on shared data and insights."

Description

The Interactive Collaboration Tools requirement introduces features that enable multiple users to engage with the Interactive What-If Analysis simultaneously. This includes real-time editing capabilities, commenting functions, and version control to track changes made during group sessions. These collaborative tools are essential for team-based decision-making processes, allowing insights to be shared seamlessly among stakeholders and fostering a unified approach to scenario analysis. By implementing these features, InsightLoom will enhance teamwork and ensure a more comprehensive evaluation of potential business strategies across different departments.

Acceptance Criteria

Multiple users are collaborating on an Interactive What-If Analysis scenario in real-time during a strategy meeting, where each member can alter variables and observe outcomes together.

Given multiple users are logged into the Interactive What-If Analysis, When one user modifies a variable, Then all other users should immediately see the updated results on their dashboards without manual refreshing.

A team uses the commenting function during a collaborative session on the Interactive What-If Analysis to discuss potential outcomes and make decisions based on feedback.

Given that a user adds a comment to a specific variable or outcome, When another user views the analysis, Then the comment should be visible and easily accessible alongside the relevant variable or outcome for real-time discussion.

Group members are engaged in a session utilizing the Interactive What-If Analysis and need to revert to a previous version of their model after a decision is made.

Given that changes have been made during an Interactive What-If Analysis session, When users decide to revert to a previous version, Then the system should allow them to select and restore the desired past version while tracking the changes made for future reference.

During a collaborative analysis session, a user needs to check who made specific changes to the model variables and when those changes were made.

Given users have modified the Interactive What-If Analysis during a collaboration session, When a user views the version history, Then they should see a detailed log of changes that includes user identifiers and timestamps for each modification.

A team is conducting a joint Interactive What-If Analysis and requires the ability to lock certain variables for editing while allowing others to remain editable.

Given multiple users are collaborating, When certain variables are marked as locked by an admin user, Then no user, except the admin, should be able to modify those locked variables during the session, ensuring controlled editing rights.

Real-Time Commenting

This feature allows users to leave comments directly on specific data points or visualizations, facilitating immediate feedback and discussions. By enabling real-time interaction, team members can clarify insights, ask questions, and share observations without disrupting their workflow, ultimately enhancing collaboration and reducing the time spent in meetings.

Requirements

In-line Commenting

"As a data analyst, I want to leave comments directly on data visualizations so that my team can discuss insights in real-time without interrupting our workflow."

Description

This requirement enables users to add comments directly to specific data points or visualizations within the InsightLoom platform. This functionality promotes seamless communication by allowing users to quickly articulate thoughts, questions, or clarifications without needing to exit the context of their current work. The implementation of in-line commenting will enhance collaboration among team members, fostering a culture of open dialogue and continuous feedback. Users can engage in discussions around specific insights, significantly reducing the time spent in offline meetings and enhancing the overall efficiency of the decision-making process. The expected outcome is a more interactive and responsive data analysis experience, ultimately leading to improved insight-driven decisions across the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User adds a comment to a specific data point in a visualization while analyzing sales data during a team meeting.

Given a user is viewing their sales data dashboard, when they click on a data point and select 'Add Comment', then they should be able to enter a comment in a text box and submit it, which should be saved immediately and visible to all team members accessing the dashboard.

User edits a previously added comment on a visualization during a review session.

Given a user has submitted a comment on a specific data point, when they click on the comment and select 'Edit', then they should be able to modify the comment text and successfully save the updated comment, which should reflect the changes in real-time for all viewers.

User deletes a comment from a visualization when it is no longer relevant to the analysis being conducted.

Given a user has previously added a comment, when they click on the comment and select 'Delete', then the comment should be removed from the visualization and no longer visible to any users accessing that data point.

User replies to a comment on a visualization during collaborative analysis.

Given a user is viewing a comment by a colleague on a data point, when they select 'Reply' and enter their response, then the reply should be added under the original comment, and both comments should be timestamped and visible to all users.

User receives a notification when a new comment is added to a visualization they're currently analyzing.

Given a user is currently viewing a dashboard, when another user adds a comment to a data point in that dashboard, then the first user should receive a notification indicating the new comment has been made, including the data point reference and comment excerpt.

User transitions from adding comments to viewing existing comments seamlessly within the platform.

Given a user has added multiple comments on various data points, when they navigate to the comments section of the dashboard, then they should see a list of all their comments, organized by data point and with options to edit or delete each comment without reloading the page.

User accesses comments from different devices and finds all content synchronized.

Given a user has added comments on their desktop, when they access the platform from a mobile device, then they should see all their previously added comments accurately displayed for the specific data points they commented on without any discrepancies.

Notification System for Comments

"As a team member, I want to be notified when someone comments on data I’m reviewing so that I can stay updated and participate in discussions promptly."

Description

This requirement involves the development of a notification system that alerts users when new comments are added to data visualizations they are tracking or have interacted with. This ensures team members stay informed and engaged without having to constantly monitor the discussion threads. The notification system can include features such as email alerts, in-app notifications, and capability to customize notification settings based on user preferences. The goal is to keep users actively involved in the collaborative process while allowing them to focus on their primary tasks. Successful implementation of this requirement will mean timely awareness of pertinent discussions and decisions, leading to more cohesive team interactions and accelerated project outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an email notification when a new comment is added to a data visualization they are monitoring.

Given a user is subscribed to notifications for a specific data visualization, When a new comment is added to that visualization, Then the user should receive an email alert with the comment details.

In-app notification appears for comments on visualizations the user has interacted with.

Given a user has interacted with a data visualization, When a new comment is added to that visualization, Then an in-app notification should appear in the user's notification center indicating the new comment.

User can customize notification settings to control email and in-app notifications.

Given a user is in the notification settings menu, When they choose options for email alerts and in-app notifications, Then the settings should be saved and applied to future comments on visualizations.

User receives push notifications on their mobile device for comments on tracked visualizations.

Given a user has enabled push notifications, When a new comment is added to a tracked visualization, Then the user should receive a push notification on their mobile device stating the comment has been added.

Notification summary displays the latest comments in a digest format.

Given a user has comments pending review, When they open the notification summary, Then the latest comments should be displayed in a clear, digestible format including who commented and the timestamp.

User can mark comments as read or unread in the notification system.

Given the user views the list of notifications, When they select a comment notification, Then they should have the option to mark it as read or unread, which will be reflected in the notification list.

Comment Moderation Tools

"As a team lead, I want to have the ability to moderate comments so that I can ensure discussions are constructive and relevant to our analysis."

Description

This requirement encompasses the creation of moderation tools that enable designated users to manage comments effectively within the InsightLoom platform. Moderation tools will include options to edit, delete, or flag inappropriate comments, ensuring that discussions remain constructive and relevant. This functionality is essential for maintaining a positive community culture and encouraging valuable feedback while minimizing distractions or confusion that might arise from unmoderated comments. By implementing robust moderation capabilities, InsightLoom will empower users to foster productive discussions that enhance the overall quality of insights generated, leading to improved data utilization and strategic decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Users moderate comments on a data visualization during a team meeting to maintain a focused discussion.

Given that a user with moderator privileges views a comment, When they decide to edit the comment, Then the comment should update with the new text and reflect the change in the comment history.

A user flags an inappropriate comment for review during a live session to alert other moderators.

Given a user identifies an inappropriate comment, When they click the 'flag' option, Then the comment should be marked as flagged and a notification should be sent to the moderation team.

A moderator deletes a comment that does not adhere to community guidelines to ensure constructive discussions.

Given a moderator sees a non-compliant comment, When they choose to delete the comment, Then that comment should be removed from the visibility of all users, and the deletion should be logged for audit purposes.

A user receives a notification when their comment is flagged or edited by a moderator.

Given that a user's comment has been flagged or edited, When the moderation action is taken, Then the user should receive a notification informing them of the action and the reason behind it.

Users attempt to post a new comment and check for adherence to community standards during the posting process.

Given that a user is composing a comment, When they submit the comment, Then the system should validate the comment against community guidelines and either accept or reject it with an appropriate message.

A team leader reviews the comment moderation log to assess comment handling over the past month.

Given that a team leader accesses the moderation log, When they view the log, Then it should display a list of moderated comments including edits, deletions, and flags, sorted by date and user for easy tracking.

Multiple moderators collaborate on comment moderation during a high-traffic discussion in real-time.

Given that several moderators are online, When one moderator flags a comment, Then all other moderators should see the real-time update indicating the comment status change without refreshing the page.

Search Functionality for Comments

"As a user, I want to search for specific comments related to my analysis so that I can quickly find relevant insights and discussions."

Description

This requirement entails developing a robust search functionality that allows users to easily find specific comments or threads within the InsightLoom platform. This feature will enable users to filter comments by keywords, data points, or specific users, providing an efficient way to navigate discussions. By enhancing the discoverability of comments, users can leverage past insights and conversations to inform current analyses, ultimately driving more effective decision-making. The implementation of this search feature will significantly reduce the time users spend searching for relevant discussions, leading to improved workflow efficiency and collaboration across teams.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for comments related to a specific data point to enhance their understanding of past discussions and insights.

Given the user is on the comments section, when they enter a keyword related to a data point in the search bar, then the system should return all relevant comments containing that keyword, sorted by most recent first.

A user wants to filter comments made by a specific team member to quickly find insights shared by that colleague.

Given the user is on the comments section, when they select a team member's name from the filter options, then the system should display only the comments made by that team member.

User needs to find comments discussing a specific trend within a dataset to inform their analysis and decision-making process.

Given the user is on the comments section, when they use the keyword filter containing the trend term, then the system should list all comments that mention that trend, with the option to expand each comment thread.

A team member revisits a previous project and intends to view all comments associated with that project to gather insights for future work.

Given the user navigates to the project section, when they select the project and search for its comments, then the system should retrieve and display all comments relevant to that project, organized by date.

A user is reviewing the comments made during the last quarter and aims to identify key insights shared across discussions.

Given the user is on the comments section, when they apply a date filter for the last quarter, then the system should only display comments made during that time period.

A user wants to quickly find comments related to multiple keywords at once to ensure comprehensive understanding of discussions.

Given the user is on the comments section, when they input multiple keywords separated by commas in the search bar, then the system should return comments containing any of those keywords, with sorting options available.

Comment Threading

"As a user, I want to reply to specific comments in a threaded format so that I can maintain the context of the discussion and make it easier for others to follow."

Description

This requirement introduces comment threading, allowing users to respond to comments in a nested manner. This structured format will help keep discussions organized and make it easier for users to follow conversations related to specific insights or data points. By integrating comment threading, InsightLoom will enhance user experience by providing a clear overview of dialogues and allowing users to engage more deeply with topics of interest. The expected outcome is improved clarity in discussions, which will facilitate more effective collaboration and knowledge sharing among users, strengthening insight generation and team outcomes.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates a conversation by commenting on a specific data point in the dashboard, and other team members respond using threaded comments.

Given a user has left a comment on a data point, when another user replies to that comment, then the reply should appear nested under the original comment in the comment thread.

A user receives a notification when a new comment or reply is made to a thread they are involved in.

Given a user is tracking a comment thread, when a new reply is added, then the user should receive a notification that includes details of the new reply.

Users can expand and collapse comment threads to manage visibility and clarity within busy dashboards.

Given a comment thread exists, when a user clicks to expand the thread, then all nested replies should be visible, and when clicked again, they should collapse back to show only the original comment.

Users are able to sort comment threads by most recent activity to prioritize new discussions.

Given multiple comment threads exist, when a user selects the sort option for 'Most Recent', then comment threads should be ordered based on the latest reply timestamp.

Users can remove their comments from a thread if needed.

Given a user has commented in a thread, when they choose to delete their comment, then that comment and all its replies should be removed from the thread.

Users can attach relevant tags to their comments for better categorization.

Given a user adds a comment, when they include tags, then those tags should be displayed with the comment and searchable within the comment section.

Discussion Threads

Discussion Threads provide a structured space for teams to engage in conversations around specific analyses, reports, or insights. This feature allows users to post questions and responses, ensuring that important discussions are easily accessible and organized. By fostering continuous dialogue, teams can collaboratively explore complex data insights and refine their strategies.

Requirements

Thread Creation

"As a team member, I want to create discussion threads on specific analyses so that I can foster dialogue and collaboration with my colleagues on important insights."

Description

This requirement allows users to create new discussion threads within the platform for specific reports, analyses, or insights. Users can title their threads, provide a description, and tag relevant topics to organize the discussions effectively. The ability to initiate threads will enable structured conversations, encourage collaborative exploration, and ensure that all discussions around particular insights are easily found and referenced in the future. This functionality is essential for enhancing communication and teamwork among users, making it easy for teams to engage deeply with the data and insights provided by InsightLoom.

Acceptance Criteria

Creating a discussion thread for a recent sales report analysis.

Given the user is on the discussion threads page, when they click on the 'Create Thread' button and fill in the title, description, and tags, then a new discussion thread should be created and displayed in the thread list.

Accessing and viewing a discussion thread created for a product insight.

Given a discussion thread exists, when a user navigates to the thread list and selects the specific thread, then they should see the thread title, description, tags, and all associated comments in a readable format.

Editing an existing discussion thread title and description.

Given the user has created a discussion thread, when they click on the 'Edit' button, update the title and description, and save the changes, then the updated title and description should be reflected in the thread view and list.

Tagging a discussion thread with relevant topics to improve searchability.

Given the user is creating a new discussion thread, when they select relevant tags from the tag list before submission, then those tags should be clearly displayed on the thread page and enable filtering in searches.

Deleting a discussion thread that is no longer relevant.

Given the user has access to a discussion thread they want to remove, when they click on the 'Delete' button and confirm the deletion, then the thread should be permanently removed from the thread list and cannot be accessed again.

Notifications for new replies on a discussion thread the user is following.

Given a user is following a discussion thread, when a new comment is added to that thread, then the user should receive a notification about the new reply in their notifications area.

Searching for discussion threads by keyword or tag.

Given the user is on the discussion threads page, when they enter a keyword or select a tag in the search filter and submit, then the displayed results should only include threads matching the keyword or tag criteria.

Commenting System

"As a user, I want to comment on existing discussion threads so that I can share my insights and ask clarifying questions about the analyses being discussed."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a commenting system within the discussion threads, allowing users to add comments on existing threads. Users can reply to others' comments, facilitating interactive discussions. The system will support threaded replies, enabling users to engage in focused conversations without losing context. By introducing this commenting capability, users can share their thoughts, provide feedback, and engage in meaningful discussions surrounding the data insights, leading to richer collaboration and more informed decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User posts a new comment in an existing discussion thread about a specific data insight.

Given that the user is viewing a discussion thread, when they enter a comment and submit it, then the comment should appear in the thread under the user’s name with the correct timestamp.

User replies to an existing comment within a discussion thread.

Given that the user is viewing a comment in a discussion thread, when they click the reply button, enter their response, and submit it, then their reply should be displayed directly under the original comment, threaded correctly with a timestamp.

User attempts to post a comment without any text.

Given that the user is in an active discussion thread, when they try to submit a comment without entering any text, then an error message should appear indicating that the comment cannot be empty, and the comment should not be posted.

User wants to edit their submitted comment in a discussion thread.

Given that the user has posted a comment, when they choose the edit option after their comment, make changes, and submit, then the updated comment should replace the old comment while retaining the user's name and updating the timestamp to the current time.

User views a discussion thread with multiple comments.

Given that there are multiple comments in a discussion thread, when the user opens the thread, then all comments should be visible in chronological order, and the user should be able to scroll through the comments without performance issues.

User wants to delete their comment from a discussion thread.

Given that the user has submitted a comment, when they choose to delete it, then the comment should be removed from the thread, and a confirmation prompt should be displayed before the deletion is finalized.

Notification Alerts

"As a user, I want to receive notifications for new comments in my subscribed discussion threads so that I can stay updated and actively participate in team discussions."

Description

This requirement ensures that users receive notifications when there are new comments or replies in the discussion threads they are following. Users can choose to subscribe to specific threads to stay informed about ongoing discussions. This feature keeps users engaged and ensures that important insights are not missed, thus promoting active participation and collaboration. By receiving timely notifications, users can respond quickly, driving ongoing conversations and enhancing the collaborative environment of InsightLoom.

Acceptance Criteria

User subscribes to a discussion thread and receives notifications of new comments and replies.

Given a user is logged into InsightLoom, When they subscribe to a discussion thread, Then they should receive notifications every time a new comment or reply is posted in that thread.

User can manage notification settings for subscribed discussion threads.

Given a user has subscribed to one or more discussion threads, When they access their notification settings, Then they should be able to enable or disable notifications for each subscribed thread individually.

User receives notifications through multiple channels (email and in-app) for new comments.

Given a user has enabled notifications for a discussion thread, When a new comment is posted, Then they should receive an email notification and an in-app notification about the new comment.

User does not receive notifications for threads they have unsubscribed from.

Given a user unsubscribes from a discussion thread, When a new comment or reply is posted in that thread, Then they should not receive any notifications regarding that thread.

User can view a history of notifications for activity in threads they are subscribed to.

Given a user is logged into InsightLoom, When they check their notification history, Then they should see a list of all notifications received for the discussion threads they are subscribed to, including timestamps for each notification.

User can customize the frequency of notifications (immediate, daily digest, weekly digest).

Given a user has the option to customize notification frequency, When they select 'daily digest' for notifications, Then they should receive a single notification summarizing all activity from their subscribed threads at the end of each day.

User notified upon initial subscription to a discussion thread.

Given a user subscribes to a discussion thread for the first time, When the subscription is successful, Then they should immediately receive a confirmation notification about the successful subscription.

Searchable Thread Database

"As a user, I want to search through discussion threads using keywords and filters so that I can quickly find relevant conversations and insights from past discussions."

Description

This requirement involves creating a searchable database of all discussion threads that allows users to find relevant conversations quickly. Users can filter threads by tags, date, or keywords, ensuring that they can locate past discussions easily. This functionality will enhance user experience by providing quick access to valuable insights and ensuring that previously discussed points are not overlooked. It will enable users to leverage historical discussions effectively when analyzing current data or trends, making it a critical component of the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User searches for past discussions on customer engagement strategies.

Given the user is on the Discussion Threads search page, when they enter 'customer engagement' in the search bar and click 'Search', then the system should display all relevant threads that contain the keyword 'customer engagement' in the title or body.

User applies filters to refine search results for discussion threads.

Given the user is viewing the search results page, when they apply filters for 'Tags: Marketing' and 'Date: Last 30 days', then the system should display only the threads that match both the selected tag and date criteria.

User retrieves a specific discussion thread from the database using date filters.

Given the user selects the date filter for 'Last week', when they click 'Apply Filters', then the system should only display threads created within the last week, excluding all other threads.

User utilizes keyword and tags together to find discussions.

Given the user enters 'sales forecast' as a keyword and selects the tag 'Q4 Reports', when they click 'Search', then the system should return threads that match both the keyword 'sales forecast' and the tag 'Q4 Reports'.

User saves a search query for future reference.

Given the user has performed a search for 'market trends', when they click 'Save Search', then the system should allow them to name the query and save it for future access.

User views the details of a discussion thread from search results.

Given the user sees the search results, when they click on a specific thread title, then the system should display the complete content of the discussion, including all posts and responses.

User accesses the thread's activity log to see past interactions.

Given the user is viewing a discussion thread, when they click on 'View Activity Log', then the system should display a chronological list of user interactions with the thread, including posts and edits.

Thread Visibility Settings

"As a user, I want to set visibility options for my discussion threads so that I can control who can see and engage in the conversations, ensuring privacy when needed."

Description

This requirement introduces visibility settings for discussion threads, allowing users to choose whether their threads are public, team-only, or private. This feature promotes flexibility in discussions, enabling users to engage in sensitive conversations without exposing them to all users of InsightLoom. It enhances the platform's usability by catering to different team dynamics and ensuring that discussions can be tailored to specific audiences, which is crucial for effective communication and collaboration.

Acceptance Criteria

As a team member, I want to create a public discussion thread so that all users in InsightLoom can view and participate in the conversation about a new marketing strategy.

Given a user is logged in, when they select 'Public' as the visibility option while creating a discussion thread, then the thread should be accessible to all users within the platform.

As a project lead, I want to create a team-only discussion thread so that only members of my team can engage in sensitive project discussions without sharing them with the entire organization.

Given a user is logged in as a project lead, when they select 'Team-only' as the visibility option while creating a discussion thread, then only users assigned to that particular team should be able to view and participate in the thread.

As a user, I want to set a discussion thread to private to ensure that the conversation is confidential and accessible only to specific users I invite.

Given a user is logged in, when they select 'Private' as the visibility option while creating a discussion thread, then the user should have the option to invite specific users to view and participate in that thread, and others should not have access.

As an administrator, I want to review the visibility settings of all discussion threads to ensure compliance with company policies around sensitive information.

Given an administrator is logged into the platform, when they access the thread management section, then they should be able to filter threads by their visibility settings (Public, Team-only, Private) and see the corresponding lists of threads.

As a team member, I want to receive notifications when someone posts in a team-only discussion thread so that I can stay updated on the conversation.

Given a user is a member of a team-only discussion thread, when another team member posts a message in that thread, then the user should receive a notification about the new message to ensure they are informed of updates.

As a user, I want to change the visibility settings of a discussion thread I created after it has been made to ensure it meets the current needs of the conversation.

Given a user is logged into the platform and has created a discussion thread, when they select an option to change the visibility from 'Public' to 'Private' after the thread has been created, then the visibility should successfully update, and all previously invited participants should retain access where necessary.

Version Control System

The Version Control System enables users to track changes made to reports and analyses over time, providing a clear history of edits and updates. Users can easily revert to previous versions if necessary, which enhances accountability and reduces the risk of errors. This feature helps teams maintain a clear audit trail, promoting transparency in collaborative projects.

Requirements

Version History Tracking

"As a data analyst, I want to see the history of changes made to reports so that I can understand the evolution of the data and ensure the accuracy of my analysis."

Description

The Version History Tracking requirement ensures that all changes made to reports and analyses are logged and accessible to authorized users. This functionality is critical in maintaining a transparent record of modifications over time, enabling users to view who made specific changes, the nature of those changes, and when they were made. It supports seamless collaboration by allowing users to easily follow the evolution of reports and analyses. This capability not only enhances accountability within teams but also mitigates the risk of errors by providing a clear path back to previous versions, aiding in the validation of decisions made based on historical data.

Acceptance Criteria

Users should be able to view a complete history of changes made to a report or analysis within the Version Control System.

Given a report or analysis has multiple versions, when a user accesses the version history, then they should see a list of all changes made, including the user who made the change, the date of the change, and a brief description of the change made.

Users need to revert to a previous version of a report or analysis in case of errors made in the latest version.

Given a report or analysis with multiple versions, when a user selects an older version to revert to, then that older version should be restored and set as the latest version, and the user should receive a confirmation message indicating the successful revert.

Authorized users require the ability to filter version history based on date ranges to streamline their review process.

Given a report or analysis with a long version history, when an authorized user sets a date range filter on the version history, then only versions created within that date range should be displayed.

Users should be notified whenever a new version of a report or analysis is created to ensure they are aware of updates.

Given a new version of a report or analysis is saved, when that version is created, then all authorized users should receive a notification indicating that a new version is available, along with the version details.

Users need to distinguish between different types of changes made to reports, such as content vs. format changes, for better clarity.

Given a report or analysis has multiple change types recorded, when a user views the version history, then they should see a categorization of changes that specifies the type of change (e.g., Content Change, Format Adjustment).

Version Reversion Capability

"As a project manager, I want to revert to a previous version of a report so that I can correct a mistake that was made in the latest update without starting over."

Description

The Version Reversion Capability requirement allows users to revert to any previously saved version of reports and analyses at any point. This feature is essential for correcting errors or undoing unwanted changes without needing to recreate reports from scratch. It empowers users to experiment with data manipulations and reporting styles without the fear of permanently losing valuable work. By implementing this capability, users can safeguard their analyses against mistakes and enhance overall productivity by reducing the time spent on recreating lost or flawed work.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to revert a report to a previous version after noticing errors in the latest draft.

Given the user has accessed the version control system, when they select a previous version of the report and click the 'Revert' button, then the report should be updated to reflect the selected previous version and saved successfully.

A user has multiple versions of a report and needs to restore the most relevant one for a presentation tomorrow.

Given the user is in the version control dashboard, when they filter the versions by date and select the most recent relevant version, then the 'Restore' option should be available to successfully revert to that version without data loss.

Team members are collaborating on a report and need to check the modification history to understand changes made.

Given the user is reviewing a report in the version control system, when they access the version history, then all changes should be clearly listed with timestamps, author information, and a summary of modifications for each version.

A user attempts to revert to a version from the version control system that has been deleted due to a retention policy.

Given the user selects a deleted version in the version control system, when they attempt to restore that version, then an appropriate error message should be displayed indicating that the version is no longer available.

A user wants to experiment with report formatting without losing previous work.

Given the user has made changes to a report, when they click 'Save as New Version', then a new version of the report should be created, retaining the original version intact for future reversion if needed.

A system administrator is managing user permissions for the version control feature.

Given the administrator is in the user management settings, when they assign edit and revert permissions, then the assigned users should be able to successfully revert reports according to the defined permissions.

A user wants to understand how to use the version reversion feature effectively.

Given the user is on the training page of InsightLoom, when they access the tutorial for the version control system, then the tutorial should adequately explain how to revert to previous versions, including visual aids and step-by-step guidance.

Audit Trail Generation

"As a compliance officer, I want to access an audit trail of report modifications so that I can ensure that our team adheres to regulatory standards regarding data handling."

Description

The Audit Trail Generation requirement automatically compiles a comprehensive log of all user actions related to report modifications and accesses, providing an essential tool for monitoring and auditing purposes. This feature not only facilitates accountability and compliance with data governance policies but also enhances collaborative efforts by documenting contributions. Users can review the audit trail to understand how decisions were made and by whom, which fosters trust in the data integrity. This capability is particularly vital in regulated industries where thorough documentation of data handling processes is mandatory.

Acceptance Criteria

Audit Trail Generation for a Report Modification

Given a user modifies a report, When the modification is saved, Then an entry should be recorded in the audit trail including the user ID, timestamp, and nature of the change.

Reviewing the Audit Trail

Given a user wants to review the audit trail, When the user accesses the audit log, Then all entries should be displayed in chronological order with filter options available for user ID and date range.

Reverting to a Previous Report Version

Given a user selects a previous version of a report from the audit trail, When the user chooses to revert, Then the report should be restored to the selected version with a new entry in the audit trail capturing this action.

Compliance Check of Audit Entries

Given an internal compliance officer reviews audit logs, When the officer generates a compliance report, Then all modifications in the audit trail must reference the user ID and require no gaps in recorded actions over the defined period.

Data Governance Audit Trail Notifications

Given a user modifies a report, When a change is made, Then an email notification should be sent to designated supervisors with a summary of the modification and a link to the audit trail.

Time Duration for Generating Audit Trail Reports

Given a user requests an audit trail report, When the user submits the request, Then the system should generate and display the report within 5 seconds.

Data Integrity Check for Audit Logs

Given a user accesses the audit trail, When they search for specific user actions, Then the results must show consistent and unaltered data from the original action recorded in the system without discrepancies.

Integrated Task Management

This feature allows users to create, assign, and track tasks directly within the workspace. Team members can set deadlines, prioritize work, and update task status, ensuring that everyone is aligned on objectives and timelines. With this integrated approach, teams can effectively manage their workload and enhance productivity while analyzing data.

Requirements

Shared Data Dashboards

Shared Data Dashboards enable teams to collaboratively create and customize dashboards that reflect collective goals and insights. Users can add widgets, change visualizations, and discuss data together, ensuring that everyone is on the same page regarding key metrics and analysis. This collaborative visualization approach strengthens team alignment and driving strategic decisions.

Requirements

Real-time Collaboration

"As a team member, I want to collaborate on the dashboard in real-time so that I can discuss and analyze data with my colleagues instantly, improving our decision-making process."

Description

The Real-time Collaboration requirement enables users to work together simultaneously on Shared Data Dashboards, providing the ability to see changes and comments in real-time. This feature enhances teamwork and alignment by allowing team members to discuss insights as they manipulate the dashboard. It integrates with existing comment and notification systems within InsightLoom, ensuring that team discussions around data remain contextually relevant and accessible, fostering an environment of immediate feedback and agile decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Simultaneous Edits by Team Members on Shared Data Dashboards

Given a Shared Data Dashboard is open, when multiple users modify widgets at the same time, then all users should see the changes reflected in real-time without any delay or manual refresh.

Real-time Commenting and Notifications

Given a user adds a comment on the dashboard, when another team member views the dashboard, then the new comment should appear instantly with a notification alerting the user to the comment.

Conflict Resolution During Dashboards Edits

Given two users are editing the same widget on a Shared Data Dashboard, when one user saves their changes, then the second user should be prompted to either merge changes or override the existing data.

User Permissions for Collaboration

Given a Shared Data Dashboard has been created, when a team member is invited to collaborate, then their role (viewer, editor) should restrict or allow the ability to modify dashboard elements accordingly.

Dashboard Session Persistence

Given a user is collaborating on a Shared Data Dashboard, when they lose their connection and reconnect, then the dashboard state should be restored to reflect their last interactions without data loss.

Integration with Existing Notification Systems

Given a comment is made on a dashboard, when team members are subscribed to notifications, then they should receive alerts through the installed notification systems in InsightLoom.

Usage Analytics for Real-time Collaboration

Given multiple team members are using the Real-time Collaboration feature, when analyzing dashboard usage, then there should be metrics available showing user activity and engagement within the dashboard.

Customizable Widgets

"As a user, I want to customize the dashboard widgets to fit my team’s specific metrics so that I can present data in a way that is most relevant and understandable to my colleagues."

Description

The Customizable Widgets requirement allows users to create and modify widgets based on their specific data needs and preferences. Users can choose from various visualization types (graphs, pie charts, tables, etc.), adjust settings such as colors and sizes, and arrange them on the dashboard according to their workflow. This flexibility empowers users to tailor the dashboard to reflect key metrics that matter most to their team, thereby enhancing usability and the overall effectiveness of data presentations. This requirement is vital for user satisfaction and platform adaptability.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes a Dashboard for Team Goals

Given a user is logged into InsightLoom, when they access the Shared Data Dashboards, they can create a new dashboard, add at least three different types of widgets (e.g., graph, pie chart, table), customize each widget's settings including color and size, and arrange the widgets as per their preference, then the dashboard must reflect all changes accurately with a user-confirmation message indicating successful customization.

User Saves Custom Settings for Future Use

Given a user has customized their dashboard with several widgets, when they save their dashboard settings, then upon re-accessing the dashboard, all previously saved settings and customizations should be automatically applied without any need for reconfiguration.

User Shares a Customized Dashboard with Team Members

Given a user has created a customized dashboard, when they share it with their team members, then all invited team members should be able to view the dashboard with the same widget configurations and have the ability to comment on each widget, ensuring collaborative discussion can take place.

User Deletes a Widget from the Dashboard

Given a user has a customized dashboard with multiple widgets, when they select and delete one specific widget, then the widget should be removed from the dashboard immediately, and a confirmation message should appear indicating successful deletion while the remaining widgets remain unchanged.

User Changes the Visualization Type of a Widget

Given a user is viewing their customized dashboard with multiple widgets, when they select a widget to change its visualization type (e.g., from a bar graph to a pie chart), then the widget should update to the new visualization type without losing any previously input data or custom settings.

User Uses Keyboard Shortcuts for Widget Customization

Given a user is actively customizing widgets on their dashboard, when they utilize defined keyboard shortcuts for common actions (e.g., 'Ctrl + C' to copy a widget, 'Delete' to remove a widget), then the corresponding action should be executed accurately without errors or confirmation prompts unless specified by the action itself.

Dashboard Sharing Options

"As a project manager, I want to share the dashboards with stakeholders so that they can access key performance indicators and insights without having to navigate the system directly."

Description

The Dashboard Sharing Options requirement facilitates the ability for users to share their customized dashboards with team members or stakeholders. This feature includes options for view-only or edit access, as well as the ability to generate shareable links or export the dashboards as PDFs or images. This capability is crucial for promoting transparency and alignment among various members of an organization, enabling effective communication through shared insights.

Acceptance Criteria

As a user, I want to share my customized dashboard with a colleague so they can view real-time metrics and contribute to our project analysis.

Given a customized dashboard is created, When the user selects the share option, Then the user can choose to share as view-only or edit access and send an invitation link to their colleague.

As a team member, I want to receive a shareable link to a dashboard so that I can access it directly without needing to log in to the platform.

Given that a dashboard has been shared with a colleague, When the colleague receives the shareable link, Then they should be able to access the dashboard directly without logging in, provided they have view access.

As a project manager, I want to export a dashboard as a PDF to present in my weekly team meeting, ensuring that all graphs and metrics are included accurately.

Given that the dashboard is ready for export, When the user clicks the export option and selects PDF format, Then a correctly formatted PDF version of the dashboard is generated with all visuals intact.

As a user, I want to invite other team members to collaborate on my dashboard so that we can work together on our data analysis.

Given that a user accesses a shared dashboard, When the user selects the invite option and enters their team members' emails, Then those members receive an invitation and can join the dashboard for collaborative editing.

As a team lead, I want to ensure that only authorized team members have access to sensitive dashboard data by managing sharing permissions.

Given the dashboard's sharing settings, When the team lead adjusts member permissions, Then those changes should restrict or allow access as specified, confirmed by a permissions summary on the dashboard sharing settings page.

As an administrator, I want to review dashboard sharing statistics to understand how often and by whom dashboards are accessed or shared.

Given that a dashboard has been shared, When the administrator accesses the sharing statistics report, Then the report should accurately display metrics on views, shares, and users accessing the dashboards over the last month.

User Permissions and Roles

"As an admin, I want to set user permissions for dashboards so that I can control who can view, comment on, or edit our data visualizations, ensuring data security and appropriate collaboration."

Description

The User Permissions and Roles requirement is designed to manage access levels within Shared Data Dashboards. Administrators can set different access rights (view, comment, edit) for various team members depending on their roles. This is essential for maintaining data integrity and security, allowing for controlled participation in the dashboard customization process while ensuring that sensitive data remains protected from unauthorized access.

Acceptance Criteria

User with Admin role sets up a new dashboard and specifies team members' access levels.

Given an Admin is logged in, when they create a new dashboard and set permissions for team members, then the assigned permissions should reflect correctly (view, comment, edit) for each member, as displayed on the dashboard settings.

Team member with 'view' access attempts to edit a dashboard.

Given a user with 'view' access is logged in, when they try to edit the dashboard, then they should receive an error message indicating they do not have permission to edit the dashboard.

A user with 'edit' access modifies a widget on a shared dashboard.

Given a user with 'edit' access is logged into the dashboard, when they modify a widget, then the changes should be saved accurately and visible to all users with access to that dashboard.

Admin changes a user's permission from 'view' to 'edit'.

Given an Admin updates a user's access level from 'view' to 'edit', when the user logs out and logs back in, then they should be able to edit the dashboard as per their new permission level.

A team member attempts to view a dashboard with 'comment' permissions.

Given a user with 'comment' permission is logged in, when they access the dashboard, then they can see all data and add comments, but cannot modify any widgets or settings.

Audit log functionality for tracking permission changes in dashboards.

Given an Admin changes a user's permissions, when the change is made, then the audit log should record the change with details such as timestamp, user affected, and old/new permissions.

Testing maximum number of users with various permission levels on a single dashboard.

Given multiple users (up to system limits) with varying permissions attempt to access the same dashboard simultaneously, when they interact with different functionalities, then the system should perform without errors and maintain correct access rights for each user.

Interactive Drill-down Functionality

"As a data analyst, I want to be able to drill down into specific data points on the dashboard so that I can analyze the underlying factors that affect our key metrics."

Description

The Interactive Drill-down Functionality requirement enables users to click on data points within their dashboards to access more detailed information and analytics related to that specific metric. This feature enriches user experience by providing deeper insights without navigating away from the dashboard, allowing users to conduct more thorough analyses and make informed decisions based on comprehensive data views.

Acceptance Criteria

User clicks on a specific data point in the Shared Data Dashboards to view further details for enhanced analysis.

Given a Shared Data Dashboard with available data points, when the user clicks on a data point, then a detailed analytics view for that metric should appear within the same dashboard without requiring navigation away from the original screen.

Team members collaborate on data analysis during a meeting using the Interactive Drill-down Functionality.

Given multiple team members are accessing the same dashboard, when one user drills down into a specific data point, then all team members should see the updated view simultaneously, ensuring cohesive data analysis.

User wants to return to the main dashboard after drilling down into a data point.

Given the user has accessed the detailed analytics view of a data point, when they click the 'Back to Dashboard' button, then they should be returned to the original dashboard with their previous selections and views intact.

User attempts to drill down into a data point that does not have detailed information available.

Given a data point with no additional information, when the user clicks on that data point, then an error message should appear indicating that there is no further information available for that metric.

User wants to customize the detailed view of a drilled-down metric.

Given the user is viewing the detailed analytics of a data point, when they select different visualization options (e.g., table, graph), then the dashboard should dynamically update to display the selected visualization type for that metric.

Users are trained to utilize the Interactive Drill-down Functionality effectively in their workflows.

Given newly onboarded users, when they participate in a training session focused on the Interactive Drill-down Functionality, then at least 90% should demonstrate the ability to correctly use the feature in practice tests during that session.

Analytics Integration

"As a user, I want to integrate my existing analytics tools into the dashboard so that I can consolidate all my data visualizations in one place for easier analysis."

Description

The Analytics Integration requirement involves connecting third-party analytics tools (like Google Analytics, Tableau, etc.) with the Shared Data Dashboards feature. This integration will allow users to import and visualize data from various sources directly within their dashboards, increasing the versatility and power of InsightLoom. It enhances the product offering by accommodating a wider range of data inputs and analytical approaches, ultimately providing richer insights for users.

Acceptance Criteria

Connecting a third-party analytics tool to the Shared Data Dashboards feature.

Given that the user has valid credentials for a third-party analytics tool, when they initiate the connection process, then the system should successfully establish a connection and display a confirmation message.

Importing data from connected analytics tools into the Shared Data Dashboards.

Given that the user has established a connection to a third-party analytics tool, when they select specific data sets to import, then those data sets should be available in the dashboard within five minutes and reflect the most recent data.

Customizing visualizations on the Shared Data Dashboards.

Given that the user has imported data from a third-party analytics tool, when they customize visualizations (e.g., changing chart types, adding filters), then the visualizations should update in real-time to reflect these changes without any errors.

Collaboratively discussing data insights on the Shared Data Dashboards.

Given that multiple users are viewing the same dashboard, when one user posts a comment on a data widget, then all other users should see the comment instantly and be able to respond in real-time.

Saving personalized settings for the Shared Data Dashboards after analytics integration.

Given that the user has customized their dashboard, when they choose to save their changes, then those personalized settings should persist and be available for the user the next time they access the dashboard.

Validating user permissions on analytics integration.

Given that the user is part of a team with specific roles, when they attempt to connect or import data from a third-party analytics tool, then their access should align with the permissions defined for their role, allowing or denying access as appropriate.

Insight Voting Mechanism

The Insight Voting Mechanism allows team members to rate insights based on relevance or potential impact. This feature empowers users to prioritize the most valuable findings collectively, ensuring that critical insights receive the attention they deserve. By involving team members in the decision-making process, this mechanism fosters a sense of ownership and engagement among users.

Requirements

Insight Rating System

"As a team member, I want to be able to rate insights so that I can help prioritize the most valuable information for our projects and decisions."

Description

The Insight Rating System enables team members to assign ratings to insights based on their relevance and potential impact. This feature allows for a collective prioritization of insights, ensuring that the most critical findings receive immediate attention and resources. By fostering collaboration and transparency, this system enhances user engagement, as team members feel their input directly influences decision-making. Implementation includes integrating rating mechanisms into the user interface, providing analytics on voting patterns, and ensuring timely notifications for insights requiring review. The expected outcome is a more focused approach to insights management, where significant data is highlighted through collaborative input.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members can successfully assign ratings to insights through the Insight Voting Mechanism during a strategy meeting.

Given a user has access to the Insight Voting Mechanism, when they select an insight, then they can assign a rating from 1 to 5, and the rating is saved successfully to the system.

Team members receive notifications for insights that require review based on the rating thresholds set in the system.

Given insights that have been rated below a predefined threshold, when the ratings are submitted, then the respective team members should receive a notification within 5 minutes alerting them to review the low-rated insights.

Analytics on voting patterns can be generated and displayed in the user interface for the team lead to review.

Given the team lead accesses the analytics dashboard, when they request voting pattern reports, then the system should display insights rated by each member along with average ratings and trends over the last month.

The ratings mechanism is fully integrated into the user interface without technical issues or user confusion.

Given a user is using the Insight Rating System, when they navigate to the insights section, then the rating mechanism should be intuitive and result in no user errors or confusion during the rating process.

The system maintains a log of all ratings changes by users to ensure transparency and accountability.

Given a user has assigned a rating to an insight, when they later change their rating, then the system should log both the initial and the updated ratings with timestamps and user identifiers for auditing purposes.

The system effectively prioritizes insights based on the ratings assigned by team members to highlight critical findings.

Given insights have been rated by multiple users, when the ratings are averaged, then the system should sort and display insights in descending order of their average ratings on the insights dashboard.

Real-Time Feedback Notifications

"As a team member, I want to receive notifications when insights I'm interested in are rated or commented on, so that I can engage in timely discussions and decision-making."

Description

Real-Time Feedback Notifications inform users immediately when insights are rated or commented upon by their peers. This feature ensures that team members stay up-to-date on the collective assessment of insights, promoting ongoing engagement and timely discussions about data relevance. It requires integrating a notification system that alerts users via email and in-app messages about activities related to insights they have interacted with. The expected outcome is a continuous loop of feedback and communication, enhancing collaboration and ensuring that vital insights do not go unnoticed.

Acceptance Criteria

As a team member, I want to receive immediate notifications when an insight I rated receives a new comment or rating from my peers, so I can stay informed about its relevance and contribute to discussions.

Given I have rated an insight, when a peer comments or rates the same insight, then I should receive a notification via email and in-app alert within 5 minutes of the action.

As a user, I want to ensure that the notification system integrates seamlessly with both my email and mobile application, so that I do not miss any important updates.

Given my account settings are properly configured to receive notifications, when a peer interacts with an insight, then I should receive notifications on both my registered email and the mobile app.

As a product manager, I want to verify the system can handle a high volume of notifications during peak usage times, so that users consistently receive timely updates without delays.

Given the system is under high load with over 1000 users interacting with insights simultaneously, when a peer comments or rates an insight, then the average notification delivery time must not exceed 10 seconds.

As a user, I want to be able to customize my notification preferences to opt-in or opt-out of receiving updates about specific insights or categories, so I only receive relevant information.

Given I access my notification settings, when I choose to opt-out of notifications for certain insights or categories, then I no longer receive notifications for those selected items.

As a team leader, I want to ensure that all notifications about insights are logged in the system for record-keeping and future audits, so we can track engagement and interactions over time.

Given a notification has been triggered by a peer interaction with an insight, when I check the notification log, then I should see a record of each notification including timestamp, insight ID, and user involved.

As a user, I want to be able to quickly access the original insight from the notification I received, so I can review its content without searching for it manually.

Given I receive a notification about an interaction on an insight, when I click the notification, then it should redirect me to the specific insight detail page within the application.

Insight Dashboard Integration

"As a product manager, I want to see the highest-rated insights on my dashboard so that I can make informed decisions quickly and focus on impactful projects."

Description

The Insight Dashboard Integration feature will display the most highly rated insights on a dedicated section of the dashboard, allowing users quick access to the most valued information at a glance. This integration aims to streamline user experience, ensuring that significant insights are always front and center for decision-makers. Implementation involves designing a visually appealing layout that organizes insights by their ratings and allowing easy access to detailed information. The expected outcome is improved visibility of critical data, aiding the efficiency of business strategy formulation and execution.

Acceptance Criteria

Display of Top Rated Insights on Dashboard

Given that the user is logged into the InsightLoom platform, when they access the Insight Dashboard, then the dashboard must prominently display the top 5 insights rated by team members in a dedicated section labeled 'Top Insights'.

Sorting and Filtering Insights by Rating

Given that the user is viewing the insights on the dashboard, when they select the 'Sort by Rating' option, then the insights displayed must be organized in descending order according to their ratings.

Accessing Detailed Information from Dashboard

Given that the user is viewing the top rated insights on the dashboard, when they click on a specific insight, then the user must be redirected to a detailed view displaying all relevant information about that insight.

Real-time Updates of Insight Ratings

Given that an insight has been newly rated by a team member, when the user refreshes the dashboard, then the top 5 insights displayed must automatically update to reflect the latest ratings in real-time without requiring a page reload.

User Engagement with Voting Mechanism

Given that the voting mechanism is active, when a user provides a rating to an insight, then the corresponding insight’s rating count must increase by 1, and the changes must be reflected immediately on the dashboard.

Visual Appeal of Insight Dashboard

Given that the Insight Dashboard is loaded, when a user views the layout of the top rated insights section, then the insights must be presented in a visually appealing format with clear ratings, making it easy for users to interpret the data.

User Engagement Analytics

"As a project leader, I want to monitor how engaged my team is with the insight voting system so that I can identify areas for improvement and increase participation."

Description

User Engagement Analytics will monitor and report on how team members interact with the Insight Voting Mechanism, including rating distribution, frequency of participation, and overall engagement levels. This feature provides management with valuable insights into team dynamics and areas where engagement could improve. Implementing analytics tools will involve aggregating data from user interactions and presenting it in intuitive reports and visualizations. The expected outcome is an increased understanding of user involvement, which will guide future enhancements to the platform and strategies to boost participation.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction Monitoring for Insight Voting Mechanism

Given a user accesses the Insight Voting Mechanism, When they rate an insight, Then the system should log the interaction with the timestamp and user ID, allowing tracking of individual engagement.

Reporting on Rating Distribution

Given that multiple users have rated various insights, When the User Engagement Analytics generates a report, Then it should display a visual distribution of ratings for each insight, categorized by user engagement levels.

Frequency of Participation Tracking

Given a specified time frame, When the User Engagement Analytics reviews user interactions, Then it should report the number of unique users who participated in the voting process versus the total number of team members.

Overall Engagement Levels Assessment

Given the accumulated data from user interactions, When management accesses the User Engagement Analytics report, Then it should provide key metrics including the average rating per insight and total ratings submitted, indicating overall engagement levels.

User Engagement Visualization

Given the engagement data, When a user requests a visual summary from the User Engagement Analytics, Then the system should present a dashboard visualizing user participation trends over the past month.

Identification of Low Engagement Areas

Given the reports generated from the User Engagement Analytics, When management analyzes the insights, Then it should highlight insights with low engagement scores for further review and action.

Custom Voting Criteria

"As an administrator, I want to customize the voting criteria for different insights so that my team can give more relevant and context-driven feedback."

Description

The Custom Voting Criteria feature allows administrators to define specific voting criteria tailored to different projects or insights, ensuring that team members can provide relevant feedback based on varying contexts. This flexibility enhances the voting process, allowing for more meaningful evaluations of insights. It will require developing an admin interface to set criteria and ensuring that users are aware of and can easily access these criteria during the voting process. The expected outcome is a more tailored and effective feedback mechanism that aligns with project goals and user needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Custom Voting Criteria Creation by Admin

Given an admin user is logged into the InsightLoom platform, When they navigate to the Custom Voting Criteria section, Then they should be able to create new voting criteria by specifying the title, description, and measurement scale, which should be saved successfully without errors.

Viewing Custom Voting Criteria as a User

Given a regular user is viewing insights in the Insight Voting mechanism, When they access the voting interface, Then the user should see a list of the active custom voting criteria defined by the admin, which must be clearly labeled and accessible.

Applying Custom Voting Criteria During Voting

Given a user is ready to vote on insights, When they select an insight to rate, Then the custom voting criteria relevant to that insight should be displayed, allowing the user to provide feedback based on the specified criteria accurately.

Edit Existing Custom Voting Criteria by Admin

Given an admin user is logged into the InsightLoom platform, When they choose to edit an existing custom voting criterion, Then they should be able to modify the title, description, and measurement scale, and the changes should reflect immediately after saving.

Deleting Custom Voting Criteria by Admin

Given an admin user has navigated to the Custom Voting Criteria section, When they select a custom voting criterion to delete, Then the system should prompt for confirmation, and upon confirmation, the selected criterion should be removed with success confirmation provided to the admin.

User Notification on Custom Voting Criteria Availability

Given a user accesses the Insight Voting Mechanism, When a new custom voting criterion is created by an admin, Then the user should receive a notification indicating the new criteria available for their next voting session.

Testing Custom Voting Criteria Integration with Insights

Given multiple insights exist within the platform, When custom voting criteria are applied to these insights, Then the voting process should accurately reflect the custom criteria usage without any technical errors or malfunctions.

Collaborative Annotation Tools

Collaborative Annotation Tools enable users to highlight specific data points, add notes, and tag team members for follow-up actions directly within their analytics workspace. This feature enhances the clarity of visual data narratives and ensures that everyone involved in the analysis can contribute their insights and perspectives effectively.

Requirements

Highlighting Data Points

"As an analyst, I want to highlight key data points in my reports so that my team can quickly focus on significant trends and anomalies during discussions."

Description

The Highlighting Data Points requirement enables users to visually emphasize specific data points within the analytics workspace. This functionality enhances user interaction with visual dashboards by allowing users to mark important metrics, making them easily noticeable. As users collaborate on analyses, highlighting data points will serve as a focal point for discussions and decision-making, thereby increasing the clarity of insights shared among team members. This tool is essential for drawing attention to significant trends and anomalies that matter most in data-driven discussions, facilitating effective collaboration in real-time analysis. Implementation will involve integrating a user-friendly interface for selecting and highlighting data points across various chart types, ensuring seamless operation across the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

Team members collaboratively analyze sales data during a weekly meeting. Each member uses the highlighting feature to focus on key metrics, sharing insights and making decisions based on the marked information.

Given that a user is in the analytics workspace, when they select a data point on any chart type and activate the highlight feature, then the selected data point should be visibly highlighted in a distinct color that contrasts with the background.

An analyst reviews quarterly performance metrics to prepare a report. They highlight significant increases in revenue and corresponding data points, allowing team members to quickly identify critical areas of success.

Given that the user has highlighted a data point, when another team member views the dashboard, then the highlighted data points should be visible with notes or tags attached for context.

During a collaborative review session, users need to emphasize specific trends in customer engagement metrics by highlighting during a live demonstration of the analytics platform.

Given that users highlight multiple data points, when they save the session, then all highlights must remain visible the next time the dashboard is accessed, preserving the context for future discussions.

A project manager assigns follow-up actions based on highlighted data points during an analytics review. Team members should receive notifications for their tags added to the highlighted data points.

Given that a user tags a team member on a highlighted data point, when the highlighting action is saved, then the tagged user should receive a notification about their action and a link to the specific data point.

Users compare year-over-year performance metrics in the dashboard and need to highlight relevant data points for further investigation.

Given that the user highlights a data point, when they click on the highlight, then an option to add a comment or note should be displayed for additional context that can enhance the discussion.

At the end of an analysis session, a user wants to share their insights through exported reports that include highlighted data points.

Given that a user exports a report with highlighted data points, when they open the exported file, then the highlighted data points must be preserved in the export and identifiable in the document format.

Note-Taking Functionality

"As a team member, I want to take notes on specific data points so that I can remember my insights and share them efficiently with my team later."

Description

The Note-Taking Functionality requirement allows users to add text-based annotations directly within the analytics workspace. Users can jot down thoughts, observations, or insights related to specific data visualizations. This feature aims to empower teams by ensuring that critical insights and comments are captured in context and easily accessible for future reference. This will help improve communication and understanding among team members during collaborative efforts. Each note will be tagged to the corresponding data point or visualization, enhancing contextual clarity. The implementation will focus on a straightforward interface for adding, editing, and managing notes, including search capabilities for past annotations.

Acceptance Criteria

User adds a new text-based annotation while reviewing a data visualization in the analytics workspace.

Given a user is viewing a data visualization, When they click on the 'Add Note' button, Then the user should be able to enter text, tag it to the specific data point, and save the note successfully.

A user edits an existing annotation to update its content in the analytics workspace.

Given a user has previously created a note in the analytics workspace, When they click the 'Edit' button on that note, Then the user should be able to modify the text and successfully save the changes without losing the original context.

A user searches for a previously made annotation to retrieve insights related to a specific data visualization.

Given a user has entered multiple annotations, When they use the search bar with relevant keywords, Then the system should display the matching annotations in a categorized list, with the option to view each annotation's context.

Multiple users collaborate on the same data visualization and add annotations simultaneously.

Given that multiple users are viewing the same data visualization, When users add annotations, Then all annotations should be visible to every user in real-time without requiring page refreshes.

A user tags a colleague in an annotation for follow-up actions.

Given a user is creating a new note, When they enter a colleague's name in the tagging field, Then the tagged colleague should receive a notification of the annotation and be able to view it from their dashboard.

A user deletes an existing annotation that is no longer needed.

Given a user has created an annotation, When they click the 'Delete' button, Then the annotation should be permanently removed from the analytics workspace after a confirmation prompt.

Tagging Team Members

"As a user, I want to tag my colleagues in annotations so that they can be notified about important insights and follow up on specific actions."

Description

The Tagging Team Members requirement enables users to directly tag colleagues in annotations or comments made within the analytics workspace. This functionality fosters collaboration by notifying tagged users of pertinent discussions or insights relevant to them, ensuring that team members remain in sync with project-related activities. This feature will also serve to create task follow-ups based on insights noted. The implementation will require integration with user profiles on the platform to notify users through the application and potentially via email. This capability is crucial for enhancing team engagement and accountability in data discussions.

Acceptance Criteria

Tagging a Team Member in an Annotation

Given a user is in the analytics workspace, when they highlight a data point and choose to annotate it, then they should be able to tag a team member by typing '@' followed by the name, and the tagged member should receive a notification about the annotation.

Notifying Tagged Users via Email

Given a team member has been tagged in an annotation, when the annotation is saved, then the tagged user should receive an email notification detailing the annotation context and any notes added by the user.

Displaying Tagged Annotations in User Profiles

Given a user has been tagged in multiple annotations, when they view their user profile, then they should see a list of all annotations where they have been tagged along with links to the respective analytics workspace.

Collaborative Follow-up Tasks Creation

Given an annotation exists with tagged team members, when a user clicks 'Create Task' on that annotation, then a task should be created with the tagged members listed as assignees.

Tagging Team Members in Comments

Given a user is adding a comment to an annotation, when they type '@' and select a team member, then the comment should display the tagged user's name, and the user should be notified.

Integration with User Profiles for Tagging

Given a user attempts to tag a team member, when the name is entered, then the system should suggest valid user profiles based on the entered text, ensuring that only active users can be tagged.

Real-Time Collaboration

"As a project manager, I want to collaborate with my team in real-time on data analytics so that we can make faster and more informed decisions together."

Description

The Real-Time Collaboration requirement allows multiple users to work simultaneously within the analytics workspace. Changes made by one user should be immediately visible to all others, which enhances teamwork and speeds up the decision-making process. This feature ensures that all team members are on the same page during discussions, promoting a dynamic analytical environment where input and modifications are up-to-date. Implementation involves ensuring seamless data consistency and synchronization mechanics, along with clear indicators of who is in the workspace. This requirement is central to fostering team collaboration and making data analysis a shared, interactive experience.

Acceptance Criteria

As a project manager, I want to track real-time changes made by my team members in the analytics workspace during a live data review session, ensuring that all stakeholders are aware of updates as they happen.

Given multiple users are in the analytics workspace, when one user makes a change, then all other users should see that change reflected in real-time within 2 seconds.

As a data analyst, I want to highlight specific data points and share insights with my team in real-time, so that we can collectively analyze the impact on our strategies immediately.

Given a user has highlighted a data point and added a note, when another user opens the same workspace, then the highlighted data point and note should be visible instantly without needing to refresh.

As a team member, I want to see indicators of who is currently in the workspace, so that I can collaborate more effectively and address the right people for further clarifications.

Given users are present in the analytics workspace, when I enter the workspace, then I should see a list of all current users with their online status displayed.

As a user, I want to receive notifications for any updates made by my teammates in real-time, so that I can stay informed of changes without constantly monitoring the screen.

Given I am in a collaborative session, when another user makes a change, then I should receive an immediate notification of that change on my screen.

As a team member, I want to be able to tag my colleagues on specific annotations, so they can review and act upon my notes immediately, facilitating more efficient communication.

Given a user is creating an annotation, when they tag another user in their note, then that user should receive a notification and the tag should be visible to all users in the session.

Export Annotations as Reports

"As a data analyst, I want to export my team’s annotations and highlights into a report so that I can present our findings clearly to stakeholders."

Description

The Export Annotations as Reports requirement enables users to compile their highlighted data points, notes, and tagged discussions into a unified report that can be exported for further analysis or presentation. This functionality will be beneficial for stakeholders who need to review or present findings based on collaborative insights. Users can select the relevant annotations and easily generate reports in various formats (e.g., PDF, Excel). The implementation will focus on creating a user-friendly interface for report generation, ensuring that it captures all pertinent information accurately and aesthetically for effective communication of insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects highlighted data points and annotations for export to generate a report.

Given that the user has highlighted data points and made annotations, when they select these annotations and choose to export, then a report is generated that includes all selected highlights, notes, and tags in the specified format.

User chooses the format of the report for export, either PDF or Excel, and initiates the export process.

Given that the user is on the export interface, when they select either PDF or Excel format and click 'Export', then the system should successfully create the report in the chosen format and prompt the user for download.

User reviews the exported report to ensure that all selected annotations are accurately captured in the report.

Given that the user has downloaded the report, when they open the report, then all highlighted data points, annotations, and tagged team members from the analytics workspace should be visible and correctly formatted in the report.

User attempts to export annotations without selecting any data points, leading to a validation check.

Given that the user is on the export interface, when they attempt to export without selecting any annotations, then an error message should appear stating 'Please select at least one annotation to export' and the export process should not initiate.

User modifies annotations before exporting to ensure the latest updates are included in the report.

Given that the user has made changes to the annotations after highlighting, when they initiate the export process, then the report should reflect the most up-to-date highlights and annotations as per the latest user inputs.

User tags team members during collaborative annotations to ensure effective communication of insights in the exported report.

Given that the user has tagged team members in annotations, when the report is generated, then the tagged individuals' names should appear next to their respective annotations in the exported document to foster accountability and discussion.

User accesses the help section for guidance on using the export feature effectively.

Given that the user is on the export interface, when they click the 'Help' button, then a relevant guide or tutorial on how to use the export annotations feature should be displayed, facilitating user understanding and efficiency.

Feedback Sentiment Analyzer

This feature utilizes natural language processing (NLP) to assess and categorize customer feedback sentiment, transforming qualitative data into actionable insights. Users can easily visualize sentiment trends over time and cross-reference these with operational metrics, allowing teams to grasp the overall customer mood and identify specific areas requiring improvement or enhancement.

Requirements

Sentiment Trend Visualization

"As a product manager, I want to visualize sentiment trends over time so that I can quickly identify shifts in customer feedback and adjust our strategy accordingly."

Description

The requirement is to develop a visual dashboard component that displays sentiment scores over time, allowing users to track changes in customer feelings towards their products and services. The visualization will include graphs and charts that are easy to interpret, helping users identify trends and make swift decisions based on customer feedback. This component will integrate seamlessly into the existing InsightLoom platform, providing a user-friendly interface that enhances the analysis of sentiment data, supporting teams in strategizing customer engagement efforts and operational improvements.

Acceptance Criteria

User analyzes sentiment trends in customer feedback to identify areas for improvement.

Given a user logged into the InsightLoom platform, when they navigate to the Feedback Sentiment Analyzer dashboard, then they should see a graph displaying sentiment scores over time for selected feedback categories.

User needs to visualize sentiment data related to specific products.

Given a user selects a specific product from the drop-down menu, when the visualization updates, then the graph should reflect only the sentiment data associated with that product over the specified time range.

User wants to cross-reference sentiment trends with operational metrics.

Given a user is on the Sentiment Trend Visualization dashboard, when they enable the option to overlay operational metrics, then the dashboard should show both sentiment trends and the relevant operational metrics in a clear comparative format.

User requires an overview of sentiment changes over the last three months.

Given a user selects the last three months as the time filter, when the dashboard is refreshed, then the graph should display accurate sentiment scores for each month in the selected period with monthly average indicators.

Admin needs to ensure the data is updated and displayed accurately.

Given that a new batch of customer feedback has been processed, when the admin checks the Sentiment Trend Visualization dashboard, then the data should reflect the updated sentiment scores without delay.

User wants to export the sentiment analysis data for reporting purposes.

Given a user is viewing the sentiment trends, when they click the export button, then a CSV file containing the current sentiment data displayed on the dashboard should be downloaded.

Feedback Categorization Engine

"As a customer success officer, I want to categorize customer feedback automatically so that I can focus on addressing negative comments and enhancing areas of strength effectively."

Description

This requirement involves the creation of an NLP-based feedback categorization engine that can analyze customer comments and reviews to classify them into predefined categories (positive, negative, neutral) as well as specific topics (product features, customer service, etc.). The engine should enable users to filter and search feedback based on these categories, allowing them to pinpoint specific areas for improvement or strengths to leverage. This functionality is crucial for providing actionable insights from qualitative data, saving time and enhancing decision-making processes for users.

Acceptance Criteria

Customer Feedback Analysis for Theme Identification

Given a set of customer feedback responses, when the user inputs these into the Feedback Categorization Engine, then the engine classifies each response into predefined categories (positive, negative, neutral) and specific topics (e.g., product features, customer service) accurately with at least 90% precision.

Sentiment Visualization on Dashboard

Given categorized feedback data, when the user accesses the dashboard, then the sentiment trends over time are visually represented in an easy-to-understand format, with the ability to filter by category and topic, ensuring users can quickly identify areas for improvement.

Search Functionality for Filtered Feedback

Given the categorized feedback, when the user utilizes the search functionality, then the system allows users to filter feedback based on categories and topics, returning relevant results that match user queries within 3 seconds.

Real-time Updates on Sentiment Analysis

Given new customer feedback is received, when the Feedback Categorization Engine analyzes the incoming data, then the sentiment and categorization results are updated in real-time on the dashboard without requiring a page refresh.

User Training for Feedback Categorization Engine

Given that the Feedback Categorization Engine is implemented, when users participate in a training session, then they demonstrate understanding by successfully categorizing test feedback with at least 95% accuracy during a follow-up assessment.

Real-time Sentiment Alerts

"As a support lead, I want to receive real-time alerts for significant changes in customer sentiment so that I can respond quickly to emerging issues and improve customer satisfaction."

Description

The requirement is to build a real-time alert system that notifies users of significant changes in customer sentiment, such as sudden spikes in negative feedback or improvements in positive sentiment. This feature should integrate with the existing dashboard, allowing users to set custom thresholds for notifications. The alert system will ensure that teams can respond proactively to customer feelings and trends, enhancing their ability to manage customer relationships and improve service or product offerings in a timely manner.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up custom thresholds for sentiment alerts in the InsightLoom dashboard.

Given the user is logged into the InsightLoom platform, When the user navigates to the 'Sentiment Alerts' section, Then the user can set and save custom thresholds for both negative and positive sentiment changes, with predefined ranges (e.g., 5%, 10%).

The real-time alert system sends notifications for significant sentiment changes.

Given the user has set a threshold for negative feedback alerts at 10%, When a sudden spike in negative feedback occurs that exceeds the threshold, Then the user receives an immediate alert through their chosen notification method (e.g., email, in-app notification).

Users can view historical data of sentiment alerts on the dashboard.

Given the user accesses the 'Sentiment Trends' dashboard view, When the user requests to view past alerts, Then the user can see all historical sentiment alerts logged, including timestamps, sentiment categories, and thresholds triggered.

Users can customize notification preferences for sentiment alerts.

Given the user is in the settings section for notifications, When the user selects preferences for the types of alerts they wish to receive (e.g., email, SMS, in-app), Then the system saves these preferences and reflects them in the alert settings.

Integrate the real-time sentiment alert system with operational metrics.

Given the user is viewing sentiment analysis data, When the user analyzes sentiment trends alongside operational metrics (like Net Promoter Score) on the dashboard, Then the system correlates sentiment changes with operational performance metrics effectively.

The alert system allows users to temporarily mute notifications.

Given the user has set up alerts for sentiment changes, When the user chooses to mute notifications for a specified period (e.g., 1 hour, 24 hours), Then the system will suspend sending alerts during that period, notifying the user when notifications are reactivated.

Cross-reference Operational Metrics

"As a business analyst, I want to cross-reference customer sentiment with operational metrics so that I can analyze the correlations between customer feelings and our performance."

Description

The requirement entails developing a functionality that allows users to overlay sentiment trends with relevant operational metrics (e.g., sales data, customer retention rates) on the dashboard. This feature is important for providing users with a holistic view of how customer sentiment impacts their business operations, enabling more nuanced analysis and strategic decision-making. Users should easily adjust the time frames and select different metrics for comparison, ensuring a dynamic and interactive experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to overlay customer sentiment trends with sales data on the dashboard to analyze how customer mood correlates with sales performance over the last quarter.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they select 'Sales Data' and set the time frame to the last quarter, then the system should display a dual-axis graph showing sentiment trends and sales data.

A user needs to compare customer retention rates against sentiment trends to evaluate the effectiveness of recent marketing campaigns.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they select 'Customer Retention' as an operational metric and set the time frame to the last six months, then the system should present a visual comparison of sentiment trends and customer retention rates.

A manager wants to review sentiment data for the last month alongside customer service response times to identify any correlations that may affect customer satisfaction.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they choose 'Customer Service Response Time' as the operational metric and set the analysis period to the last month, then the system should show a combined chart displaying both sentiment trends and response times.

A business analyst is interested in tracking feedback sentiment during a promotional campaign and wants to correlate it with promotional sales metrics post-campaign.

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they select 'Promotional Sales' as the metric and the time frame is adjusted to include the duration of the promotional campaign plus one month afterward, then the system should visualize trends of both sentiment and promotional sales data.

A user decides to visualize sentiment changes during specific product launches to determine the impact on sales.

Given the user has access to relevant product launch dates, when they input these dates into the dashboard settings, then the system should highlight periods of sentiment change and correlate them with sales metrics during and after each launch period.

An executive needs to generate a report that cross-references multiple operational metrics with customer sentiment to drive strategic planning.

Given the user is preparing a report, when they select multiple operational metrics such as 'Sales', 'Retention', and 'Customer Feedback Score', and set a unified time frame, then the dashboard should allow them to export a comprehensive report showing sentiment alongside all selected metrics.

The operations manager wants to visualize anomalies in sentiment data during periods of system downtime to evaluate customer impact.

Given the dashboard includes operational downtime information, when the user selects 'System Downtime' as a metric and sets the time frame to the past year, then the system should indicate anomalies in sentiment data that correspond with downtime events.

User Feedback Portal Integration

"As a customer, I want to easily submit my feedback through a user-friendly portal so that I can share my thoughts and experiences directly with the company."

Description

This requirement involves integrating a user feedback portal within InsightLoom, where customers can submit their feedback directly. The portal should facilitate easy submission of feedback with options for users to classify their sentiment. The integration is designed to enhance user engagement, allowing customers to feel heard and providing businesses with a continuous stream of fresh feedback. Successful implementation will enhance the effectiveness of the Sentiment Analyzer by providing a constant influx of real-time feedback from users.

Acceptance Criteria

Customer submits feedback through the user feedback portal on InsightLoom after experiencing the platform.

Given the user is logged into the InsightLoom platform, when they navigate to the feedback portal and submit their feedback, then their feedback should be recorded in the system and categorized by sentiment.

Users can easily classify the sentiment of their feedback as positive, negative, or neutral within the feedback portal.

Given the user selects a sentiment option while submitting their feedback, when they submit it, then the sentiment must be accurately reflected in the feedback record in the database.

The feedback portal summarizes feedback submitted over a specified time period, allowing for analysis by the feedback sentiment analyzer.

Given a user views the feedback summary dashboard, when they select a date range, then they should see a visual representation of feedback sentiments categorized by the selected time frame.

Administrators receive notifications when new feedback is submitted through the portal to ensure timely responses.

Given a feedback submission is entered, when it is saved to the database, then a notification email should be sent to the designated administrators in real-time.

The feedback portal includes a user-friendly interface that facilitates easy submission of feedback without technical expertise.

Given the user accesses the feedback portal, when they observe the layout, then they should find the submission form intuitive and easy to navigate, with clear instructions for each field.

Users can view previously submitted feedback and its sentiment classification in the portal.

Given the user accesses their feedback history, when they select a feedback item, then they should see the original feedback text along with the sentiment classification and submission date.

Sentiment Analysis Reporting Tool

"As a Marketing Director, I want to generate detailed sentiment analysis reports so that I can provide insights to our leadership team and support our strategic planning."

Description

The requirement is to develop a reporting tool that enables users to generate comprehensive reports on customer sentiment analytics over customizable periods. This tool should allow users to identify trends, produce visualizations for presentations, and export reports in various formats (PDF, CSV, etc.). This functionality is vital for presenting insights to stakeholders, facilitating informed decision-making, and ensuring that impactful data is readily available. Reports should include metrics and contextual information to maximize their utility.

Acceptance Criteria

Generating a sentiment analysis report for a specific month to share with the management team for quarterly presentation.

Given a selected month and relevant filters, when the user clicks 'Generate Report', then the system should produce a report that includes overall sentiment metrics, visualizations, and an export option.

Visualizing sentiment trends over a 6-month period to identify improvements or declines in customer satisfaction.

Given a selected 6-month period, when the user views the sentiment analysis dashboard, then the system must display a line graph depicting sentiment trends over this duration, alongside key metrics.

Exporting a completed sentiment analysis report to PDF format for distribution to stakeholders.

Given a generated sentiment analysis report, when the user selects the 'Export' option and chooses PDF format, then the system should create and download a PDF file that includes all report components directed by the requirement.

Creating a customizable report that allows users to select specific metrics and timeframes to analyze sentiment data.

Given the reporting tool interface, when a user selects various metrics and a custom date range, then the generated report must reflect the selected parameters accurately in its content.

Reviewing the sentiment analysis reports to identify the areas that need improvement based on customer feedback.

Given a completed sentiment analysis report, when the user reviews the report, then the system should highlight specific feedback areas that fall below a defined satisfaction threshold for action planning.

Accessing the sentiment analysis tool from different user account levels to ensure proper permission and functionality.

Given different user roles (e.g., admin, standard), when each user accesses the sentiment analysis tool, then only users with the correct permissions should be able to generate, view, and export reports as per their role definitions.

Feedback Metric Dashboard

A dedicated dashboard that consolidates and visualizes customer feedback alongside relevant KPIs in real-time. This feature helps users track performance metrics in tandem with customer opinions, enabling immediate insights into how customer sentiment impacts business goals and operational success.

Requirements

Real-time KPI Tracking

"As a business analyst, I want to see real-time updates of key performance indicators related to customer feedback so that I can quickly identify trends and adjust strategies to enhance customer satisfaction."

Description

The Real-time KPI Tracking feature will allow users to monitor key performance indicators related to customer feedback dynamically. This functionality ensures that as feedback data is collected, the relevant metrics are updated instantaneously on the dashboard, providing users with current insights on customer satisfaction, retention rates, and other vital business health indicators. This requirement is essential for fostering an agile business environment where decisions can be made based on the latest data without the delay of manual updates or audits.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Feedback Metric Dashboard to analyze customer feedback alongside KPIs during a weekly performance review meeting.

Given the user has accessed the Feedback Metric Dashboard, When new customer feedback is submitted, Then the dashboard should automatically update within 5 seconds to reflect the latest KPIs.

Team members use the dashboard to correlate customer satisfaction metrics with sales performance after a marketing campaign launch.

Given the user selects the 'Sales Performance' KPI, When reviewing the metrics, Then the related customer feedback should be displayed alongside the KPI in real-time with accurate trend lines.

A business analyst uses the InsightLoom platform to prepare a report on customer retention rates influenced by feedback from different demographic segments.

Given the user has chosen to view retention rates, When feedback data is categorized by demographic segments, Then the dashboard metrics should filter and display the relevant retention rates dynamically without manual intervention.

Management monitors the impact of a new product feature on customer satisfaction through the Feedback Metric Dashboard in a quarterly stakeholder meeting.

Given the management team is viewing the dashboard, When a significant change in customer feedback is detected, Then a notification should alert users within 10 seconds to discuss the potential impact immediately.

A customer service representative accesses the dashboard to identify areas of improvement for customer experience based on the latest feedback data.

Given the user is logged into the dashboard, When selecting the 'Customer Experience Improvements' KPI, Then specific actionable insights generated from the latest feedback should be visible on the screen for user review.

A product manager reviews the dashboard while aligning customer feedback with product development cycles for sprint planning.

Given the dashboard is updated with new feedback data, When the user filters KPIs related to product development, Then the dashboard must display interactions and correlations with real-time feedback data to aid in sprint prioritization.

Customer Sentiment Analysis

"As a product manager, I want to quickly assess the overall sentiment of customer feedback so that I can make informed decisions regarding product improvements and marketing strategies."

Description

The Customer Sentiment Analysis feature will employ natural language processing algorithms to analyze customer feedback text and summarize the sentiment (positive, negative, neutral). This analysis will integrate with the dashboard and allow users to visualize sentiment trends alongside KPIs, offering deeper insights into how customer perceptions influence business outcomes. This requirement is important as it helps teams understand customer emotions holistically and take actionable steps to improve their products and services accordingly.

Acceptance Criteria

Customer engagement team accessing the Feedback Metric Dashboard to review sentiment analysis results in order to prepare for a client presentation.

Given the customer feedback data is uploaded, when the user accesses the Feedback Metric Dashboard, then they can see the sentiment analysis results displayed in real-time alongside relevant KPIs.

Business analysts wanting to compare sentiment trends over the last quarter against quarterly performance metrics.

Given the system has historical customer feedback data, when the user selects the last quarter in the dashboard, then the sentiment trends should be visually represented over that time frame alongside the quarterly performance metrics.

Product managers analyzing the impact of sentiment on product launches through the dashboard on a monthly basis.

Given the dashboard shows sentiment data for the last month, when the user filters the sentiment analysis by product launch date, then they can compare sentiment scores pre- and post-launch against relevant KPIs.

Users needing to understand the distribution of customer sentiment across different demographic segments.

Given demographic data is available, when the user applies demographic filters on the dashboard, then the sentiment analysis results should update to reflect the sentiments of the selected demographic segments.

Customer service representatives reviewing customer feedback to assess service improvements implemented.

Given service improvement actions were taken, when the user reviews the sentiment analysis results on the dashboard, then they should be able to see an increase in positive sentiment in the feedback post-implementation.

Executives preparing an end-of-quarter report on customer sentiment trends and their correlation to business KPIs.

Given the reporting period is set to the last quarter, when the executive exports the sentiment data from the dashboard, then the export includes a clear visual representation of customer sentiment trends alongside related business KPIs.

Marketing teams assessing the effectiveness of their campaigns through sentiment analysis data.

Given marketing campaigns were executed, when the user views the sentiment analysis post-campaign, then they should see a correlation between positive sentiment spikes and campaign timelines represented in the dashboard.

Customizable Dashboard Widgets

"As a team leader, I want to customize my dashboard with specific metrics so that I can focus on the data that is most relevant to my team's objectives and performance."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard Widgets requirement proposes the introduction of flexible widgets on the user interface that allows users to tailor the dashboard with the most relevant metrics for their specific needs. Users can add, remove, or rearrange widgets for KPIs and feedback metrics as desired, personalizing their experience. This flexibility is crucial for enhancing user engagement and ensuring that each user can focus on the data that matters most to their role.

Acceptance Criteria

User adds a new widget to the dashboard for tracking customer satisfaction scores over the last month.

Given that the user has access to the Customizable Dashboard Widgets, when they select the option to add a new widget, then they should see a list of available widgets and successfully add the customer satisfaction score widget to their dashboard.

User removes a widget from their dashboard that they no longer want to track.

Given that the user is viewing their customized dashboard, when they click the remove button on an existing widget, then that widget should be removed from the dashboard and the layout should adjust accordingly.

User rearranges the order of the widgets on the dashboard to prioritize specific KPIs.

Given that the user is on their dashboard, when they click and drag a widget to a new location, then the widget should move to that new position and maintain its functionality.

User saves their customized dashboard after making several changes to the widget layout.

Given that the user has made changes to their dashboard layout, when they click the save button, then their customization should persist upon subsequent logins and the dashboard should display as saved.

User views a dashboard with multiple widgets displaying real-time data metrics and feedback.

Given that the user has logged into their dashboard, when they load the page, then all widgets should be populated with the latest real-time data without the need for a page refresh.

User wants to share their customized dashboard layout with team members.

Given that the user has customized their dashboard, when they select the share option, then a shareable link should be generated, and the specified team members should receive access to the same dashboard configuration.

Scheduled Reporting and Alerts

"As a marketing director, I want to receive automated alerts when customer feedback reaches critical levels, so that I can address potential issues before they escalate."

Description

The Scheduled Reporting and Alerts feature will enable users to set up periodic reports and alerts based on changes in KPIs or customer feedback metrics. Users can receive email notifications or alerts directly on their dashboards when specific thresholds are met or exceeded. This functionality supports proactive decision-making and ensures that significant changes in customer sentiment or performance metrics do not go unnoticed.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a weekly report for customer feedback metrics that highlights changes in sentiment over the past seven days.

Given the user is on the Feedback Metric Dashboard, When the user selects 'Schedule Report' and sets it to weekly, Then they should receive an email every week summarizing the customer sentiment changes along with relevant KPI updates.

User sets an alert for when customer satisfaction scores drop below a certain threshold.

Given the user is on the Feedback Metric Dashboard, When the user configures an alert threshold for customer satisfaction at 75%, Then the user should receive an immediate notification on their dashboard and via email if the score drops below this threshold.

User needs to modify an existing scheduled report from weekly to monthly delivery.

Given the user has a weekly report scheduled, When they edit the report settings to change the frequency to monthly, Then the system should update the schedule accordingly and confirm the changes via email.

User wants to view a log of past alerts triggered by KPI changes over the last month.

Given the user is on the Alerts settings page, When they request to view the alert history, Then they should see a list of all triggered alerts with timestamps and the specific KPI that caused the alert.

User attempts to schedule a report without providing an email address.

Given the user is on the Schedule Report page, When they try to submit the scheduling form without an email address, Then an error message should display indicating that an email address is required before submission.

User wishes to cancel a previously scheduled report.

Given the user has a scheduled report, When they select the option to cancel, Then the report should be removed from the schedule and a confirmation message should be displayed to the user.

Historical Data Comparison

"As a data scientist, I want to compare current metrics with historical data so that I can identify trends and make data-driven recommendations for future initiatives."

Description

The Historical Data Comparison feature will provide the ability to analyze and compare current customer feedback and KPI data against historical records. Users will be able to visualize trends over specific periods, allowing them to see the impact of changes and identify patterns. This requirement is vital for understanding the evolution of customer sentiment and business performance over time, facilitating better long-term planning and strategy development.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to compare current customer feedback scores with those from the same period last year to assess performance changes over time.

Given the user navigates to the Historical Data Comparison section, when they select a specific time range, then the dashboard should display the comparison of current customer feedback scores alongside last year's scores for the same period.

A manager needs to visualize historical KPIs along with customer feedback during a quarterly review meeting.

Given the manager accesses the Historical Data Comparison feature, when they choose the relevant KPIs and time periods, then the system should generate a comprehensive visual report showing trends and comparisons side by side.

An analyst wants to identify patterns in customer sentiment following a recent product launch.

Given the analyst selects the time period of interest post-launch, when they apply the Historical Data Comparison filter, then the dashboard should illustrate any correlations between customer sentiment changes and KPI performance metrics over that timeframe.

A user wishes to export the comparison data for further analysis in a presentation.

Given the user successfully completes the Historical Data Comparison, when they click on the export button, then the system should generate a downloadable file that includes all visualized data and KPIs in a user-friendly format.

A team member needs to examine seasonal trends in customer feedback to adjust marketing strategies.

Given the team member sets the filter to display data from previous years during the same season, when they generate the report, then the dashboard should reflect seasonal trends in customer feedback and correlate it with sales data for the same timeframe.

A customer service director seeks insight into the impacts of customer feedback on operational changes implemented last quarter.

Given the director inputs the last quarter's changes into the Historical Data Comparison tool, when they analyze the results, then the dashboard should clearly show any variations in customer feedback associated with those operational changes.

Actionable Feedback Toolkit

An integrated toolkit that provides users with step-by-step guidance on how to respond to customer feedback. This feature includes templates for communication, action plans for service improvements, and best practice recommendations to enhance customer engagement, ensuring businesses effectively address customer concerns.

Requirements

Customer Feedback Response Templates

"As a customer service manager, I want to access a library of response templates so that I can quickly and effectively respond to customer feedback without starting from scratch."

Description

This requirement focuses on developing an integrated library of customizable response templates that users can utilize to promptly address customer feedback. Each template should cater to various types of feedback scenarios, including complaints, suggestions, and compliments. By offering ready-to-use templates, we aim to streamline communication, enhance response time, and improve customer satisfaction. This functionality ensures users can engage effectively with customers, reducing the burden of crafting responses from scratch and maintaining a consistent tone and message across all interactions.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Customer Feedback Response Templates while addressing customer inquiries in the InsightLoom platform.

Given a user navigates to the Actionable Feedback Toolkit section, when they select 'Customer Feedback Response Templates', then they should see a categorized list of response templates for complaints, suggestions, and compliments.

A user customizes a response template for a customer complaint using the provided toolkit.

Given a user selects a complaint response template, when they modify the template fields with relevant information, then they can save the modifications and see the updated template in their library.

User sends a response to a customer using a selected template in the InsightLoom platform.

Given a user chooses a response template and fills it out for a specific customer complaint, when they send it, then the customer should receive the response without any formatting issues and with the correct information displayed.

A user reviews the effectiveness of the response templates after they have been used in real customer interactions.

Given multiple user interactions have taken place using the templates, when a user accesses the analytics section of the toolkit, then they should see metrics indicating response rates and customer satisfaction linked to the template use.

New templates are added to the library based on the latest customer feedback scenarios.

Given the customer feedback response templates are reviewed every quarter, when new feedback scenarios are identified, then at least 3 new templates should be created and made available for user access within 2 weeks of identification.

A user accesses the best practice recommendations while using the templates.

Given a user is on the response template page, when they click on 'Best Practice Recommendations', then they should see actionable tips displayed clearly and relevant to the type of feedback they are addressing.

Admin reviews user engagement with the response templates.

Given an admin accesses the user engagement dashboard, when they check the usage statistics of the response templates, then they should find metrics such as the number of templates used and user frequency of engagement within the last month.

Service Improvement Action Plans

"As a product manager, I want to generate action plans based on customer feedback so that I can systematically address areas needing improvement and enhance our service offerings accordingly."

Description

This requirement entails the creation of structured action plan templates that guide users through the process of implementing service improvements based on customer feedback. The plans should include steps for identifying key issues, setting goals, and outlining necessary actions, resources, and timelines for resolution. This functionality not only fosters a proactive approach to customer feedback but also helps organizations systematically enhance service quality and customer satisfaction through organized responses to identified issues.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new action plan based on a specific customer feedback incident.

Given a user with appropriate permissions, when they select "Create Action Plan" from the feedback response menu and input relevant details, then the system should save the action plan with a unique ID, including key issues, goals, actions, and timelines, and display a confirmation message.

User views action plans related to a specific customer feedback entry.

Given a user views a customer feedback entry, when they click on the "View Action Plans" option, then the system should display all associated action plans with titles and statuses, and allow the user to open each plan for detailed review.

User updates an existing action plan with additional resources and timelines.

Given a user has access to an existing action plan, when they modify the resources or timelines and click "Save Changes," then the system should update the action plan with the new details, display a success notification, and log the change history.

User sends a report of the action plan to a stakeholder.

Given a user has completed an action plan, when they select the "Send Report" option and enter a recipient's email, then the system should generate a PDF report of the action plan and send it to the specified email address, confirming the dispatch with a message.

User utilizes the best practice recommendations provided in the toolkit.

Given a user is creating an action plan, when they access the 'Best Practices' section, then the system should present a list of relevant recommendations tailored to the identified key issues, and the user should be able to incorporate them into the plan.

User sets a deadline for action items within an action plan.

Given a user is editing an action plan, when they set a deadline for an action item and save the changes, then the system should reflect the deadline change, display it in the action item list, and send a reminder notification before the deadline.

Best Practices Recommendations Engine

"As a customer relations representative, I want to receive best practice recommendations for responding to feedback so that I can improve customer engagement and resolve issues more effectively."

Description

This requirement involves developing an intelligent recommendation engine that suggests best practices for responding to customer feedback. By analyzing past data and feedback trends, the engine will provide tailored recommendations for communication styles, response strategies, and engagement techniques. This feature will empower users with insights derived from successful past interactions, enabling them to adopt proven strategies that enhance customer relationships and foster loyalty.

Acceptance Criteria

User seeks to improve customer engagement levels based on recent feedback received from customers.

Given the user accesses the Best Practices Recommendations Engine, When they input recent customer feedback data, Then the system should generate at least three relevant best practice recommendations tailored for enhancing customer engagement.

A user wants to effectively respond to a specific negative customer review received through their platform.

Given a negative customer review is inputted into the system, When the user requests recommendations, Then the system should provide a tailored response template and suggested engagement strategies that address the concerns raised in the review.

The marketing team aims to create a communication strategy for a promotional campaign based on past feedback analysis.

Given the user submits historical customer feedback data from previous campaigns, When they run the analysis, Then the system should present actionable insights and best practices relevant to improving communication effectiveness for the campaign.

A user wants to track the effectiveness of the applied best practices on customer satisfaction over time.

Given the user has implemented the recommendations from the Best Practices Recommendations Engine, When they review customer satisfaction metrics three months later, Then they should see a measurable increase in customer satisfaction ratings compared to the previous period.

Senior management requires a summary report on the best practices recommended and their outcomes.

Given the user has had multiple interactions with the Best Practices Recommendations Engine, When they request a summary report, Then the system should generate a report detailing the recommended strategies, their implementation status, and their corresponding impact on customer satisfaction and loyalty metrics.

A user faces difficulty in crafting a response to complex customer feedback involving multiple issues.

Given the user inputs complex customer feedback into the system, When they request recommendations, Then the system should generate a structured set of recommendations that prioritize responses to different aspects of the feedback.

Feedback Analytics Dashboard

"As a business analyst, I want a visual dashboard that displays customer feedback trends so that I can analyze the data and present actionable insights to the team for service improvements."

Description

This requirement focuses on designing a user-friendly analytics dashboard that visually represents customer feedback data, highlighting trends, recurring issues, and resolution effectiveness. The dashboard should provide interactive charts and filters, enabling users to analyze feedback at granular levels and make data-driven decisions. By prioritizing visibility into customer sentiment and feedback trends, the dashboard will assist users in making informed decisions and identifying areas for improvement or strategic opportunity.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accessing the Feedback Analytics Dashboard to Analyze Customer Feedback Trends

Given a user has logged into the InsightLoom platform, when they navigate to the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, then they should be able to view an overview of customer feedback trends over the last quarter displayed in an interactive line chart with additional filtering options available.

User Filtering Customer Feedback Data by Category and Date Range

Given a user is on the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when they select a specific category of feedback and apply a date range filter, then the displayed data should update in real-time to reflect only the feedback that meets the chosen parameters, including updated charts and statistics.

User Interacting with the Interactive Charts to View Resolution Effectiveness

Given a user is viewing the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when they click on a specific data point in the resolution effectiveness chart, then a detailed summary of feedback cases contributing to that effectiveness metric should appear, including resolution dates and specifics.

User Receiving Alerts for Recurring Customer Issues

Given the Feedback Analytics Dashboard displays customer feedback data, when a recurring issue is identified that exceeds a predefined threshold, then the system should automatically generate an alert to the user indicating the need for immediate attention with recommendations for action.

User Exporting Feedback Data for External Reporting

Given a user is on the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when they select the export option, then they should be able to download a comprehensive report of the displayed feedback data in multiple formats (CSV, PDF) that includes all filters applied.

User Assessing Performance Improvement Over Time from Feedback Data

Given a user navigates to the Feedback Analytics Dashboard, when they compare feedback data from previous quarters to the most recent quarter, then the dashboard should highlight any improvements or declines in customer satisfaction metrics, visually represented through comparative bar graphs.

Real-time Notification System

"As a customer support agent, I want to receive real-time notifications of new feedback so that I can respond quickly to customer concerns and improve our service reputation."

Description

This requirement addresses the need for a notification system that alerts users in real-time when new customer feedback is received. Users should have the option to customize their notification preferences based on urgency, feedback type, and channel of communication. This functionality ensures that businesses can respond promptly to customer concerns, thereby enhancing customer satisfaction and engagement by demonstrating a commitment to responsive service.

Acceptance Criteria

Real-time Notification Trigger for New Feedback

Given a user has set up their notification preferences, when a new customer feedback entry is submitted, then the user receives an immediate notification through their chosen communication channel (email, SMS, or in-app notification).

Customization of Notification Preferences

Given a user accesses their notification settings, when they select their preferences for urgency, feedback type, and channel, then those preferences are saved and applied to future notifications.

Notification Delivery for High Urgency Feedback

Given a user has selected high urgency as a preference for notifications, when a new piece of customer feedback marked as high urgency is received, then the user receives a push notification within 1 minute of receipt.

Notification Logs for User Reference

Given a user receives notifications about customer feedback, when they review the notification history, then they should see a log of all notifications sent, including timestamps and types of feedback.

Feedback Type Filtering in Notifications

Given a user has multiple feedback types set in their preferences, when customer feedback is received, then the user only receives notifications for the types of feedback they have opted to monitor.

Multiple Communication Channels for Notifications

Given a user wants to receive notifications on different channels, when they configure their notification settings, then they should be able to choose multiple channels (e.g., email and SMS) and receive notifications across all selected channels for new feedback.

User Acknowledgement of Feedback Receipt Notification

Given a user receives a notification for new feedback, when the user clicks on the notification, then the feedback entry is opened for the user to review and acknowledge within the system.

Closed Loop Feedback Tracker

This feature allows teams to monitor the entire lifecycle of customer feedback, from collection through resolution. Users can track which feedback items have been addressed and how they relate to subsequent customer satisfaction metrics, providing complete transparency and ensuring that nothing falls through the cracks.

Requirements

Feedback Collection Interface

"As a customer experience manager, I want to easily collect feedback from customers through a user-friendly interface so that I can understand their needs and improve our services accordingly."

Description

This requirement involves implementing an intuitive and user-friendly interface for collecting customer feedback through various channels, including web forms, mobile apps, and emails. The feedback collection interface should allow users to categorize feedback types (e.g., suggestions, complaints, compliments) and integrate seamlessly with existing InsightLoom systems. This feature will enhance the ability to gather customer insights efficiently, ensuring that all feedback is captured and categorized systematically for further analysis and tracking. The expected outcome is a significant increase in the volume and quality of customer feedback collected, leading to more informed decisions based on customer sentiments and needs.

Acceptance Criteria

Customer submits feedback through a web form after using the InsightLoom platform.

Given a user on the feedback collection interface, when they submit a feedback form, then it should be successfully recorded and categorized as per the selected feedback type.

A mobile app user provides feedback on customer support experience through an in-app feedback form.

Given a mobile device user, when they fill out the feedback form and submit it, then the feedback must reflect in the feedback tracking dashboard within 5 minutes.

An administrator reviews categorized customer feedback submitted through email.

Given an admin accessing the feedback management dashboard, when they filter feedback by category, then they should see all relevant feedback for that category displayed correctly.

A customer leaves feedback through multiple channels including email and web forms.

Given feedback items collected from different channels, when the admin checks the feedback tracking system, then all feedback should be combined under the correct customer profile with proper timestamps.

A team member analyzes the feedback data for trends over time.

Given feedback data collected over a period of three months, when the team member generates a report, then the report should visualize trends accurately and highlight areas with increasing customer complaints.

Feedback resolution status is updated by a team member after addressing a customer issue.

Given a feedback item marked as 'resolved', when the team member updates its status, then the update should reflect in the resolution dashboard immediately with a timestamp.

Feedback Resolution Workflow

"As a customer support agent, I want a clear workflow for resolving feedback issues so that I can manage my tasks effectively and ensure customers feel heard and valued."

Description

This requirement outlines the creation of a structured workflow for addressing and resolving customer feedback. The workflow will include defined stages such as 'Acknowledged', 'In Progress', and 'Resolved', allowing teams to manage the lifecycle of feedback efficiently. Integration with task management tools and team collaboration features will enable quick assignment of feedback items to relevant team members based on priority and type. This functionality is crucial for ensuring that all customer feedback is not only acknowledged but also addressed in a timely manner, enhancing overall customer satisfaction and trust.

Acceptance Criteria

Feedback Resolution Workflow - Acknowledgment Stage

Given a new customer feedback item has been submitted, when the feedback is received, then it is automatically marked as 'Acknowledged' and the submitter receives a notification confirming receipt.

Feedback Resolution Workflow - In Progress Stage

Given a feedback item is marked as 'Acknowledged', when a team member assigns it to themselves for resolution, then the status should change to 'In Progress' and the team member receives a notification about their new assignment.

Feedback Resolution Workflow - Resolution Stage

Given a feedback item is marked as 'In Progress', when the team member successfully addresses the feedback, then the status should be updated to 'Resolved' and the submitter should receive a closure notification with resolution details.

Feedback Resolution Workflow - Integration with Task Management Tools

Given the feedback resolution workflow is implemented, when a feedback item is assigned to a team member, then it should create a corresponding task in the integrated task management tool without manual input.

Feedback Resolution Workflow - Tracking Customer Satisfaction Metrics

Given a feedback item has been resolved, when the subsequent customer satisfaction metrics are collected, then there should be a clear link between the resolved feedback and changes in customer satisfaction scores.

Feedback Resolution Workflow - Team Collaboration Notifications

Given a feedback item status changes at any stage, when the status is updated, then all relevant team members should receive a notification about the change in status to enhance collaboration.

Customer Satisfaction Metrics Integration

"As a data analyst, I want to see how resolved feedback affects customer satisfaction scores so that I can analyze the effectiveness of our responses and improve future interactions."

Description

This requirement focuses on establishing connections between resolved customer feedback and customer satisfaction metrics. The integration should allow for tracking and displaying key performance indicators (KPIs) such as Net Promoter Score (NPS) and Customer Satisfaction (CSAT) scores in relation to feedback items addressed. Implementing this capability will provide teams with insights into the impact of their resolution efforts on overall customer satisfaction, helping to identify trends and areas for improvement. The expected outcome is a robust analytics capability that connects feedback resolution to customer satisfaction, fostering a deeper understanding of customer sentiment.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of customer satisfaction metrics with resolved feedback.

Given a feedback item has been resolved, when I access the Closed Loop Feedback Tracker, then the corresponding NPS and CSAT scores should be displayed accurately next to the feedback item.

Displaying historical data correlation between feedback resolution and customer satisfaction metrics.

Given I have resolved multiple feedback items, when I generate a report for historical customer satisfaction metrics, then the report should show a correlation graph between feedback resolutions and NPS/CSAT scores over time.

User notifications for updated customer satisfaction metrics following feedback resolution.

Given feedback has been resolved, when the customer satisfaction metrics are updated, then users should receive a notification detailing the changes in NPS and CSAT scores relevant to that feedback.

Accessing the dashboard to view real-time customer satisfaction metrics linked to feedback.

Given I am on the dashboard, when I navigate to the customer satisfaction metrics section, then I should be able to see real-time NPS and CSAT scores linked to the most recent resolved feedback items.

Filtering customer satisfaction metrics based on feedback categories.

Given I want to analyze customer satisfaction, when I filter the feedback items by category, then the corresponding NPS and CSAT scores should refresh to reflect only the feedback items within the selected category.

Exporting customer satisfaction metrics and feedback resolution data for external analysis.

Given I have resolved customer feedback, when I export the data, then the exported file should include all resolved feedback details along with the respective NPS and CSAT scores for each resolved item in a CSV format.

User role-based access to customer satisfaction metrics linked to feedback resolution.

Given that I am a team member with restricted access, when I attempt to view customer satisfaction metrics for resolved feedback, then I should only see the metrics for feedback items that I am authorized to access.

Real-Time Feedback Tracking Dashboard

"As a product manager, I want a real-time dashboard to track customer feedback so that I can ensure our team is addressing issues in a timely manner and maintaining high customer satisfaction levels."

Description

This requirement entails developing a real-time dashboard that visualizes the status of customer feedback across various stages of the feedback lifecycle. The dashboard should include key metrics such as the number of feedback items received, the status of each item, response times, and satisfaction scores. This dashboard must be easy to navigate, allowing users to filter data by date, feedback type, and status. Providing a real-time view will empower teams to monitor progress, identify bottlenecks, and ensure that customer feedback is being handled effectively and promptly, ultimately improving operational efficiency and responsiveness.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing Real-Time Feedback Metrics

Given the user is on the real-time feedback tracking dashboard, when they navigate to the dashboard, then they should see a summary of key metrics including the total number of feedback items, the percentage of resolved items, and average response time displayed clearly at the top of the dashboard.

Filtering Feedback by Date and Type

Given the user accesses the dashboard, when they apply filters to view feedback by specific date ranges and types (e.g., complaints, suggestions), then the dashboard should display only the filtered feedback items that meet those criteria.

Viewing Detailed Feedback Status

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they click on a specific feedback item, then a detailed view should open that includes the feedback description, its current status, response time, and any associated customer satisfaction scores.

Monitoring Feedback Response Times

Given the user is reviewing response times, when they look at the response time metric, then it should accurately reflect the average response time for feedback received within the selected date range.

Displaying Satisfaction Scores

Given the user is on the dashboard, when they review the satisfaction score section, then it should display scores derived from customer ratings, along with trends over the past month, allowing the user to assess satisfaction levels effectively.

Real-Time Updates of Feedback Status

Given the dashboard is open, when a feedback item status changes (e.g., from Pending to Resolved), then the user should see this change reflected on the dashboard in real time without requiring a page refresh.

User Navigation and Usability

Given the user is on the feedback tracking dashboard, when they attempt to navigate through different views and sections, then the user should be able to do so seamlessly without confusion, and all clickable elements should be clearly indicated and functional.

Automated Feedback Follow-Up System

"As a marketing manager, I want to automate follow-up communications with customers after resolving their feedback so that we can enhance customer relations and encourage repeat business."

Description

This requirement is for implementing an automated follow-up system that engages customers who have submitted feedback after a resolution is completed. The system should send personalized emails or notifications thanking customers for their feedback, providing updates on what actions were taken, and inviting them to share their thoughts on the resolution. By ensuring consistent follow-up, this system will improve customer engagement, show customers that their input is valued, and enhance the customer experience. The expected outcome is higher customer retention and improved customer trust and loyalty through effective communication.

Acceptance Criteria

Customer submits feedback after a product issue is resolved, triggering the automated feedback follow-up system.

Given a customer has submitted feedback on a resolved issue, when the feedback is successfully recorded in the system, then an automated follow-up email should be sent within 24 hours thanking the customer for their feedback and outlining the resolution actions taken.

Customer receives the automated follow-up email with details of the resolution.

Given the automated follow-up email is triggered, when the customer opens the email, then they should see personalized content addressing their feedback, a summary of the resolution actions, and an invitation for further feedback.

The system tracks and logs all automated follow-up communications sent to customers.

Given an automated follow-up email is sent, when reviewing the feedback tracking logs, then there should be a record of each email sent, including customer ID, timestamp, and email content.

Customers are able to respond to the follow-up email, sharing their thoughts on the resolution.

Given a customer receives the follow-up email, when they click the response link provided in the email, then they should be directed to a feedback form that captures their thoughts on the resolution.

The automated follow-up system integrates seamlessly with existing customer relationship management (CRM) tools.

Given the automated feedback follow-up system is implemented, when integrating with the CRM, then feedback data and follow-up actions should sync without errors, maintaining data integrity across both platforms.

Management analyzes customer satisfaction metrics post-follow-up to assess the effectiveness of the automated feedback system.

Given the follow-up emails have been sent, when analyzing customer satisfaction metrics, then there should be an observable increase in satisfaction scores within 30 days attributable to improved feedback engagement.

Real-Time Feedback Alerts

Automated alerts that notify team members when critical customer feedback is submitted, especially when it deviates significantly from the norm. This allows businesses to respond rapidly to potential issues or opportunities, ensuring a proactive approach to customer sentiment management.

Requirements

Real-Time Feedback Notification System

"As a customer service manager, I want to receive immediate notifications when critical customer feedback is submitted so that I can respond quickly to any potential issues or opportunities that arise, ensuring we maintain a positive customer relationship."

Description

The Real-Time Feedback Notification System will automatically generate alerts for team members when a critical piece of customer feedback is submitted, especially when feedback significantly deviates from established norms. This system will operate in conjunction with existing data integration tools within InsightLoom, ensuring that the alerts are timely and provide relevant context for the feedback received. By leveraging AI algorithms to assess feedback trends and deviations, the system will facilitate rapid responses to potential issues or opportunities, helping businesses proactively manage customer sentiment. The expected outcome is an enhanced responsiveness to customer feedback, leading to improved customer satisfaction and retention rates.

Acceptance Criteria

Critical Customer Feedback Submission and Alert Notification

Given that a customer submits feedback that is rated as critical based on predefined criteria, When the feedback is submitted, Then an alert is triggered and sent immediately to designated team members via email and in-app notifications.

Feedback Deviation from Established Norms

Given that customer feedback data is regularly monitored, When a piece of feedback deviates by 20% or more from historical average ratings, Then an automated alert is generated to notify relevant stakeholders within 5 minutes of feedback submission.

Contextual Information in Alerts

Given that an alert is generated for critical customer feedback, When the alert is sent to the team, Then the alert must include contextual information such as the feedback content, customer demographics, and historical feedback trends related to the issue.

Dashboard Integration for Feedback Trends

Given that alerts are generated for critical feedback, When team members access the dashboard, Then they should see a real-time analytics widget displaying current feedback trends alongside the alerts.

Mobile Notification Functionality

Given the Real-Time Feedback Notification System is in operation, When a critical feedback alert is generated, Then team members must receive the alert as a push notification on their mobile devices within the specified time frame.

Team Member Responsiveness to Alerts

Given that an alert for critical customer feedback has been sent, When team members receive the alert, Then they should respond to the feedback within 15 minutes, logged in the system for tracking efficiency.

AI Algorithm Assessment of Feedback Trends

Given that the AI algorithm is in use, When new customer feedback is submitted, Then the AI must analyze and categorize the feedback, providing a deviation score and generating alerts accordingly for significant deviations.

Customizable Alert Settings

"As a team member, I want to customize my alert settings so that I can control what feedback I’m notified about and how I receive those notifications, allowing me to focus on the most relevant customer insights."

Description

The Customizable Alert Settings feature will allow users to tailor their notification preferences for the Real-Time Feedback Alert System. This includes choosing which types of feedback trigger alerts, setting thresholds for what constitutes critical feedback, and determining the preferred channels for receiving notifications (e.g., email, SMS, in-app notifications). This flexibility will ensure that team members are alerted in a manner that best fits their workflow and ensures that important feedback is not overlooked. The implementation of this feature will directly enhance user engagement and the effectiveness of the feedback management process.

Acceptance Criteria

Alert customization for critical customer feedback based on individual team member preferences.

Given a user has logged into their account, When they navigate to the alert settings, Then they can customize feedback alert preferences, including types of feedback, thresholds, and notification channels.

System functionality to apply user-defined alert settings effectively during real-time feedback events.

Given the system receives customer feedback that meets the user-defined criteria, When the alert conditions are met, Then an alert is triggered and sent through the selected channels (email, SMS, or in-app notification).

User verification of alerts received post-feedback submissions to ensure clarity and relevance.

Given a user has set up their alert preferences, When relevant feedback is submitted, Then the user should receive alerts that accurately reflect their customized settings, confirming the alerts are timely and pertinent.

Testing the system's ability to handle varying thresholds set by different users for critical feedback alerts.

Given multiple users with differing threshold settings, When customer feedback is submitted, Then only the users with applicable thresholds will receive alerts, validating personalized alert settings.

Evaluation of the in-app notification mechanism to ensure it meets user engagement needs.

Given a user has opted for in-app notifications, When relevant feedback is detected, Then the user should receive a clear and actionable notification in the app interface without delay.

User interface design that enables easy customization of alert settings for non-technical users.

Given a user accesses the alert settings page, When they view the customization options, Then the interface should be intuitive, displaying all options clearly without requiring technical expertise.

Feedback loop for users to provide input on their alert system experience after implementation.

Given the customizable alert settings are live, When users interact with the alert system over time, Then they should have the capability to provide feedback on usability and effectiveness, contributing to iterative improvements.

Comprehensive Feedback Analysis Dashboard

"As a business analyst, I want a comprehensive dashboard that visualizes customer feedback trends and critical alerts so that I can analyze data effectively and make informed recommendations to the management team."

Description

The Comprehensive Feedback Analysis Dashboard will provide users with a visual representation of collected feedback, highlighting trends, sentiment scores, and the frequency of critical alerts generated. This dashboard will integrate data visualization tools to present actionable insights effectively, enabling teams to identify patterns and respond to recurring issues in customer sentiment. By offering a clear overview of feedback data, this dashboard aims to facilitate data-driven decision-making processes, augmenting the strategic planning and prioritization of business responses to customer insights.

Acceptance Criteria

Display Real-Time Feedback Trends for Monthly Review Meetings

Given a user accesses the Comprehensive Feedback Analysis Dashboard during the monthly review meeting, when feedback data is updated in real-time, then the dashboard must display the latest trends and sentiment scores instantly without any lag or refresh needed.

Generate Alerts for Critical Feedback Submissions

Given that a customer submits feedback that deviates significantly from the norm, when the feedback is received, then an automated alert must be generated and sent to relevant team members within 5 minutes.

Visual Representation of Feedback Sentiment Scores

Given a user views the Comprehensive Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they select a specific time frame, then the dashboard must visually represent feedback sentiment scores through graphs or charts that are easy to interpret.

Identify Recurring Customer Issues through Alerts

Given that the dashboard has received multiple alerts for similar critical feedback over time, when a user accesses the alert summary section, then it must highlight and display the most recurring feedback issues separately.

Interactive Filters for Data Analysis

Given a user is on the Comprehensive Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they apply filters for sentiment scores, date ranges, and feedback categories, then the dashboard must dynamically update to reflect the filtered data accurately.

Downloadable Reports of Feedback Analysis

Given a user wishes to share data insights from the Comprehensive Feedback Analysis Dashboard, when they request a report download, then the system must generate a comprehensive PDF/Excel report containing all relevant feedback trends and alerts within 2 minutes.

User Permission Settings for Dashboard Access

Given that InsightLoom has multiple user roles, when an administrator configures user permissions, then only users with appropriate access levels must be able to view or interact with the Comprehensive Feedback Analysis Dashboard.

Historical Feedback Comparison Tool

"As a product manager, I want to compare current feedback with historical data so that I can understand how customer perceptions are changing over time and better evaluate our strategies for improvement."

Description

The Historical Feedback Comparison Tool will enable users to compare current customer feedback against historical data to identify shifts in sentiment and potential areas of concern proactively. This tool will leverage existing data analytics capabilities within InsightLoom, allowing users to view feedback trends over time and aggregate customer sentiments related to specific products or services. Implementing this feature will enhance the ability of organizations to track progress in customer satisfaction and evaluate the effectiveness of their responses to feedback, providing valuable insights for ongoing improvement.

Acceptance Criteria

Current Customer Feedback Comparison with Historical Feedback

Given a user accesses the Historical Feedback Comparison Tool, when they select a specific timeframe and product, then they should see a visual comparison of current customer feedback versus historical feedback data that highlights changes in sentiment with a trend line.

Sentiment Trend Analysis Over Time

Given a user selects a product and the desired date range, when they submit their selection, then the tool should display data visualizations showing customer sentiment trends, including positive, negative, and neutral feedback over the selected timeframe.

Identifying Significant Deviations in Feedback

Given a user has processed customer feedback data, when the tool identifies feedback that deviates significantly from historical averages, then an alert notification should be generated to notify the team of potential issues or opportunities for improvement.

Exporting Feedback Comparison Reports

Given a user accesses the Historical Feedback Comparison Tool, when they choose to export the comparison data, then the system should allow them to download a comprehensive report in a chosen format (CSV, PDF) that includes detailed visualizations and data points.

Filtering Customer Feedback by Sentiment Type

Given a user is on the Historical Feedback Comparison Tool dashboard, when they apply filters to view feedback by specific sentiment types (e.g., positive, negative, neutral), then only the feedback matching the selected criteria should be displayed in the comparison.

User Access and Permissions for the Tool

Given an organization with multiple users, when a user attempts to access the Historical Feedback Comparison Tool, then access should be governed by predefined user roles and permissions, ensuring that only authorized users can view or interact with sensitive data.

Real-Time Updates on Historical Data Inputs

Given that new customer feedback is submitted, when the Historical Feedback Comparison Tool is refreshed, then it should automatically include the most recent data in the comparisons without requiring further input from users.

Multi-Channel Feedback Integration

"As a marketing director, I want to combine feedback from multiple channels into one system so that I can get a comprehensive understanding of customer sentiment and make data-driven marketing decisions."

Description

The Multi-Channel Feedback Integration feature will allow the Real-Time Feedback Alert System to aggregate customer feedback from various sources including surveys, social media, and direct customer interactions. By compiling feedback from these diverse channels, businesses will gain a more holistic view of customer sentiment. This feature will require the integration of APIs from various platforms to ensure seamless data flow into InsightLoom, contributing to comprehensive feedback management. The expected outcome is an enriched dataset that enhances the effectiveness of the Real-Time Feedback Notification System and improves overall decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Customer feedback is submitted through various channels such as surveys, social media, and direct customer interactions during a product launch. The feedback is expected to be aggregated into the InsightLoom platform within a set timeframe to allow for real-time analysis and response.

Given feedback is received from at least three different channels (surveys, social media, and direct interactions), when the feedback is submitted, then it must be visible on the user dashboard within 5 minutes of submission.

A team member receives an automated alert for critical customer feedback indicating a significant issue raised by a customer on social media. The alert should provide detailed information enabling immediate action.

Given that critical customer feedback is detected, when the feedback is processed by the system, then an automated alert should be sent to designated team members within 2 minutes along with key details of the feedback.

A weekly summary report is generated to analyze the aggregated customer feedback from all channels, highlighting trends and significant changes in sentiment over time to inform the leadership team's strategy.

Given that feedback has been aggregated for at least one week, when the report is generated, then it should include visual representations of trends, any notable shifts in sentiment, and recommendations for action based on the analysis.

A customer success manager wants to specify which channels to monitor for critical feedback alerts. They should have the ability to customize their preferences within the InsightLoom platform settings.

Given that the customer success manager accesses the alert settings, when they modify the channel preferences, then the changes should be saved and reflected in the alerts received from those specified channels within the next feedback cycle.

Multiple users across different departments require the ability to view and interact with the aggregated feedback data. This ensures all relevant stakeholders can monitor customer sentiment effectively.

Given that users from different departments access the feedback dashboard, when they log in, then they should all see the same real-time aggregated feedback data without any discrepancies, ensuring data consistency.

During a spike in social media mentions following a marketing campaign, the system should effectively manage and display customer feedback data without performance issues or data loss.

Given that there is a sudden influx of customer feedback on social media, when feedback is received, then the system must handle the data load without performance degradation, ensuring a 99% uptime during peak times.

Feedback Response Workflow Automation

"As a customer support lead, I want automated workflows in place for responding to customer feedback so that my team can act promptly and maintain consistency in our communications with customers."

Description

The Feedback Response Workflow Automation will create pre-defined workflows for team members to address customer feedback based on its severity and type. This feature will streamline the process of responding to alerts by automating follow-up actions, task assignments, and providing communication templates. By implementing this functionality within the InsightLoom platform, businesses can ensure that responses are timely, relevant, and consistent across the organization, ultimately enhancing customer satisfaction and operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

Feedback response for high-severity customer feedback submission.

Given a customer feedback is submitted with a high-severity rating, when the feedback is processed, then an automated task should be created and assigned to the appropriate team member within 5 minutes.

Feedback response for medium-severity customer feedback submission.

Given a customer feedback is submitted with a medium-severity rating, when the feedback is processed, then a notification should be sent to the designated response team to review and address it within 24 hours.

Feedback response for low-severity customer feedback submission.

Given a customer feedback is submitted with a low-severity rating, when the feedback is processed, then an acknowledgment email should be automatically sent to the customer within 2 hours.

Use of communication templates for responding to feedback.

Given a notification for customer feedback, when the team member reviews it, then they should be able to select a pre-defined communication template and customize it before sending a response.

Tracking and reporting on feedback response workflows.

Given the feedback response workflow is active, when a team member responds to feedback, then the response should be logged and retrievable in a report format showing response times and statuses.

Escalation process for unresolved high-severity feedback.

Given a high-severity feedback alert remains unresolved after 24 hours, when the system checks the status, then an escalation alert should be generated and sent to the team lead.

Feedback Impact Analysis

A powerful tool that quantifies the impact of customer feedback on performance indicators such as sales, retention, and customer satisfaction rates. Users can visualize correlations between feedback themes and business outcomes, helping to prioritize areas for improvement based on tangible data.

Requirements

Customer Feedback Collection

"As a product manager, I want an intuitive feedback collection tool so that I can gather customer insights efficiently and use this data to enhance our service offerings."

Description

This requirement involves creating a user-friendly interface that allows users to easily collect and input customer feedback through various channels such as surveys, forms, and direct user interactions. It should support customizable feedback templates that enable businesses to gather specific insights relevant to their performance metrics. The integration of this feature within InsightLoom is crucial for establishing a continual feedback loop that informs the Feedback Impact Analysis tool and enriches data intelligence. By streamlining feedback collection, businesses can directly correlate customer sentiments with operational performance, ultimately improving customer satisfaction and retention rates.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with Feedback Collection Interface

Given a user accesses the feedback collection interface, when they create a new feedback form using customizable templates, then the form should save successfully and reflect the changes made in real-time.

Feedback Submission via Multiple Channels

Given a customer interacts with the feedback collection feature, when they submit feedback through surveys, forms, or direct interactions, then the submission should be processed and stored without errors.

Visualization of Feedback Metrics

Given feedback has been collected, when the user accesses the Feedback Impact Analysis tool, then the tool should display visual correlations between collected feedback and relevant performance indicators such as sales and retention rates.

Customization of Feedback Templates

Given a user is in the feedback collection setup, when they customize a feedback template by modifying fields and questions, then the changes should be reflected in all future feedback forms created using that template.

Integration with Existing Systems

Given that the feedback collection feature is implemented, when a user collects feedback, then it should seamlessly integrate with existing performance tracking systems within InsightLoom, ensuring data consistency.

User Notifications for Submitted Feedback

Given feedback has been submitted by a customer, when the feedback is processed, then the system should notify the user via email or in-app notification that new feedback is available for review.

Analytics on Feedback Trends Over Time

Given a user accesses the feedback analysis dashboard, when they select a time range for feedback collection, then the dashboard should display analytics and trends over that specified period, highlighting key themes and performance impacts.

Impact Visualization Dashboard

"As a business analyst, I want a visualization dashboard that clearly displays the impact of customer feedback on key performance metrics so that I can make informed decisions based on tangible data insights."

Description

This requirement entails the development of a dynamic visualization dashboard that allows users to interactively explore the correlations between customer feedback themes and performance indicators such as sales, retention, and customer satisfaction. The dashboard should provide real-time updates, allowing users to filter and segment data to clearly see how specific feedback impacts various business outcomes. Users should have the capability to generate and export visual reports. This feature is fundamental to the Feedback Impact Analysis tool, as it transforms complex data into actionable insights, enabling timely decision-making and strategic improvements.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with the Impact Visualization Dashboard

Given a user accesses the Impact Visualization Dashboard, when they select a customer feedback theme from the filter options, then the dashboard should dynamically update to display only the performance indicators related to that theme.

Real-Time Data Updates

Given that the Impact Visualization Dashboard is open, when new customer feedback data is available, then the dashboard should refresh automatically to reflect the latest data within 10 seconds.

Exporting Visual Reports

Given a user has filtered data on the Impact Visualization Dashboard, when they click on the 'Generate Report' button, then a downloadable visual report should be generated in PDF format, including all selected data and visualizations.

Performance Indicator Correlation Visualization

Given a user interacts with the dashboard, when they select multiple performance indicators, then the system should visualize the correlations between the selected indicators and the customer feedback themes clearly and accurately.

User Experience for Segmentation Features

Given a user is on the Impact Visualization Dashboard, when they use the segmentation features to categorize feedback data (e.g., region, customer type), then the dashboard should provide clear visualizations reflecting the segmented data without performance lag.

Accessibility Compliance

Given the Impact Visualization Dashboard, when it is used by individuals with disabilities, then it should meet WCAG 2.1 AA accessibility standards to ensure usability for all users.

User Role-Based Access Control

Given a user with administrative permissions, when they access the Impact Visualization Dashboard, then they should be able to manage permissions for other users, ensuring only authorized personnel can modify settings and data views.

Automated Trend Analysis

"As a data scientist, I want an automated trend analysis feature that identifies significant customer feedback patterns so that I can quickly respond to changing customer needs and enhance our service."

Description

The requirement focuses on implementing an AI-driven analysis engine that automatically identifies and highlights significant trends within customer feedback data. This engine will assess the feedback context, sentiment, and volume to surface insights about emerging customer concerns and suggestions. By integrating with the existing AI algorithms in InsightLoom, this feature will allow users to proactively address potential issues and capitalize on positive feedback trends. This capability is vital for enhancing the effectiveness of the Feedback Impact Analysis by providing a deeper understanding of customer sentiments and their implications for business strategy.

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Trend Analysis for Customer Feedback Data

Given that the user has accessed the Feedback Impact Analysis feature and provided customer feedback data, when the AI-driven analysis engine processes the data, then the system should successfully identify and display at least three significant trends related to customer feedback themes within 10 seconds.

Integration with Existing AI Algorithms in InsightLoom

Given that the AI-driven analysis engine is integrated with InsightLoom's existing AI algorithms, when the engine analyzes customer feedback data, then it should provide trend insights that align with existing predictive models and demonstrate a correlation accuracy of at least 80% compared to manually identified trends.

Presentation of Insights in User-Friendly Dashboards

Given that the automated analysis has been completed, when the insights are displayed on the user dashboard, then the trends identified must be visually represented in a clear and intuitive format, with accompanying metrics (e.g., percentage change in customer satisfaction) that are easily measurable by the user.

Performance Measurement Based on User-defined KPIs

Given that the user has defined specific key performance indicators (KPIs) relevant to their business, when the trend analysis is performed, then the system should provide a report that explicitly quantifies how the identified trends impact these KPIs, including at least two actionable recommendations based on this analysis.

Sentiment Analysis of Customer Feedback

Given that the customer feedback data varies in sentiment (positive, negative, neutral), when the AI-driven analysis engine evaluates the feedback, then it should categorize the sentiment accurately with a precision rate of at least 85% and provide insights into how overall sentiment shifts correlate with business performance metrics.

User Feedback on Trend Analysis Outcomes

Given that the user has received the trend analysis report from the AI engine, when they review the insights, then at least 90% of users surveyed should indicate that the insights provided are relevant, actionable, and contribute positively to their decision-making process regarding customer feedback improvements.

Feedback Impact Reporting

"As a team lead, I want a robust reporting feature that clearly articulates how customer feedback has impacted our performance metrics, so that I can advocate for necessary changes based on data analysis."

Description

This requirement seeks to establish a standardized reporting capability that highlights the measurable impact of customer feedback on defined business metrics over specified periods. The reporting tool should generate comprehensive reports that summarize feedback trends, correlations with performance metrics, and actionable recommendations based on the analyzed data. Users should be able to customize report parameters to suit their specific needs and share these insights with stakeholders easily. This requirement is critical for demonstrating the value of customer feedback in strategic decision-making and driving continuous improvement based on data-derived insights.

Acceptance Criteria

Customized Reporting for Performance Metrics

Given the user has accessed the Feedback Impact Reporting tool, when they select specific performance metrics (sales, retention, customer satisfaction) and input a date range, then a report should generate that includes feedback trends correlated with the chosen metrics.

Visualizing Feedback Correlations

Given the user is viewing the generated report, when they click on a specific feedback theme, then the tool should display visual representations (charts and graphs) showing the correlation between that theme and relevant performance indicators over time.

Actionable Recommendations Based on Feedback Analysis

Given a completed report, when the user reviews the insights, then they should see a section dedicated to actionable recommendations that are derived from the analyzed data, prioritized by impact on business metrics.

Sharing Reports with Stakeholders

Given a report has been generated, when the user selects the sharing option, then the system should allow the user to share the report via email or export it to a PDF format without loss of data integrity.

User-Friendly Dashboard Integration

Given the user is on the main dashboard, when they navigate to the Feedback Impact Analysis section, then they should see a clear and intuitive link to the Feedback Impact Reporting tool as part of their workflow.

Filtering Feedback Themes for Specific Insights

Given the user is generating a report, when they apply filters for specific feedback themes (e.g., product quality, customer service), then the resulting report should exclusively reflect data relevant to those selected themes.

Time Period Comparisons

Given the user has access to the Feedback Impact Reporting tool, when they choose to compare performance metrics over two distinct time periods, then the report should clearly display differences in feedback trends and business outcomes between those periods.

Integration with Existing Systems

"As an IT manager, I want to integrate the Feedback Impact Analysis with our existing systems so that data flows automatically and enhances our insights without manual effort."

Description

This requirement encompasses the seamless integration of the Feedback Impact Analysis feature with existing enterprise systems such as CRM and ERP systems. This integration will enable the automatic flow of relevant customer feedback data into InsightLoom, ensuring that users have a comprehensive view of both feedback and operational metrics. The successful execution of this requirement will enhance the reliability and depth of insights available through the Feedback Impact Analysis, allowing for a holistic view of customer interactions and their effects on business performance.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with CRM systems where customer feedback is automatically imported into InsightLoom for analysis.

Given a CRM system that generates feedback data, when a new feedback entry is recorded, then it should automatically appear in InsightLoom within 5 minutes for analysis without manual intervention.

Integration with ERP systems to transfer relevant data such as sales figures in relation to feedback received.

Given a newly recorded feedback theme in the CRM, when the corresponding sales data is processed, then there should be a completed correlation report generated in InsightLoom within 1 hour.

User access to real-time data visualization from integrated CRM and ERP systems in InsightLoom.

Given users with access rights, when they log into InsightLoom, then they should be able to view a dashboard displaying real-time data visualizations from integrated systems without any errors.

Testing the accuracy of the feedback data being pulled from the CRM into InsightLoom.

Given feedback data exists in the CRM system, when a comparison is made with the data in InsightLoom, then the data should match 100% for all relevant feedback entries.

Reporting on the impact of feedback themes on sales and customer satisfaction after integration.

Given customer feedback data integrated from the CRM and ERP systems, when an impact analysis report is generated, then it should provide accurate visualizations correlating feedback themes with sales retention and customer satisfaction metrics.

Custom Feedback Categories

Users can create customizable feedback categories that align with their specific business objectives and customer journey stages. This feature enables detailed analysis of customer inputs, making it easier to correlate different types of feedback with operational metrics to drive targeted improvements.

Requirements

Custom Feedback Creation

"As a customer service manager, I want to create customized feedback categories so that I can better track customer sentiments related to specific parts of our service journey and improve user experience accordingly."

Description

This requirement enables users to create and manage their own feedback categories tailored to specific business goals and customer journey stages. It allows users to define category names, descriptions, and relevance thresholds, facilitating a more personalized approach to data collection. The feature enhances the platform’s flexibility, enabling businesses to analyze customer feedback correlatively with operational metrics, thus supporting targeted improvements and strategic adjustments in business processes.

Acceptance Criteria

Creating a New Custom Feedback Category from the Dashboard.

Given that the user is logged into InsightLoom, when they navigate to the Feedback Management section and select 'Create New Category', then they should be able to input a category name, description, and relevance threshold, which will be saved successfully in the system.

Editing an Existing Custom Feedback Category.

Given that the user has created a feedback category, when they select an existing category from the list and choose the 'Edit' option, then they should be able to update the category name, description, and relevance threshold, which reflects the changes immediately in the system.

Deleting a Custom Feedback Category.

Given that the user has created multiple feedback categories, when they select a category and click 'Delete', then a confirmation prompt should appear, and upon confirming, the category should be removed from the system without affecting other categories.

Viewing All Custom Feedback Categories.

Given that the user is on the Feedback Management dashboard, when they select 'View All Categories', then they should see a comprehensive list of all custom feedback categories along with their descriptions and relevance thresholds.

Using Custom Feedback Categories in Feedback Collection Forms.

Given that the user has created multiple custom feedback categories, when they create a feedback collection form, they should see the option to select these custom categories during form setup, and have the ability to assign questions specific to each category.

Filtering Feedback Reports by Custom Categories.

Given that the user has collected feedback using custom categories, when they generate a feedback report, they should be able to filter the results based on the selected custom categories to analyze data more effectively.

Exporting Custom Feedback Category Data.

Given that the user has collected feedback under custom categories, when they select the 'Export' option, they should be able to download a CSV file containing all feedback data associated with the selected custom categories and their metrics.

Feedback Tagging System

"As a product analyst, I want to tag feedback entries with multiple relevant categories so that I can retrieve and analyze customer sentiments on specific aspects of our products accurately."

Description

This requirement introduces a tagging mechanism that allows users to label feedback entries with relevant categories for improved analysis. Users will be able to assign multiple tags to each feedback entry, making it easier to retrieve and analyze data based on specific attributes. This enhances the ease of filtering and reporting within the platform, thus allowing businesses to uncover trends and insights that inform decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new feedback entry and wants to tag it to reflect the various aspects of customer feedback related to product satisfaction, usability, and service quality.

Given that a user has access to the feedback tagging system, When they create a new feedback entry, Then they should be able to assign multiple tags to the entry from a predefined list of customizable categories.

A user needs to filter feedback entries based on specific tags to analyze customer sentiments about a recent product update.

Given that multiple feedback entries have been tagged, When a user selects specific tags from the filtering options, Then only feedback entries that contain the selected tags should be displayed in the report.

The user wants to generate a report showing trends in customer feedback over the last quarter, categorized by multiple tags.

Given that feedback entries have been tagged appropriately, When the user requests a report, Then the report should display trends and insights based on the selected tags and time frame.

A user decides to edit an existing feedback entry to include additional tags related to recent product features.

Given that the user has permission to edit feedback entries, When they access an existing feedback entry, Then they should be able to add or remove tags from that entry without losing any original context or data.

The user wants to utilize the tagging system to ensure all feedback related to a marketing campaign is grouped for analysis.

Given that the user has created a custom tag for the marketing campaign, When they tag multiple feedback entries with this tag, Then all entries should be retrievable by the campaign tag in filtering and reporting.

A user reviews the tagged feedback entries to understand how differing tags correlate with customer retention metrics.

Given that feedback entries are tagged and related retention metrics are available, When the user conducts a correlation analysis, Then they should be able to see a clear relationship between specific tags and customer retention rates displayed on the dashboard.

Real-Time Feedback Dashboard

"As a business owner, I want real-time visual representations of customer feedback on a dashboard, so that I can quickly identify trends and make informed decisions to improve our service delivery."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating a real-time dashboard that visualizes feedback data categorized by user-defined themes. The dashboard will provide graphical representations (charts, graphs, etc.) of the feedback, summarized metrics, and key insights for quick decision-making. This feature promotes proactive responses to customer concerns and facilitates continuous improvement through visual storytelling and data-driven insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Real-Time Feedback Dashboard to view customer feedback categorized by their custom themes.

Given a user has created feedback categories, When they access the dashboard, Then they should see a visual representation of feedback data grouped by these custom categories.

User interacts with the dashboard to filter feedback data based on specific time periods.

Given the dashboard is loaded, When the user selects a specific date range, Then the dashboard should update to display only feedback data collected within that time frame.

User wants to export the feedback insights presented in the dashboard for further analysis.

Given the user is viewing the dashboard, When they choose to export data, Then they should receive a downloadable report in CSV format that includes all the current visualized feedback metrics.

User wants to monitor real-time updates to feedback as customers submit new input.

Given the user is actively on the dashboard, When new feedback is submitted, Then the dashboard should automatically refresh to include this new feedback without needing to reload the page.

User needs to visualize feedback trends over a specified time period to identify patterns.

Given the user has selected a recent time range, When they view trend graphs, Then the dashboard should display graphs indicating performance trends in feedback submissions over that time period.

User intends to compare feedback metrics across different custom categories to derive actionable insights.

Given the user has defined multiple feedback categories, When they select to compare these categories, Then the dashboard should display side-by-side visualizations for each category's metrics for comparison.

User requires assistance in navigating the Real-Time Feedback Dashboard for optimal feedback analysis.

Given the user is accessing the dashboard for the first time, When they click on the help icon, Then they should see a tutorial or prompt providing guidance on using dashboard features effectively.

Feedback Analysis Reporting

"As a team lead, I want to receive automated reports on customer feedback analysis so that I can focus on strategic decisions and improvement initiatives based on data-driven insights rather than manual data compilation."

Description

This requirement entails the development of an automated reporting tool that synthesizes categorized feedback data into actionable insights. The tool will generate periodic reports summarizing the insights drawn from feedback, highlighting areas of improvement, and correlation with other operational metrics. This will enable the companies to establish a data-backed approach to enhancing services and operational strategies.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates an automated report summarizing customer feedback categorized under specific feedback categories after a designated period (e.g., monthly).

Given the user has set up custom feedback categories and collected feedback, When the user requests a report, Then the system should generate a report that summarizes insights from the categorized feedback with visualizations of key trends.

User reviews the automated report that highlights areas of improvement based on customer feedback and operational metrics correlation.

Given the user accesses the generated feedback report, When the user views the report, Then the report should clearly highlight areas of improvement with actionable items and data-driven insights.

User modifies a custom feedback category and requests an updated report to see the impact of the changes.

Given the user has modified a feedback category, When the user generates a new report, Then the report should reflect the changes made to the feedback category and update the summarized insights accordingly.

User receives notifications for generated reports at the end of the reporting period without manual triggers.

Given the user has configured report generation settings, When the reporting period ends, Then the user should receive an automated notification with a link to the newly generated feedback report.

User filters the automated report data to view feedback categorized under specific business objectives.

Given the user selects filters based on specific business objectives, When the report is generated, Then the report should only include feedback and insights that relate to the selected objectives.

User accesses historical feedback reports to track trends over multiple periods.

Given the user navigates to the historical reports section, When the user selects a previous report period, Then the system should display historical data with relevant trend visualizations.

User customizes the layout and format of the feedback report before generation.

Given the user accesses report formatting options, When the user applies customizations to the report layout, Then the generated report should match the selected formatting preferences and customizations made by the user.

Scenario Explorer

The Scenario Explorer allows users to seamlessly navigate through multiple simulated market scenarios. By visualizing potential outcomes based on variable adjustments, users can quickly understand the implications of different approaches on their business strategy. This feature enhances decision-making by providing clarity on how various factors interconnect, ultimately facilitating more informed and confident choices.

Requirements

Dynamic Scenario Configuration

"As a business strategist, I want to dynamically configure various market scenarios so that I can visualize the impact of different variables on my business outcomes, enabling me to make informed decisions quickly and effectively."

Description

The Scenario Explorer must allow users to create and adjust multiple market scenarios dynamically. This includes the ability to modify key variables such as market conditions, pricing strategies, and competitor actions in real-time. Users should be able to visualize how changes to these variables impact potential outcomes. This requirement enhances the platform's usability by empowering users to simulate 'what-if' situations that can lead to informed strategic decisions, making the decision-making process more robust and user-centric.

Acceptance Criteria

User dynamically adjusts variables in the Scenario Explorer to simulate a change in pricing strategy and views the resulting impact on projected sales.

Given a user is logged into InsightLoom, when they access the Scenario Explorer and adjust the pricing strategy variable, then the system should display the updated projected sales figures in real-time within the visual dashboard.

A user creates a new market scenario by selecting multiple variables, including competitor actions and market conditions, to see combined effects in the Scenario Explorer.

Given a user initiates the creation of a new market scenario, when they input values for competitor actions and market conditions, then the system should allow them to save the scenario and visualize the combined outcome effectively.

The user wants to compare the outcomes of different dynamically configured scenarios to support their decision-making process.

Given a user has created multiple market scenarios, when they select two or more scenarios for comparison, then the scenario explorer should display a side-by-side visualization of the outcomes, highlighting significant differences in key metrics.

A user modifies a scenario by changing market conditions and saving their progress, intending to revisit it later for further analysis.

Given a user is in the process of editing a market scenario, when they save changes to market conditions, then the system should ensure the scenario is updated and retrievable for future sessions, maintaining user session continuity.

The user needs to reset a scenario back to its default state to explore initial projections without previously applied modifications.

Given a user is working within a modified market scenario, when they choose the reset option, then the system should restore all variables to their original default settings without losing the scenario configuration options.

A user interacts with a tutorial feature to understand how to dynamically configure scenarios in the Scenario Explorer.

Given a user accesses the tutorial within the Scenario Explorer, when they follow the guided steps to configure a scenario dynamically, then the tutorial should effectively show them each function of the tool, leading to a successful scenario creation by the end of the guide.

Visual Outcome Representation

"As a marketing analyst, I want to see visual representations of different scenarios so that I can quickly understand the potential impacts on our marketing strategy and optimize our efforts accordingly."

Description

The feature must incorporate advanced data visualization tools that represent potential outcomes of scenarios in an intuitive manner. This includes graphs, heat maps, and predictive analytics that highlight the implications of changes within the scenarios. By providing clear visual feedback, users can grasp complex relationships between variables and outcomes. This capability is essential for ensuring that users can easily interpret data and make strategic choices based on insights gained from the Scenario Explorer.

Acceptance Criteria

User interacts with the Scenario Explorer to visualize the impact of changing market variables on potential outcomes.

Given a market scenario loaded in the Scenario Explorer, when the user adjusts the parameters (e.g., pricing, marketing spend), then the visual outcome representation (graphs, heat maps) updates in real-time to reflect these changes accurately.

User wants to understand the correlation between different variables in a selected market scenario.

Given a selected market scenario, when the user clicks on a specific variable in the outcome representation, then a tooltip or overlay displays detailed insights about how that variable interacts with other variables, including quantitative metrics.

User seeks to download the visual outcome representation for offline analysis.

Given the visual outcome representation displayed in the Scenario Explorer, when the user selects the download option, then the system generates a downloadable report that includes graphs, heat maps, and raw data in a structured format (e.g., PDF, CSV).

User expects clear visual feedback from the scenario simulations to facilitate decision-making.

Given a simulation run in the Scenario Explorer, when the user completes adjustments and clicks 'Run Simulation', then the visual outcome representation displays an updated view with distinct changes highlighted, making it easy to identify which factors have the most significant impact on outcomes.

User needs to interpret predictive analytics outcomes to inform their business strategy.

Given the predictive analytics feature of the Scenario Explorer, when the user reviews the visual outcomes, then the system provides a summary of key insights and recommended actions based on the predicted data trends.

User wants to access help or guidance on using the advanced visualization tools within the Scenario Explorer.

Given the Scenario Explorer interface, when the user clicks on a 'Help' or 'Info' icon, then the system displays a contextual help section that explains the different visualization tools available, how to use them, and their significance.

User anticipates future trends based on scenario analysis.

Given a scenario analyzed in the Scenario Explorer, when the user selects a 'Forecast' option, then the visual outcome representation includes projections for future periods based on the current scenario data and variables chosen, allowing for strategic planning.

Scenario Comparison Tool

"As a product manager, I want to compare multiple market scenarios side by side so that I can evaluate the best strategies for our product launch and make data-driven recommendations."

Description

A requirement for the Scenario Explorer to include a comparison tool that allows users to evaluate different scenarios side by side. Users should be able to select two or more scenarios and view key metrics and outcomes in a comparative format. This comparative analysis will help users understand the trade-offs and benefits of various approaches, thus improving decision-making by facilitating more direct insights into the implications of their choices.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects two scenarios to compare from the Scenario Explorer interface.

Given the user has accessed the Scenario Explorer, when they select two scenarios and click 'Compare', then a side-by-side comparison table displaying key metrics and outcomes for both scenarios should appear.

User wants to understand trade-offs between selected scenarios through the comparison tool.

Given the user has chosen two scenarios to compare, when the comparison table is displayed, then it must include at least three key performance indicators (KPIs) such as projected revenue, cost implications, and risk assessment data for each scenario.

User needs to generate a downloadable report of the comparison results.

Given the comparison results are displayed on the screen, when the user clicks the 'Download Report' button, then a PDF report summarizing key insights and metrics should be generated and downloaded successfully.

User requires clarity on how the comparison feature supports decision-making.

Given the user is viewing the comparison of two scenarios, when they hover over any metric in the comparison table, then a tooltip should appear with a detailed explanation of that metric and how it influences the overall business impact.

User wants to compare more than two scenarios simultaneously.

Given the user is in the Scenario Explorer, when they select three or more scenarios and click 'Compare', then the system should display an enhanced comparison layout that accommodates all selected scenarios while maintaining readability.

User wants to save their comparison settings for future reference.

Given the user has completed a comparison, when they click 'Save Comparison', then the system should allow them to name and save the comparison for future retrieval, with corresponding metrics preserved.

User needs to be alerted if they select scenarios that are not compatible for comparison.

Given the user attempts to compare two scenarios that cannot be analyzed together, when they click 'Compare', then an error message should appear indicating why the comparison cannot be performed.

User Access and Permissions Module

"As an IT administrator, I want to manage user access and permissions for the Scenario Explorer so that I can ensure data security and compliance with our corporate policies."

Description

The Scenario Explorer should have a user access and permissions management system to ensure that sensitive data is protected and that only authorized personnel can create or modify scenarios. This feature must allow the admin to set various access levels for different users, ensuring data integrity and compliance with organizational policies. Implementing this feature will enhance security and provide peace of mind to users regarding data privacy.

Acceptance Criteria

Admin manages user roles and permissions for Scenario Explorer

Given an admin user, when they access the user management interface, then they should be able to view a list of all users, add new users, and assign specific roles with varying permissions (e.g., view, edit, delete) related to Scenario Explorer.

User attempts to create a new scenario with limited permissions

Given a user with 'view only' permissions, when they attempt to create a new market scenario, then they should receive an error message indicating insufficient permissions.

User accesses Scenario Explorer with full permissions

Given a user with 'edit and delete' permissions, when they log into the Scenario Explorer, then they should be able to create, modify, and delete scenarios without restrictions and see all corresponding data.

Unauthorized access attempt to manage scenarios

Given a user without permissions to manage scenarios, when they attempt to access the Scenario Management features, then they should be denied access and redirected to a permission error page.

Admin audits user activity on Scenario Explorer

Given an admin user, when they access the activity log, then they should be able to see a comprehensive list of user actions (e.g., scenario created, modified, deleted) along with timestamps and user details.

Bulk role assignment by admin for user efficiency

Given an admin user, when they select multiple users in the user management interface, then they should have the option to assign the same role and permissions to all selected users in a single action.

User receives notification on permission changes

Given an existing user whose permissions have been changed by an admin, when the change is saved, then the user should receive an email notification informing them of the updates to their access rights.

Automated Reporting Functionality

"As a senior executive, I want to generate automated reports on the scenario analyses so that I can present insights to the board efficiently and effectively."

Description

Integrating automated reporting capabilities within the Scenario Explorer is essential. Users should be able to generate reports based on scenario simulations that summarize key findings, metrics, and visualizations. These reports must be exportable into different formats (e.g., PDF, Excel) and customizable according to user needs. This feature will improve efficiency by saving time and effort in preparing reports and allow users to share insights with stakeholders conveniently.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates an automated report after simulating various market scenarios in the Scenario Explorer.

Given the user has completed scenario simulations, when they select the 'Generate Report' button, then an automated report summarizing the key findings, metrics, and visualizations should be created.

User customizes the format of the report before exporting it from the Scenario Explorer.

Given the user has access to the report customization options, when they adjust the report settings (e.g., title, sections, data points), then the changes should be reflected in the generated report.

User exports the generated report into PDF format from the Scenario Explorer.

Given a report has been generated, when the user selects the 'Export to PDF' option, then a PDF file of the report should be created and downloadable without errors.

User wants to export the generated report into Excel format from the Scenario Explorer.

Given a report has been generated, when the user selects the 'Export to Excel' option, then an Excel file containing the report data should be created and downloadable without errors.

User shares the generated report with stakeholders via email directly from the Scenario Explorer.

Given the user has completed a report and is on the sharing interface, when they input stakeholders’ email addresses and select 'Send', then the report should be sent via email without issues.

User reviews a generated report to ensure data accuracy and completeness.

Given a report is generated, when the user opens the report, then they should see all relevant data points and visualizations included as per their simulation inputs.

Scenario History Tracking

"As a business analyst, I want to track the history of my scenario simulations so that I can refer back to previous configurations and learn from past decisions to improve future analyses."

Description

The Scenario Explorer should include a history tracking feature that logs all modifications and simulations performed by users. This functionality will allow users to revert to previous scenarios, review past decisions, and understand the evolution of their strategy. This capability is crucial for accountability and ensures users can learn from previous simulations to enhance future scenario planning.

Acceptance Criteria

User logs into the Scenario Explorer and modifies a current simulation by adjusting several variables such as market conditions, pricing strategies, and competitor actions. After making adjustments, the user saves the current scenario and later wishes to access the previous version of the same scenario to compare results and analyze decision-making.

Given the user has modified a scenario and saved it, When the user selects the option to view scenario history, Then the user should be able to see a list of all past modifications with timestamps and descriptions of changes made.

A user has created multiple simulated market scenarios over time and wants to revert to a previous version of a specific scenario to ensure they can always revisit earlier strategies and decisions with accountability.

Given a user is viewing the scenario history, When the user selects a previous scenario from the list and clicks on the revert option, Then the system should restore the selected scenario to its last saved state from the history.

An administrator is conducting a review of the Scenario Explorer's usage and needs to ensure that all modifications made by users are being tracked properly for auditing and accountability purposes.

Given that the scenario history feature is implemented, When the administrator audits the scenario history logs, Then the logs should display accurate records of all simulations made, including user identifiers, changes made, and timestamps.

A user wants to understand how their scenario history can impact their decision-making process. They wish to review the evolution of their strategies based on the logged history of adjustments they've made to the market simulations.

Given the user is interested in learning from past scenarios, When they access the scenario history feature, Then the user should be able to view a timeline or visual representation of past scenarios and their impacts on current outcomes.

While testing the scenario history tracking feature, a user experiences issues with saving or retrieving scenarios from the history, which impacts their ability to analyze data effectively and leverage past experiences.

Given that the user attempts to save or retrieve scenarios, When they perform these actions, Then the system should function without errors and should successfully save or retrieve the scenarios as per the user's request.

A user queries about the functionality of the scenario history feature during a training session and needs to understand how to effectively utilize it to maximize their decision-making strategies.

Given the user is in a training session regarding the Scenario Explorer, When the facilitator explains the scenario history feature, Then the user should be able to articulate its purpose and how to navigate and use the feature effectively.

Upon accessing the Scenario Explorer, a user wants to ensure that changes made to scenarios maintain a clear log history for future reference and accountability, specifically focusing on compliance and traceability of decisions made.

Given that a scenario has been modified and saved, When the user views the scenario history, Then there should be a clear and detailed log for that particular scenario that reflects each change and the user responsible for the modification.

Variable Impact Analyzer

This tool prioritizes and evaluates the potential impact of different parameters on scenario outcomes. By enabling users to easily modify key inputs and instantly see the corresponding effects on projections, the Variable Impact Analyzer simplifies complex analyses. This user-friendly approach empowers decision-makers to focus their resources on the most influential factors, maximizing strategic efficiency.

Requirements

Dynamic Scenario Modifications

"As a business analyst, I want to modify scenario parameters dynamically so that I can quickly assess the potential impacts on projections and make data-driven decisions effectively."

Description

This requirement allows users to dynamically modify key input parameters such as market trends, resource allocation, and competitor activity within the Variable Impact Analyzer. The goal is to enable users to test various scenarios in real-time, providing immediate feedback on how those changes could influence projections. This interactive capability enhances the user experience by making it easier to visualize the impact of decisions, ultimately aiding in more informed strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria

User modifies market trend inputs to analyze potential revenue impacts under different scenarios.

Given a user is in the Variable Impact Analyzer, when they adjust the market trend parameter, then the updated projections should reflect the changes within 2 seconds with accuracy within 5%.

User alters resource allocation to assess its influence on project timelines and costs.

Given a user is utilizing the Variable Impact Analyzer, when they change the resource allocation inputs, then the output should display the revised timelines and costs in real-time with a detailed breakdown of the changes.

User simulates competitor activity to evaluate strategic responses and their potential effects on market share.

Given a user has selected competitor activity parameters, when they modify these parameters, then the scenario outcomes should update instantly, displaying projected changes in market share and user-friendly visualizations of the data.

User saves a scenario configuration with modified parameters to review later.

Given a user has made changes to input parameters, when they save the scenario, then the system should store all modifications accurately and allow retrieval of the saved scenario within one click.

User views historical data alongside current projections for better contextual understanding.

Given a user accesses the Variable Impact Analyzer, when they enable the historical data view, then the tool should display relevant past data alongside current projections, ensuring clarity and relevance for decision-making.

User seeks guidance on how to effectively use dynamic inputs for maximizing insights.

Given a user is in the help section, when they search for dynamic scenario modifications, then the system should provide a detailed user guide or tutorial with examples tailored to their needs.

Visual Impact Visualization Tools

"As a product manager, I want to see visual representations of data interactions so that I can easily identify the most impactful parameters and make informed strategic decisions quickly."

Description

The requirement involves developing advanced visualization tools within the Variable Impact Analyzer. This includes interactive charts and graphs that depict the relationships between varying parameters and their influence on outcomes. By providing visual representations, users can easily identify patterns, trends, and areas of significant impact. This feature is crucial to simplifying complex analyses and supporting users in interpreting data swiftly and intuitively.

Acceptance Criteria

User Interaction with Visualization Tools

Given a user is logged into InsightLoom and has accessed the Variable Impact Analyzer, when they adjust any parameter using the visualization tools, then the corresponding chart or graph must update in real-time to reflect the changes made.

Data Pattern Recognition

Given the user is viewing the Variable Impact Analyzer, when they hover over any point on the interactive chart, then a tooltip displaying detailed information about that data point must appear, providing context on the values and their implications.

Customization of Visualization Settings

Given a user is in the Variable Impact Analyzer, when they select different types of charts (e.g., line, bar, pie) from the settings menu, then the chart displaying the data must change accordingly, ensuring the selected visualization type is accurately represented.

Export Capability for Visual Outputs

Given a user has created a visualization in the Variable Impact Analyzer, when they click the 'Export' button, then the tool must allow them to download the visualization in various formats (e.g., PNG, PDF) without loss of quality.

Integration of AI Prediction Tools

Given the user is interacting with the Variable Impact Analyzer, when they apply AI-based predictions to their visualizations, then the visual outputs must highlight predicted trends distinctly so users can easily differentiate between historical data and AI-generated forecasts.

User Accessibility Features

Given a user who requires accessibility features is using the Variable Impact Analyzer, when they activate accessibility options, then all visualizations and tools must comply with accessibility standards (e.g., color contrast, screen reader compatibility).

Real-time Collaboration

Given multiple users are collaborating on a scenario in the Variable Impact Analyzer, when one user modifies parameters, then all other users should see the updated visualizations and parameters in real-time irrespective of their individual sessions.

User-friendly Input Interfaces

"As a non-technical user, I want a simple and intuitive interface to input parameters so that I can easily engage with the data analysis without needing technical support."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating user-friendly interfaces for inputting and adjusting parameters within the Variable Impact Analyzer. The design should cater to non-technical users, with intuitive controls such as sliders, dropdowns, and input fields. This accessibility empowers all users, regardless of their technical background, to participate in scenario modeling and analysis, thereby enhancing engagement and decision-making across the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User adjusts parameters in the Variable Impact Analyzer to forecast outcomes based on different business scenarios.

Given the Variable Impact Analyzer interface is open, When the user drags the slider for parameter X from its default value, Then the related outcome values should update in real-time without delay.

User uses different input methods to adjust parameters in the Variable Impact Analyzer.

Given the user is on the input interface, When the user selects a value from a dropdown or enters a number in an input field, Then the System must reflect the changes in the scenario projections immediately on the dashboard.

User requires guidance while using the input interfaces for the first time.

Given the user is accessing the Variable Impact Analyzer for the first time, When the user hovers over input controls (sliders, dropdowns), Then tooltips or guided prompts should display explaining the purpose and usage of each control.

User modifies multiple parameters simultaneously in the Variable Impact Analyzer.

Given the user is using the Variable Impact Analyzer, When the user adjusts three different parameters at the same time, Then the system should compute and display the outcomes accurately and reflect the changes in real-time.

User encounters an invalid input while adjusting parameters in the Variable Impact Analyzer.

Given the user inputs an out-of-range value into the parameter field, When the user attempts to submit the changes, Then the system should display an error message indicating the valid input range and prevent submission until corrected.

User wants to save their custom parameter settings for future use in the Variable Impact Analyzer.

Given the user has configured a set of parameters, When the user clicks the ‘Save Settings’ button, Then the system should confirm the settings are saved and allow the user to load these settings in subsequent sessions.

AI-Powered Predictive Analytics Integration

"As a data scientist, I want to integrate AI-driven predictive analytics into the Variable Impact Analyzer so that I can enhance my forecasting accuracy and identify potential trends based on changing variables."

Description

This requirement seeks to integrate AI-powered predictive analytics within the Variable Impact Analyzer. By leveraging machine learning algorithms, this feature will analyze historical data and predict future trends based on modified parameters. The integration of AI enhances the tool's capability, providing users with sophisticated insights and forecasts, thereby elevating the strategic planning process and positioning businesses for competitive advantage.

Acceptance Criteria

User inputs historical sales data into the Variable Impact Analyzer to analyze the effect of various scenarios on future sales projections.

Given that the user has input historical sales data and selected various parameters, when they run the predictive analysis, then the system should display accurate projections based on AI-powered analytics that correlate with the modified parameters.

A user modifies key parameters within the Variable Impact Analyzer and requests a real-time analysis of the potential impacts on revenue.

Given that the user has selected key parameters and requested an analysis, when the request is processed, then the Variable Impact Analyzer should return insights within 5 seconds, indicating the projected impact on revenue.

A user utilizes the Variable Impact Analyzer to compare different scenarios and their predicted outcomes side by side.

Given that the user has created multiple scenarios with different parameter settings, when they select the compare function, then the system should accurately display a side-by-side comparison of each scenario’s projected outcomes for easy analysis.

The AI algorithms within the Variable Impact Analyzer generate forecasts that the user can review for accuracy.

Given that the user has accessed the forecasting section of the Variable Impact Analyzer, when they view the generated predictions, then they should be able to see a confidence interval indicating the accuracy of each forecast based on historical data relevance.

A user seeks to understand how the Variable Impact Analyzer integrates with their existing data systems.

Given that the user requires integration details, when they access the help section, then the platform should provide comprehensive documentation outlining the integration process with existing databases and reporting tools.

The AI components provide users with actionable insights based on the predictive analysis.

Given that the user has completed an analysis, when they view the results, then the platform should offer at least three actionable insights based on predicted outcomes to enhance decision-making.

Users across the organization collaboratively analyze the impact of different parameters using the Variable Impact Analyzer.

Given that multiple users are utilizing the system simultaneously, when they each modify parameters and run analyses, then all users should see consistent results and updates in real time.

Scenario Comparison Functionality

"As a strategic planner, I want to compare different scenarios side-by-side so that I can evaluate the best course of action based on multiple potential outcomes."

Description

This requirement introduces functionality for users to compare multiple scenarios side-by-side within the Variable Impact Analyzer. Users will be able to save different sets of parameter configurations and visualize their potential outcomes collectively. This capability not only simplifies analysis but also aids users in making direct comparisons, ultimately fostering more strategic decision-making processes based on comparative data.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to compare the financial projections of three different marketing strategies using the Scenario Comparison functionality in the Variable Impact Analyzer.

Given three distinct parameter sets saved in the system, when the user selects the scenarios to compare, then they should be displayed side-by-side in a single view, highlighting key performance metrics for each scenario.

A user attempts to adjust the parameters for a saved scenario within the Variable Impact Analyzer to see real-time changes in outcomes.

Given a scenario is loaded, when the user modifies any parameter, then the calculated outcomes should update in real-time to reflect the changes made.

Users need to save and retrieve different parameter configurations for future comparisons in the Variable Impact Analyzer.

Given the user has adjusted parameters and wants to save them, when they click on the save button, then the scenario's configurations should be stored and retrievable from the saved scenarios list.

A user wants to generate a visual chart summarizing the outcomes of the compared scenarios in the Variable Impact Analyzer.

Given multiple scenarios have been selected for comparison, when the user requests a visual representation, then a chart should generate depicting the key outcomes of each scenario in a clear and concise manner.

Users need to ensure that their scenario comparisons are easily interpretable and actionable.

Given side-by-side comparison view of the scenarios, when users review the visual data, then they should be able to easily identify which parameters have the most significant impact on the outcomes indicated by highlighted metrics or alerts.

The system must handle situations where the user attempts to compare scenarios with incompatible parameter types or values.

Given that the user selects scenarios with incompatible parameters, when the comparison is initiated, then the user should receive an informative error message indicating the incompatibility and suggested parameters for valid comparison.

Users want to access help documentation directly within the Variable Impact Analyzer for understanding how to use the Scenario Comparison functionality effectively.

Given a user is on the Scenario Comparison page, when they click the help button, then they should be directed to contextual help documentation that explains the features and usage of scenario comparisons in detail.

Outcome Probability Visualizer

The Outcome Probability Visualizer graphs the likelihood of various outcomes based on user-defined scenarios and historical data. By employing advanced AI algorithms, this feature estimates the probabilities of different results, allowing users to weigh risks and benefits effectively. This insight equips decision-makers with the necessary context to navigate uncertainty with confidence, ensuring more strategic planning.

Requirements

User-Defined Scenario Setup

"As a business analyst, I want to define custom scenarios for outcome probability analysis so that I can better reflect our specific business conditions and improve the accuracy of our predictions."

Description

This requirement allows users to create and define custom scenarios for outcome analysis. Users can specify parameters such as time frames, data sources, and specific conditions for the scenarios to be evaluated. This flexibility ensures that the predictions made by the Outcome Probability Visualizer are highly relevant to individual business needs. By enabling custom scenario creation, the feature empowers users to tailor their analysis and gain precise insights applicable to their unique contexts, enhancing strategic planning efforts.

Acceptance Criteria

User creates a new scenario for analyzing the likelihood of potential sales outcomes based on historical data and time frames.

Given a user is logged into InsightLoom, when they navigate to the Outcome Probability Visualizer and click 'Create Scenario', then they should be able to specify parameters such as time frames, data sources, and conditions in a user-friendly interface.

User saves a defined scenario for future outcome analysis and retrieval.

Given a user has defined a new scenario in the Outcome Probability Visualizer, when they click 'Save Scenario', then the system should successfully save the scenario and display a confirmation message.

User retrieves a previously saved scenario to modify its parameters.

Given a user has more than one saved scenario, when they navigate to the 'Saved Scenarios' section and select a scenario, then the system should load the scenario parameters for editing.

User deletes an existing scenario they no longer need.

Given a user is viewing their list of saved scenarios, when they select a scenario and click 'Delete', then the system should remove the scenario from the list and display a confirmation prompt.

User tests the impact of adjusted parameters on the predicted outcomes of a scenario.

Given a user has an existing scenario, when they adjust the parameters and click 'Run Analysis', then the Outcome Probability Visualizer should display updated probability graphs reflecting the new inputs.

User checks the help documentation while setting up a new scenario.

Given a user is on the scenario setup page, when they click the 'Help' icon, then the system should display relevant documentation and tips for scenario creation.

Real-Time Data Integration

"As a data analyst, I want the Outcome Probability Visualizer to pull in real-time data from our systems so that I can ensure our predictions are based on the most current information and make timely decisions."

Description

This requirement focuses on the seamless integration of real-time data feeds into the Outcome Probability Visualizer. By enabling automatic updates from existing data sources, such as CRM systems or financial databases, users can ensure that the predictions and visualizations are based on the latest information. This capability is critical for maintaining the relevance and accuracy of insights, allowing decision-makers to act swiftly based on the most current data available and reducing the chances of relying on outdated information.

Acceptance Criteria

Enable seamless integration of real-time data streams from CRM systems into the Outcome Probability Visualizer to provide up-to-date insights for decision-makers during quarterly business reviews.

Given the real-time data feed from the CRM, when data is updated in the CRM, then the Outcome Probability Visualizer should automatically refresh within 5 seconds to reflect the latest data.

Allow users to manually trigger a refresh of the data within the Outcome Probability Visualizer during team strategy meetings to ensure that all participants have the most current insights available.

Given the user is in a strategy meeting, when they click the 'Refresh Data' button, then the visualizations should update within 3 seconds to show the latest real-time data.

Integrate data from financial databases into the Outcome Probability Visualizer to present financial metrics alongside probability outcomes during monthly financial reviews.

Given the data integration is active, when a monthly review session starts, then the Outcome Probability Visualizer should display combined visualizations of financial metrics and outcome probabilities without errors.

Provide users with a notification alert when real-time data integration encounters an error to help them quickly address potential issues in the data flow.

Given a real-time data integration error occurs, when the error is detected, then the visualizer must display an error notification within 2 seconds, detailing the data source and nature of the issue.

Ensure that users can verify the accuracy of the data being visualized by providing a toggle feature for displaying raw data for any user-defined scenario in the Outcome Probability Visualizer.

Given the user has selected a scenario, when they toggle the 'Show Raw Data' option, then the visualizer should display the relevant raw data within 2 seconds, accurately reflecting the same data used in the visualizations.

Facilitate sorting and filtering of displayed outcomes based on user-defined parameters during business strategy sessions to improve clarity of insights.

Given the Outcome Probability Visualizer is in use, when the user applies filters to the outcome results, then the visualizer should update to show results that meet the filter criteria within 4 seconds.

Advanced Visualization Options

"As a project manager, I want to have advanced visualization options for outcome probabilities, so that I can present data in a clearer way to my team and stakeholders, facilitating better discussions and decision-making."

Description

This requirement encompasses the development of enhanced visualization tools for depicting outcome probabilities. This could include options for different chart types, customizable colors, and the ability to highlight critical data points. Advanced visual options enhance user engagement and comprehension, allowing stakeholders to quickly grasp complex data insights. By improving visualization capabilities, users can communicate their findings more effectively to other team members, resulting in better-informed decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can select from multiple chart types to visualize outcome probabilities based on their unique scenarios.

Given a user is in the Outcome Probability Visualizer, when they access the chart type options, then they should see at least three different chart types available for selection (e.g., bar, line, pie).

Users are able to customize the color schemes of the visualizations to match their branding or preferences.

Given a user is in the advanced visualization settings, when they apply custom color selections to a chart, then the chart should reflect their selected colors accurately without affecting the data presentation.

Critical data points are visibly highlighted on the visualizations to draw user attention to important insights.

Given a user is viewing an output chart, when critical data points are present, then those points should be highlighted distinctly (e.g., with a bright color or marker) to differentiate them from other data points.

Users can save and share their customized visualizations with team members seamlessly.

Given a user has customized a chart in the Outcome Probability Visualizer, when they click on the save and share option, then they should be able to send a link to their team members that retains all customizations.

The system allows users to export visualizations in multiple formats (e.g., PNG, PDF) for reporting purposes.

Given a user is viewing a customized visualization, when they select the export option, then they should have at least two format choices (e.g., PNG and PDF) for downloading the chart.

Users can view tooltip details on hover for each data point in the visualizations, providing additional context.

Given a user hovers over a data point in the chart, when the tooltip appears, then it should display relevant information such as the exact probability value, scenario description, and date.

Users receive real-time updates in visualization when underlying data changes due to new inputs or adjustments to scenarios.

Given a user has made changes to scenario inputs, when they view the outcome visualization, then it should automatically refresh to reflect the latest data without requiring a page refresh.

AI Prediction Accuracy Metrics

"As a data scientist, I want to access metrics that detail the accuracy of the AI predictions for outcome probabilities, so that I can assess the reliability of the tool and improve our predictive modeling efforts over time."

Description

This requirement specifies the capability to provide users with metrics that reflect the accuracy and performance of the AI algorithms used in probability predictions. By offering transparency into how reliable the predictions are, users can quantify their confidence in the insights generated by the Outcome Probability Visualizer. This feature is essential for establishing trust in the system's output, as well as for continuous improvement and tuning of prediction algorithms based on user feedback and performance results.

Acceptance Criteria

User evaluates the accuracy of the AI Prediction Accuracy Metrics while analyzing potential business outcomes during a strategic planning meeting.

Given that the user accesses the Outcome Probability Visualizer, When they view the AI Prediction Accuracy Metrics, Then they should see a detailed breakdown of accuracy percentages based on historical data and user-defined scenarios.

A user wants to compare the prediction accuracy of different AI models available within the Outcome Probability Visualizer.

Given that the user selects different AI prediction models, When they access the AI Prediction Accuracy Metrics, Then they should be able to view a comparative chart displaying accuracy metrics for each selected model side-by-side.

User receives training on how to interpret the AI Prediction Accuracy Metrics to enhance their decision-making processes.

Given that the user is undergoing training, When they complete the training module, Then they should be able to explain how the accuracy metrics are calculated and how they impact outcome predictions in decision-making.

The system administrator configures the AI Prediction Accuracy Metrics feature based on user input to tailor insights to specific business contexts.

Given that the admin is in the system settings, When they adjust the parameters for the Prediction Accuracy Metrics, Then users should see updated metrics reflecting the newly configured parameters in real-time.

Users experience delays when loading the AI Prediction Accuracy Metrics on the Outcome Probability Visualizer dashboard.

Given a user accessing the Outcome Probability Visualizer, When they click on the AI Prediction Accuracy section, Then the metrics should load within 3 seconds without any errors or glitches.

The user wants to provide feedback on the AI Prediction Accuracy Metrics after utilizing the feature for a month.

Given the user has been using the feature for a month, When they submit feedback via the in-app feedback form, Then they should receive a confirmation of receipt within 24 hours and see their feedback reflected in a monthly report provided to the development team.

Scenario Comparison Tool

"As a strategic planner, I want to be able to compare multiple scenarios in the Outcome Probability Visualizer, so that I can evaluate different strategies against each other and choose the best course of action based on clear data."

Description

This requirement aims to enable users to compare multiple scenarios side-by-side within the Outcome Probability Visualizer. Users should be able to select different scenarios they have created and visualize their outcome probabilities together, providing a comparative analysis. This functionality assists users in evaluating various strategic options against one another, enhancing decision-making through a clearer understanding of potential results and associated risks for each scenario.

Acceptance Criteria

Comparing scenarios with the Outcome Probability Visualizer to assess risk and benefits.

Given that a user has created at least two scenarios, When the user selects the scenarios for comparison and clicks the 'Compare' button, Then the system should display the outcome probabilities for each scenario side-by-side on the dashboard.

Visualizing the outcome probabilities on a user-friendly interface.

Given that the scenarios are selected for comparison, When the comparison is initiated, Then the visual output should include clearly labeled graphs that represent the probability of outcomes for each selected scenario.

Ensuring the accuracy of predicted probabilities based on historical data.

Given that the user has input historical data for the scenarios, When the user initiates the comparison, Then the system should calculate and display the probabilities based on the most recent historical data without discrepancies greater than 5% from expected values.

Allowing users to adjust parameters of scenarios for better comparison.

Given that a user is viewing the scenario comparison, When the user modifies any parameters of the scenarios (e.g., timeframe, conditions), Then the system should automatically refresh the comparison visual to reflect the changes in real-time.

Providing tooltips or explanatory information on probability graphs.

Given that the user is viewing the compared scenarios, When the user hovers over a data point on the graph, Then a tooltip should appear providing additional context about the probability and its implications.

Exporting the visual comparison for reporting purposes.

Given that the scenario comparison is displayed on the dashboard, When the user clicks the 'Export' button, Then the system should generate a downloadable report that includes the visual comparison along with key insights in PDF format.

Dynamic Feedback Loop

The Dynamic Feedback Loop continuously integrates real-time data and user inputs to refine and optimize scenario predictions. This feature ensures that simulations remain aligned with the latest market conditions, giving users more reliable insights. By promoting an agile planning environment, businesses can adapt rapidly to changes, keeping their strategic decisions responsive and data-driven.

Requirements

Real-time Data Integration

"As a data analyst, I want real-time data integration so that I can ensure the predictions I provide are based on the most current market information and drive strategic decisions effectively."

Description

The Real-time Data Integration requirement involves seamlessly connecting InsightLoom with various external data sources, ensuring that the data collected is current and up-to-date. This integration is crucial for the Dynamic Feedback Loop as it enables the system to continuously analyze the latest data inputs, thus enhancing the accuracy and relevance of scenario predictions. By supporting multiple data formats and connections to APIs, this requirement will provide users with a robust foundation of reliable information for their decision-making processes. The outcome is a more streamlined approach to data handling that bolsters user confidence in insights derived from real-time trends.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration with Multiple Data Sources for Real-Time Analytics

Given the user has connected multiple data sources, when they initiate data synchronization, then the system should retrieve data from all configured sources within 5 minutes and populate the dashboard with real-time updates reflecting the latest data.

Validation of Data Accuracy Upon Integration

Given that the data sources are live and accessible, when the data is fetched from these sources, then the integration process should validate that at least 95% of the records match expected values from the source data according to predefined validation rules.

Handling Data Format Variability

Given that the user has multiple data sources with different formats, when the data integration process runs, then the system should successfully parse and standardize all incoming data formats without error and store them in a unified structure.

User Notification of Integration Status

Given that the data integration process is either successful or has encountered errors, when the process completes, then the system should notify the user immediately via dashboard alert and email regarding the status of the integration, including any issues that were encountered.

Support for Scheduled Integration Tasks

Given that the user has configured scheduled integration in the settings, when the scheduled time arrives, then the system should automatically execute the integration process and provide a log detailing the success or failure of the task, available for the user to review.

Real-Time Error Handling During Data Integration

Given that the data integration is in process and an error occurs (e.g., API downtime), when the error is detected, then the system should prompt an immediate error message to the user, log the error for future reference, and attempt to retry the connection after 10 seconds.

Performance Metrics After Data Integration

Given that the user has completed a data integration session, when they access the performance metrics, then the system should provide insights including integration time, volume of data integrated, and any errors encountered, all displayed within the user dashboard.

User Input Collection Tool

"As a business strategist, I want a tool to collect user inputs so that I can continuously refine our predictions based on actual market experiences and insights from team members."

Description

The User Input Collection Tool requirement allows users to submit feedback and contextual information regarding their predictions and scenarios. This feature will be designed to capture qualitative and quantitative data points that can be analyzed alongside real-time data for comprehensive insights. By enabling users to provide their perspectives, the system can better understand market conditions and adjust its predictions accordingly. The integration of this tool will enhance user engagement, increase the relevance of the predictions, and create a more collaborative environment for data-driven decision-making. This requirement is pivotal in refining the feedback loop and ensuring that the model evolves with user interaction.

Acceptance Criteria

User submits feedback through the User Input Collection Tool after interacting with a prediction simulation on the InsightLoom platform.

Given that the user has completed a simulation, when they submit their feedback using the input collection form, then the system should save the feedback without any errors, and display a confirmation message to the user that their feedback has been successfully recorded.

A user analyzes the impact of their feedback on the predictive model within InsightLoom after submitting inputs.

Given that a user has submitted feedback, when they refresh the data visualization, then the system should incorporate the user's input into the predictive analytics model and display updated insights that reflect this input accurately on the dashboard.

Multiple users concurrently submit their feedback on the same prediction scenario from different devices.

Given that several users are accessing the User Input Collection Tool at the same time, when they submit their feedback, then the system should handle all submissions simultaneously and ensure that each submission is saved correctly and displayed in the aggregated user feedback section.

A user encounters an error while submitting their feedback due to network issues.

Given that a user attempts to submit feedback but experiences a network disruption, when they try to submit the feedback again after regaining connection, then the system should allow the feedback to be submitted without losing prior entries and should notify the user of the successful submission.

An administrator reviews collected user inputs and needs to export data for analysis.

Given that an administrator accesses the User Input Collection Tool, when they request a data export, then the system should generate a CSV file containing all user feedback inputs with timestamps and user identifiers, ready for analysis.

A user wants clarification on how to use the User Input Collection Tool effectively.

Given a user is on the feedback submission page, when they click on the 'Help' icon, then the system should display a tooltip or help dialog with instructions and tips for using the User Input Collection Tool effectively.

AI Prediction Algorithm Refinement

"As a product manager, I want the AI prediction algorithms to be refined based on incoming data so that we can improve prediction accuracy and make more informed strategic decisions."

Description

The AI Prediction Algorithm Refinement requirement focuses on enhancing the underlying algorithms that power the predictions generated by InsightLoom. This refinement will involve incorporating machine learning techniques to analyze historical data patterns and user feedback for improved accuracy over time. By constantly updating the algorithms with new data and insights, the predictions will become increasingly reliable, allowing businesses to make safer strategic decisions based on forecast accuracy. This requirement supports the Dynamic Feedback Loop by ensuring that technological advancements and user-generated data continuously inform the prediction processes.

Acceptance Criteria

AI Prediction Algorithm Continuous Optimization Test

Given a set of historical sales data and real-time market inputs, when the AI prediction algorithm processes this data, then the accuracy of the predictions must improve by at least 15% compared to the previous iteration.

User Feedback Integration Process

Given user input collected through the platform, when the feedback is analyzed and incorporated into the algorithm, then subsequent predictions should reflect an 80% satisfaction rate from users based on a feedback survey.

Real-time Market Conditions Adjustment

Given dynamic market conditions, when the algorithm receives and integrates new data inputs, then the system should update predictions within 5 minutes and maintain an accuracy level of over 90% for the next 24 hours.

Algorithm Performance Tracking

Given a running instance of the AI prediction algorithm, when performance metrics are reviewed, then the algorithm must show a reduction in prediction error rates by at least 10% each month over a 6-month period.

Compliance with Data Accuracy Standards

Given regulatory requirements for financial predictions, when the AI algorithms are evaluated, then they must comply with industry standards and maintain an accuracy rate of 95% or higher.

Scenario Simulation Responsiveness

Given a user simulating various market scenarios using InsightLoom, when they adjust the parameters, then predictions should recalibrate and reflect changes within 30 seconds while maintaining accuracy thresholds.

Visual Analytics Dashboard Upgrade

"As a business analyst, I want an upgraded visual analytics dashboard so that I can easily interpret real-time data and draw actionable insights more effectively."

Description

The Visual Analytics Dashboard Upgrade requirement mandates enhancing the user interface of InsightLoom to allow for better visualization of real-time data and predictions. This upgrade will facilitate more intuitive access to dynamic insights through graphs, charts, and interactive elements, making it easier for users to interpret complex data sets. Enhanced visualizations will support the decision-making process by presenting information clearly and effectively, while also adapting to user preferences and behaviors. This improvement is essential for empowering users to delve deeper into the insights provided by the Dynamic Feedback Loop while fostering a more user-friendly experience.

Acceptance Criteria

User Accesses the Visual Analytics Dashboard to Analyze Sales Data

Given a user with appropriate access rights, when they navigate to the Visual Analytics Dashboard, then they should see real-time sales data visualized through graphs and charts that are easy to interpret.

User Customizes the Visual Layout of the Dashboard

Given a user on the Visual Analytics Dashboard, when they apply customization options for layout and preferences, then the dashboard should retain these customizations for future sessions.

User Interacts with Dynamic Predictions on the Dashboard

Given the Dynamic Feedback Loop is activated, when the user clicks on specific prediction elements, then detailed insights and explanations should be displayed immediately on the dashboard.

User Downloads Visual Analytics Data Reports

Given a user is viewing the Visual Analytics Dashboard, when they choose to download a report, then the platform should generate and provide a downloadable file in a user-friendly format (e.g., PDF, CSV) with accurate data.

User Receives Alerts for Significant Data Changes

Given the dynamic nature of the Visual Analytics Dashboard, when there are significant changes in the data being visualized, then alerts should be sent to the user in real-time through the dashboard notification system.

User Accesses Dashboard on Mobile Device

Given a user is accessing the Visual Analytics Dashboard on a mobile device, when they log in, then the dashboard should adapt responsively to the device screen size without loss of functionality or clarity.

Scenario Testing Environment

"As a decision-maker, I want a scenario testing environment that allows me to simulate various market conditions so that I can evaluate the potential impacts of my strategies before execution."

Description

The Scenario Testing Environment requirement establishes a dedicated space within InsightLoom for users to simulate different market conditions and test various strategies against predicted outcomes. This feature is crucial for applying insights derived from the Dynamic Feedback Loop in a controlled setting, enabling users to experiment without real-world consequences. By allowing for multiple variables and scenarios to be tested, businesses can better understand the potential impacts of their decisions before implementing them. This environment will foster innovation and reduce the risk of strategic missteps by promoting data-driven experimentation.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can access the Scenario Testing Environment from the main dashboard and create a new testing scenario.

Given the user is on the main dashboard, when they click on 'Create Testing Scenario', then a new window should open allowing the user to configure their testing parameters.

The Scenario Testing Environment allows users to input multiple variables for testing strategies against predicted outcomes.

Given the user is in the testing environment, when they input at least three variables and click 'Run Simulation', then the system should successfully save the inputs and display the results based on those variables.

Users can view and analyze the outcomes of different scenarios tested in the Scenario Testing Environment.

Given a user has run multiple simulations, when they navigate to the 'Simulation Results' section, then they must see a list of all simulations with key outcome metrics such as success rate and predicted impacts summarized clearly.

The system provides users the ability to modify parameters of existing simulations within the Scenario Testing Environment.

Given a user has saved a simulation, when they select 'Edit' on that simulation, then they should be able to change the input parameters and save the modified simulation for future runs.

The Scenario Testing Environment must ensure that all changes made to simulations are saved reliably without data loss.

Given a user modifies a simulation and clicks 'Save', then the system should confirm successful saving and allow the user to retrieve the latest version of that simulation without any data loss in the subsequent session.

Users can receive real-time feedback on the predictions made by the simulations in the Scenario Testing Environment.

Given a user runs a simulation, when the results are generated, then the system should provide real-time feedback indicating the likelihood of success based on historical data and trends.

All simulations conducted in the Scenario Testing Environment must be logged for accountability and auditing purposes.

Given any simulation has been run, when the user checks the 'Simulation Log', then all simulations should be listed with timestamps, user details, and input variables for transparency.

What-If Comparison Grid

This feature presents a comparative analysis of multiple scenarios side by side, highlighting the differences in outcomes based on various inputs. The What-If Comparison Grid empowers users to evaluate options visually, facilitating quicker and clearer decision-making by illustrating the advantages and disadvantages of each potential strategy.

Requirements

Scenario Input Configuration

"As a business analyst, I want to configure multiple input scenarios so that I can visualize and evaluate how different variables impact the outcomes of my analysis."

Description

The Scenario Input Configuration requirement allows users to define and customize the input parameters for each scenario within the What-If Comparison Grid. Users will have the ability to select variables, set ranges, and input specific values that will impact the comparison outcomes. This feature's flexibility enhances user control and ensures that the analysis reflects realistic and relevant business scenarios, enabling more accurate decision-making. Implementation will involve integration with existing data input systems to ensure a seamless user experience and direct compatibility with InsightLoom's data visualization tools. Ultimately, the benefit lies in empowering users to craft tailored scenarios that are critical for in-depth analysis and strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customization of Input Variables for What-If Analysis

Given the user accesses the Scenario Input Configuration, when they select variables from a predefined list and set specific ranges, then the system should save these configurations correctly and allow the user to view the selected parameters in the What-If Comparison Grid.

Validation of Input Range and Value Constraints

Given the user is configuring input parameters, when they input values or ranges outside the predefined constraints, then the system should display an error message indicating the invalid input and prompt the user to correct it before proceeding.

Display of Real-Time Feedback on Scenarios

Given the user has configured their scenario inputs, when they make a change to any input parameter, then the What-If Comparison Grid should update in real-time to reflect the potential outcomes based on the new parameters.

Integration with Existing Data Sources

Given the user selects input parameters from external data sources, when the Scenario Input Configuration is initiated, then the system should successfully integrate and retrieve the latest data without errors, enabling user-defined scenario comparisons.

User Guidance for Input Configuration

Given the user is on the Scenario Input Configuration page, when they hover over input fields for guidance, then the system should display tooltips that provide context and examples for each input parameter, ensuring user understanding.

Saving and Loading Custom Scenarios

Given that the user has configured a scenario with specific inputs, when they choose to save the scenario, then the system should securely save the configuration and allow the user to load it in the future for further analysis or comparison.

Comparison of Multiple Scenarios

Given the user has configured multiple scenarios with different input parameters, when they view the What-If Comparison Grid, then the system should clearly present a side-by-side comparison of the outcomes for each scenario, highlighting key differences.

Dynamic Outcome Visualization

"As a user, I want to see visual representations of the scenario outcomes so that I can quickly understand the implications of different strategies."

Description

The Dynamic Outcome Visualization requirement focuses on illustrating the results of each scenario comparison in a clear, visually engaging manner. This feature will utilize graphs, charts, and color-coded indicators to present differences in outcomes effectively. Users will benefit from intuitive visual analytics, which makes it easier to grasp complex data insights at a glance. Integration with InsightLoom's existing dashboard will ensure that users can seamlessly navigate between the comparative grid and detailed insights. The expected outcome is to enhance decision-making processes by providing immediate visual feedback on the implications of different scenarios, facilitating quicker strategic responses.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the What-If Comparison Grid to visualize potential sales outcomes based on different marketing strategies, using the Dynamic Outcome Visualization to inform decisions.

Given a user opens the What-If Comparison Grid, when they select various input scenarios, then the Dynamic Outcome Visualization updates to show corresponding graphs and charts for each scenario without delay.

A manager reviews the Dynamic Outcome Visualization feature to assess the impact of adjusting the pricing strategy on projected revenue outcomes over a specific period.

Given a manager selects the pricing strategy scenario in the grid, when they make adjustments to the pricing input, then the visualization updates to reflect changes in outcomes accurately and in real-time with color-coded indicators for quick reference.

Users need to compare the outcomes of different product launch scenarios side by side using the What-If Comparison Grid, employing the Dynamic Outcome Visualization for better clarity.

Given users are viewing the Comparison Grid, when they select three product launch scenarios, then the Dynamic Outcome Visualization displays distinct graphs side by side, allowing users to easily compare differences in key performance indicators like sales and user engagement levels.

An executive utilizes the Dynamic Outcome Visualization during a strategic meeting to illustrate the potential risks and rewards of various business strategies to stakeholders.

Given the executive presents the What-If Comparison Grid in a meeting, when they navigate through scenarios, then stakeholders should see clear visual representations of risks and rewards highlighted through intuitive charts that include legends for interpretation.

A user attempts to integrate the Dynamic Outcome Visualization with their existing dashboard and accesses tutorial resources for guidance.

Given a user integrates the Dynamic Outcome Visualization with their dashboard, when they follow the provided tutorials, then they should successfully toggle between the Comparison Grid and detailed insights without loss of data or functionality.

Comparative Scenario Report Generation

"As a project manager, I want to generate reports from the What-If Comparison Grid so that I can present a clear summary of our findings to the executive team for informed decision-making."

Description

The Comparative Scenario Report Generation requirement enables users to generate detailed reports that summarize the findings of the What-If Comparison Grid analysis. These reports will include visualizations, statistical analyses, and key takeaways, allowing stakeholders to grasp the implications of the data without needing to dive deeply into the grid itself. This feature integrates with InsightLoom's reporting tools, allowing the export of reports to various formats, such as PDF or Excel. The benefit of this requirement is to streamline communication of complex insights and conclusions, making it easier for users to share findings with team members and decision-makers.

Acceptance Criteria

User generates a Comparative Scenario Report after completing a What-If Comparison Grid analysis to share insights with team members during a strategy meeting.

Given that the user has completed the What-If Comparison Grid analysis, when the user selects the 'Generate Report' option, then a report is generated that includes visualizations, statistical analyses, and key takeaways from the analysis.

Stakeholders request a Comparative Scenario Report to understand the implications of different strategies presented in the grid.

Given that the user has access to the What-If Comparison Grid, when the user exports the report, then the report can be successfully exported to PDF and Excel formats without any errors.

A user presents the downloaded Comparative Scenario Report during a team meeting to support data-driven discussions.

Given that the report has been exported, when the user opens the PDF or Excel file, then the report displays all visualizations and statistical data accurately as per the analysis in the What-If Comparison Grid.

A user needs to update the Comparative Scenario Report after adjusting inputs in the What-If Comparison Grid.

Given that the user updates the inputs in the What-If Comparison Grid, when the user regenerates the report, then the new report reflects the updated data and findings correctly.

The user wants to ensure that the generated report can be easily understood by non-technical stakeholders.

Given that the user generates the report, when the report is viewed by a non-technical stakeholder, then the key takeaways are presented in simple language with a summary of insights that are clear and actionable.

The user needs to share the Comparative Scenario Report with a colleague via email.

Given that the user has generated the report, when the user selects the 'Share' option, then an email compose window opens with the report attached, ready for sending.

User-Friendly Scenario Selection

"As an operations manager, I want to quickly select scenarios for comparison so that I can efficiently evaluate the most relevant options without wasting time."

Description

The User-Friendly Scenario Selection requirement aims to simplify the process of selecting which scenarios to compare within the What-If Comparison Grid. This feature will incorporate a user-friendly interface allowing users to easily choose scenarios from a predefined list or create new scenarios on the fly. It will also include filtering options to sort scenarios based on specific criteria, aiding users in quickly finding relevant scenarios for comparison. By enhancing the user experience, this requirement will reduce the time spent identifying and selecting scenarios, thereby improving overall productivity and engagement with the tool.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects multiple predefined scenarios from a dropdown list to compare their outcomes in the What-If Comparison Grid.

Given a dropdown list populated with predefined scenarios, when a user selects multiple scenarios and clicks 'Compare', then the What-If Comparison Grid displays the selected scenarios side by side with their respective outcomes.

User creates a new scenario on the fly by providing the necessary input parameters for comparison in the What-If Comparison Grid.

Given the user is on the scenario selection interface, when they enter input parameters for a new scenario and click 'Create', then the new scenario appears in the dropdown list for future comparisons.

User applies filtering options to sort and find relevant scenarios for comparison in the What-If Comparison Grid.

Given the filtering options are available, when a user selects filters based on specific criteria (e.g., outcome type, risk level), then the scenario list updates to only display scenarios that match the selected filters.

User navigates through the scenario selection interface and experiences intuitive design and accessibility features that facilitate ease of use.

Given that the user is interacting with the scenario selection interface, when they attempt to use the interface, then they should find it easy to locate scenarios, apply filters, and create new scenarios without needing assistance.

User compares the outcomes of multiple scenarios and evaluates the differences clearly within the What-If Comparison Grid.

Given that multiple scenarios have been selected for comparison, when the user views the What-If Comparison Grid, then the differences in outcomes for each scenario are clearly highlighted, allowing for informed decision-making.

Interactive Outcome Comparison Features

"As a data analyst, I want to interact with the comparison grid to instantly see how adjustments to the scenarios affect the outcomes so that I can make real-time data-driven decisions."

Description

The Interactive Outcome Comparison Features requirement introduces functionality for users to interact with the data displayed in the What-If Comparison Grid. This includes the ability to hover over data points to see detailed explanations, click to isolate certain scenarios for deeper analysis, and modify input values in real-time to see how changes affect outcomes live. The integration of interactive elements aims to foster an immersive and engaging user experience, allowing users to explore data dynamically rather than passively, leading to more insightful and informed decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User interaction with the What-If Comparison Grid to analyze multiple strategies.

Given a user is on the What-If Comparison Grid, when they hover over a data point, then a tooltip should display a detailed explanation of that data point.

Modifying input values to see immediate changes in the comparison grid outcomes.

Given a user has adjusted input values in the comparison settings, when they save those changes, then the What-If Comparison Grid should update the displayed outcomes in real-time.

Isolating specific scenarios within the What-If Comparison Grid for focused analysis.

Given a user selects a scenario to isolate, when they click on that scenario, then the grid should visually emphasize that scenario and grey out the others for clarity.

Navigating between multiple scenarios in the What-If Comparison Grid.

Given a user views the What-If Comparison Grid, when they switch between different scenarios using the scenario toggle, then the data displayed should refresh appropriately to reflect the selected scenario.

Exporting the comparison results for external reporting.

Given a user has completed their analysis in the What-If Comparison Grid, when they select the export option, then the results should be downloadable in CSV format including all visible data points and explanations.

Accessing help and documentation related to the What-If Comparison Grid.

Given a user is utilizing the What-If Comparison Grid, when they click on the help icon, then a modal should display relevant documentation and tips for using the comparison features effectively.

Scenario Outcome Export Capability

"As a financial analyst, I want to export the scenario outcomes so that I can include them in my financial reports and presentations easily."

Description

The Scenario Outcome Export Capability requirement allows users to export the data and visualizations from the What-If Comparison Grid into various formats, including CSV, Excel, and image files. This feature is essential for users who wish to share their findings externally or need the information for presentations and documentation. The capability to export findings ensures that decision-makers have access to the necessary data in a format that is convenient for their use, thereby extending the utility of the feature beyond the InsightLoom platform and allowing for more versatile applications of the insights gained.

Acceptance Criteria

User needs to export data from the What-If Comparison Grid after evaluating multiple scenarios to share insights with a team during a strategy meeting.

Given the user has analyzed scenarios in the What-If Comparison Grid, when they select the export option and choose CSV format, then the data is successfully exported in a CSV file with all relevant columns and rows represented accurately.

A user intends to present findings from the What-If Comparison Grid to stakeholders and needs to export the data in Excel format for further analysis.

Given the user is on the What-If Comparison Grid page, when they click on the export button and choose Excel format, then an Excel file is generated and downloaded containing all visualizations and data structured appropriately for readability.

A project manager wants to document the results of various scenarios evaluated in InsightLoom to include in a project report.

Given the user has completed their analysis on the What-If Comparison Grid, when they select the export option and choose image format, then an image file of the comparison grid is generated and saved to their device without loss of quality.

A team member requires quick access to scenario outcomes for a presentation, needing to ensure that critical data is accessible and easy to interpret.

Given the user chooses the export option, when they select any format (CSV, Excel, or image), then the file is exported successfully without errors and includes a timestamp and layout that is user-friendly.

An analyst needs to ensure that all exports maintain data integrity and are free from errors to trust the findings in their reports.

Given that the user has exported data from the What-If Comparison Grid, when reviewing the exported file against the source data, then all information in the exported file matches the data displayed in the grid accurately.

A user wants to utilize the exported data in an external analytics tool and must confirm that the format is compatible with their software.

Given the user exports the data in CSV format, when opening the file in an external analytics tool, then the data should be recognized correctly with no formatting issues, enabling the intended analyses to occur seamlessly.

Scenario Planning Dashboard

A centralized dashboard that integrates all simulations and key insights related to scenario planning. This user-centric dashboard provides a comprehensive overview, enabling teams to monitor trends, outcomes, and key metrics in one place. By streamlining access to crucial information, users can enhance collaboration and ensure everyone is aligned on strategic priorities.

Requirements

Centralized Data Integration

"As a data analyst, I want to automatically integrate data from multiple sources into the Scenario Planning Dashboard so that I can save time and focus on analyzing trends rather than spending time on manual data entry."

Description

The Centralized Data Integration requirement mandates the development of a robust API that enables seamless ingestion and aggregation of data from various internal and external sources. This integration ensures that users can pull relevant data into the Scenario Planning Dashboard without needing extensive technical skills. The benefit of this requirement is that it streamlines data handling, improves data accuracy, and enhances the user experience by presenting a unified view of critical insights for scenario planning. This requirement is crucial for maintaining data integrity and ensuring that users have access to the most current information necessary for informed decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

Successful Data Ingestion via API for Scenario Planning Dashboard

Given an active API connection, when data is pushed from an external source, then it should be reflected in the Scenario Planning Dashboard within 5 minutes.

Validation of Data Accuracy Post-Integration

Given data is integrated from multiple sources, when a user compares the dashboard metrics to the original data files, then discrepancies should not exceed 5%.

User-Friendly Interface for Data Source Selection

Given a user accessing the dashboard, when they attempt to add a new data source, then they should be able to do so through an intuitive drag-and-drop interface without requiring technical assistance.

Real-Time Data Updates

Given the dashboard is open, when new data is ingested, then the dashboard should refresh automatically to display the latest data within 2 seconds.

User Collaboration Features

Given multiple users are viewing the dashboard, when one user makes a comment on a metric, then all users should receive a notification of the comment within 1 minute.

Error Handling During Data Integration

Given an issue with data ingestion from any source, when the system encounters an error, then it should log the error and notify users within the dashboard interface.

Dynamic Scenario Simulation

"As a project manager, I want to run real-time simulations using different variables in the Scenario Planning Dashboard so that I can quickly assess potential outcomes and make data-driven decisions."

Description

The Dynamic Scenario Simulation requirement involves creating functionality within the dashboard that allows users to build and modify simulations based on variable inputs. Users can adjust factors like market conditions, resource allocations, and other relevant metrics in real-time to see how these changes affect outcomes. This feature empowers users to conduct 'what-if' analyses proactively, enhancing strategic decision-making by providing insights into potential future states. Effective implementation of this requirement will allow users to visualize the potential impacts of different scenarios quickly, thereby improving agility in strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria

User adjusts market conditions in the Dynamic Scenario Simulation to a predefined set of parameters and clicks 'Run Simulation' to evaluate potential outcomes.

Given the user has input specific market conditions, when they click 'Run Simulation', then the dashboard should display updated outcomes reflecting those changes within five seconds.

A team member wants to collaborate with another user and shares their scenario simulation through the dashboard's sharing feature.

Given that the user has configured a simulation, when they select 'Share' and choose a recipient, then the recipient should receive an email notification containing a link to access the shared simulation.

The user modifies resource allocations in the Dynamic Scenario Simulation and expects the system to display the adjusted key metrics immediately.

Given that the user has changed resource allocations, when they click 'Update', then the dashboard should immediately refresh and present the new key metrics without a page reload.

A user performs multiple what-if analyses by changing various inputs in the simulation and wishes to compare the results side-by-side.

Given that the user has executed multiple simulations, when they select 'Compare Results', then a side-by-side view of all selected simulations should be displayed, showing key metrics and outcomes clearly.

Users need to revert back to previous simulation settings after making several adjustments that led to undesired outcomes.

Given that the user has made changes to the simulation, when they select 'Revert to Previous State', then the system should restore the last saved configuration accurately.

A user relies on the scenario planning dashboard to monitor real-time changes in market conditions and views updated predictions.

Given that the market conditions change outside of the user's modifications, when the user refreshes the dashboard, then they should see the latest predictions reflecting those updates within 15 seconds.

The user accesses the help documentation while using the Dynamic Scenario Simulation to understand how to interpret the outputs displayed in the dashboard.

Given that the user is on the Dynamic Scenario Simulation page, when they click 'Help', then the platform should display relevant help documentation that explains the simulation outputs and metrics in an easily understandable format.

Collaborative Annotations and Insights

"As a team member, I want to be able to annotate data points in the Scenario Planning Dashboard so that I can share my insights with my colleagues and facilitate discussion around our strategic planning."

Description

The Collaborative Annotations and Insights requirement focuses on enabling users to add comments, notes, and highlights directly within the Scenario Planning Dashboard. This feature supports team collaboration by allowing users to communicate insights and observations effectively within the context of specific data points or simulations. It fosters knowledge sharing and alignment among team members, ensuring everyone is on the same page regarding strategic initiatives. By incorporating this requirement, the platform enhances its collaborative capabilities and provides a richer user experience that encourages teamwork and collective decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User adds a collaborative annotation to a data point in the Scenario Planning Dashboard.

Given that a user is on the Scenario Planning Dashboard, when they select a data point or simulation, then they can enter a comment that is saved and visible to all team members.

Multiple users view and interact with the same annotation in real-time.

Given that two or more users are logged into the Scenario Planning Dashboard, when one user creates or edits an annotation, then all users viewing that data point can see the updates instantly without needing to refresh the dashboard.

Users filter annotations by author or date to find specific insights.

Given that a user is on the Scenario Planning Dashboard, when they use the filter options to view annotations by specific authors or date ranges, then only those annotations should be displayed on the dashboard.

User receives notifications for new annotations on critical data points.

Given that a user is following a specific data point in the Scenario Planning Dashboard, when a new annotation is added to that data point, then the user receives a notification via email or in-app alert.

Users can highlight parts of the chart or graph to add contextual annotations.

Given that a user is viewing a graph in the Scenario Planning Dashboard, when they select a portion of the graph, then they should have the option to add a contextual annotation that relates to the selected data segment.

Users can delete their own annotations within the Scenario Planning Dashboard.

Given that a user has rights to edit annotations, when they access their previously created annotation, then they should have an option to delete it successfully and receive a confirmation message indicating the deletion was successful.

Annotations are indexed and searchable for easy accessibility.

Given that a user is on the Scenario Planning Dashboard, when they enter a search term related to annotations in the search bar, then all relevant annotations with that term should appear in the search results.

Customizable Dashboard Views

"As a frequent user, I want to customize my view in the Scenario Planning Dashboard so that I can focus on the metrics that are most relevant to my role and responsibilities."

Description

The Customizable Dashboard Views requirement allows users to personalize their experience by configuring the layout and components of the Scenario Planning Dashboard according to their individual preferences. Users can choose which metrics to display, rearrange widgets, and select preferred visualizations to create a tailored view that best meets their informational needs. This flexibility is essential for enhancing user engagement and satisfaction, as it allows different users to focus on the metrics that matter most to them, improving the usability of the platform in various roles and contributing to better decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

Users can customize their dashboard layout based on their preferences.

Given a user is on the Scenario Planning Dashboard, when they choose to customize their view, then they should be able to rearrange widgets, select displayed metrics, and choose preferred visualizations.

Users want to save and retrieve their customized dashboard settings.

Given a user has customized their dashboard view, when they click the 'Save' option, then their settings should be saved and retrievable the next time they log in to the platform.

Different user roles have unique dashboard needs based on their responsibilities.

Given a user with the role of 'Analyst', when they access the dashboard, then they should see specific metrics relevant to data analysis while 'Managers' see metrics focused on overall business performance.

The dashboard provides a seamless user experience when customizing views.

Given a user is customizing their dashboard, when they adjust settings and click 'Apply', then the changes should reflect immediately without any lag or errors.

The dashboard should support a variety of visualization types according to user preference.

Given a user is customizing their dashboard, when they select metrics to display, then they should have the option to choose from at least five different visualization types (e.g., bar chart, line graph, pie chart).

Users are informed of successful customization actions through notifications.

Given a user has made changes to their dashboard, when they click 'Save', then a notification should appear confirming that their settings have been successfully saved.

Real-Time Data Updates

"As a business analyst, I want the Scenario Planning Dashboard to update automatically with real-time data so that I am always working with the most accurate and timely information during analysis."

Description

The Real-Time Data Updates requirement ensures that the Scenario Planning Dashboard displays the most current information by implementing mechanisms for real-time data streaming and updates. This feature is essential for businesses where information can change rapidly, as it provides users with instant insights without the lag that can occur with periodic updates. Implementing this requirement enhances the platform's reliability and effectiveness in delivering timely information, allowing users to make quicker, more informed decisions based on the latest data available.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives real-time notifications on the Scenario Planning Dashboard when data updates occur, allowing for immediate visibility into changing metrics and insights.

Given the user is logged into the Scenario Planning Dashboard, when a data update occurs, then a real-time notification is displayed on the dashboard.

The Scenario Planning Dashboard reflects the updated data within 5 seconds of the data change occurring in the integrated systems to ensure users see the most current information.

Given that the data has changed, when the user views the Scenario Planning Dashboard, then the data displayed must be updated within 5 seconds.

The dashboard provides a historical comparison of data immediately before and after updates, fostering better insights on trends over time.

Given that data has been updated, when the user accesses the historical data section, then they should see a comparison of data points before and after the update.

Users can customize the frequency of data refreshes according to their preferences to tailor their dashboard experience.

Given that the user accesses the settings of the Scenario Planning Dashboard, when they select a refresh rate option, then the dashboard should update based on the selected frequency.

The dashboard maintains performance and does not lag when displaying real-time data updates, even with high-volume data streams.

Given the dashboard is receiving real-time data updates, when the user interacts with the dashboard, then it should remain responsive without lag or delay.

Users can access the dashboard on various devices without compromising on the speed of real-time updates to maintain accessibility.

Given that the user accesses the Scenario Planning Dashboard from a mobile, tablet, or desktop device, when any data update occurs, then the updates must be visible instantly across all devices.

Risk Assessment Toolkit

The Risk Assessment Toolkit provides users with tailored metrics and insights to evaluate the risks associated with different scenarios. This feature includes scenario-specific risk indicators and visualizations that assist users in understanding potential pitfalls and benefits. By enhancing risk visibility, decision-makers can make more balanced strategic choices, reducing potential adverse impacts on the business.

Requirements

Custom Risk Metrics

"As a compliance officer, I want to create custom risk metrics tailored to our unique business processes so that I can evaluate risks more accurately and make better-informed decisions."

Description

The Custom Risk Metrics requirement allows users to define and configure personalized risk indicators that align with their specific business needs and scenarios. This feature will enable users to quantify risks in a way that resonates with their organizational context, thus improving the accuracy of their risk assessments. By allowing customization, the Risk Assessment Toolkit enhances the overall utility of the platform, ensuring that all potential risks are identified and measured accurately, leading to more informed decision-making processes. This feature will integrate seamlessly with existing data sets and components of InsightLoom, providing a holistic view of risks and impacts across various scenarios.

Acceptance Criteria

User Scenario for Custom Risk Metrics Creation

Given a user accesses the Custom Risk Metrics feature, When they select 'Create New Metric' and input relevant data, Then the system should save the metric and display it on the user's dashboard.

User Scenario for Editing Custom Risk Metrics

Given a user has created a custom risk metric, When they select to edit the metric's parameters, Then the system should allow them to modify values and save the changes without errors.

User Scenario for Deleting Custom Risk Metrics

Given a user has multiple custom risk metrics defined, When they choose to delete a specific metric, Then the system should remove the metric from the user's dashboard and confirm the deletion.

User Scenario for Viewing All Custom Risk Metrics

Given a user is logged into the Risk Assessment Toolkit, When they navigate to the 'Custom Metrics' section, Then the system should display all created metrics in a list with their corresponding values and descriptions.

User Scenario for Importing Existing Data for Metrics

Given a user has existing risk data in an Excel file, When they upload the file through the Custom Risk Metrics feature, Then the system should parse the data correctly and allow for integration into their metrics configuration.

User Scenario for Associating Metrics with Specific Scenarios

Given a user has custom risk metrics, When they select a scenario to associate the metrics with, Then the system should update the risk metrics to reflect their relationship with the chosen scenario accurately.

Scenario Visualization Tools

"As a project manager, I want to visualize different risk scenarios using graphs and charts so that I can present findings more clearly to stakeholders and drive strategic discussions."

Description

The Scenario Visualization Tools requirement includes advanced graphing and visualization capabilities that allow users to see the projected impacts of various risk scenarios at a glance. Features will include customizable charts, heat maps, and dashboards that visually represent risk levels, potential benefits, and consequences associated with different decisions. This tool empowers users to explore various scenarios interactively and derive clear insights efficiently, thereby enhancing their ability to communicate risk factors to stakeholders. Graphical representations of risk assessments will improve the user experience and facilitate quicker understanding of complex data.

Acceptance Criteria

User navigates the Scenario Visualization Tools to customize a risk assessment chart for specific business scenarios.

Given a user has access to the Scenario Visualization Tools, when they select a specific scenario and customize the parameters, then the chart should update in real-time to reflect the selected data and display accurate risk and benefit metrics.

User generates a heat map based on various risk levels for different scenarios.

Given a user has selected multiple risk scenarios, when they click on the 'Generate Heat Map' button, then a heat map should display accurately visualizing the risk levels associated with each scenario, with color coding based on predefined risk thresholds.

User exports visualization data for stakeholder presentations.

Given a user has created a risk scenario visualization dashboard, when they select the export option, then the system should generate a downloadable report in PDF format that accurately includes all visual representations and metrics displayed on the dashboard.

User interacts with the dashboard to filter risk scenarios based on predefined metrics.

Given a user is viewing the risk assessment dashboard, when they apply filters for risk metrics (e.g., risk level, potential impact), then the dashboard should update dynamically to only display scenarios that meet the selected criteria.

User shares a customized scenario visualization with team members using the platform's collaboration features.

Given a user has created a custom scenario visualization, when they select the 'Share' option and input recipient email addresses, then the system should send a shareable link allowing collaborators to view the specific scenario visualization.

User receives tooltips while hovering over interactive elements on the risk assessment dashboard.

Given a user is interacting with the risk assessment dashboard, when they hover over interactive elements such as graphs or charts, then tooltips should appear displaying detailed information about the data points for enhanced understanding.

User resets all filters and parameters on the visualization tools to view the default settings.

Given a user has made multiple adjustments to filters and parameters, when they click the 'Reset' button, then all settings should revert to their original defaults without losing any data integrity.

Automated Risk Alerts

"As a business analyst, I want to receive automated alerts for potential risks so that I can take swift actions to mitigate impacts before they escalate."

Description

The Automated Risk Alerts requirement aims to implement a proactive notification system that alerts users of emerging risks based on defined thresholds and conditions. This feature will use real-time data analysis to identify when risks reach a certain level, immediately notifying relevant stakeholders through emails, in-app notifications, or dashboard indicators. By catching potential issues early, the Automated Risk Alerts feature supports timely responses and mitigation efforts, minimizing adverse impacts on the business. This will also enhance the user experience by keeping decision-makers informed without needing to constantly monitor risk levels.

Acceptance Criteria

Scenario where a user has set specific risk thresholds for various indicators in the Risk Assessment Toolkit and expects to receive notifications when these thresholds are breached.

Given that the user has set risk thresholds for specific indicators, when a threshold is breached, then the user should receive an immediate alert via email and an in-app notification.

Scenario in which the system is under high load, and the user is concerned about the timely delivery of risk alerts.

Given that the system is experiencing high load, when a risk alert condition is triggered, then the system must still deliver the notification within 5 minutes.

Scenario where a user wants to customize the alert settings to receive only critical alerts based on risk levels.

Given that the user has configured their notification preferences to receive only critical alerts, when a non-critical risk level is reached, then the user should not receive any notifications for that event.

Scenario involving the assessment of risk alerts based on a predefined set of criteria allowing for post-incident analysis.

Given that the user has accessed the risk assessment dashboard, when a risk alert is triggered, then the system must log the alert details and provide a summary of the incident within the dashboard.

Scenario in which a decision-maker is reviewing historical risk alerts to evaluate past trends.

Given that the user accesses the historical alerts section, when they select a specific date range, then the system must display all relevant risk alerts that occurred during that period.

Scenario where users are training or onboarding and may not understand the alerting system.

Given that a new user has accessed the risk assessment toolkit, when they view the help documentation, then it must include a clear explanation of how the automated risk alerts function, including examples.

Scenario where the user has multiple stakeholders involved and needs to ensure everyone is informed about emerging risks.

Given that the user has shared the risk assessment toolkit with multiple stakeholders, when a risk alert is triggered, then all shared users must receive the alert via their preferred notification method (email or in-app).

Risk Assessment Collaboration Hub

"As a team lead, I want a collaboration hub within the risk assessment tool so that my team can discuss risks in real-time and build a collective understanding of potential threats."

Description

The Risk Assessment Collaboration Hub requirement allows team members to collaboratively assess risks by providing a platform for sharing insights, discussions, and document attachments within the application. This collaborative feature will enable multiple users to comment, ask questions, and add their observations regarding specific risks, creating a centralized repository of knowledge and perspectives. By fostering collaboration, the hub enhances the richness of risk assessments and promotes collective problem-solving, leading to more comprehensive risk management strategies across teams.

Acceptance Criteria

Collaborative Risk Assessment in Action

Given a user is logged into the Risk Assessment Collaboration Hub, when they create a new risk assessment document, then they can invite other team members to view and comment on the document.

Commenting and Discussion Features

Given multiple users are reviewing a risk assessment document, when one user adds a comment or question, then all invited users receive a notification of the new comment in real-time.

Document Attachment Functionality

Given a user is working within a risk assessment document, when they upload a supporting file, then the file should be accessible to all users involved in that assessment and must show a confirmation of successful upload.

Centralized Knowledge Repository

Given a risk assessment document is completed, when the users archive it, then it should automatically become part of a searchable archive where all previous assessments can be accessed by authorized users.

Risk Assessment Review Process

Given a risk assessment document is shared with team members, when the deadline for reviewing the document approaches, then the system should send reminders to users who have not yet commented or reviewed the document.

User Access Control and Management

Given a user is a project manager, when they create a new risk assessment Hub, then they should have the ability to set access levels for team members, restricting or permitting specific functionalities based on their roles.

Feedback Integration into Risk Assessment

Given a user receives feedback on their risk assessment document, when they integrate the feedback into the document, then a version history should be automatically generated to track changes made based on collaborative inputs.

Integrated Predictive Analytics

"As a risk manager, I want predictive analytics integrated into the toolkit so that I can anticipate future risks and implement strategies to manage them effectively."

Description

The Integrated Predictive Analytics requirement involves integrating AI-driven analytical tools that forecast potential risks based on historical data and current trends. This feature will analyze significant patterns and correlations, allowing users to receive predictions about future risks that may affect their projects or operations, thus enhancing strategic planning. The predictive analytics will be tied into the Risk Assessment Toolkit, providing deeper insights into risk dynamics and preparing users for potential challenges. This will enable more proactive decision-making by presenting likely outcomes based on data-driven insights.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Risk Assessment Toolkit and selects a specific project to analyze potential risks using integrated predictive analytics.

Given the user has selected a project, When they initiate the risk analysis, Then the system should display predictive insights and risk metrics relevant to that project based on historical data and current trends.

Users review the visualizations generated by the predictive analytics tool within the Risk Assessment Toolkit.

Given the user is reviewing risk visualizations, When they hover over a data point, Then detailed information about that risk, including its potential impact and likelihood, should be displayed clearly.

A decision-maker utilizes the insights from the integrated predictive analytics to make strategic choices for upcoming projects.

Given the predictive insights are displayed, When the decision-maker selects a suggested action based on the predicted risks, Then the system should provide a summary of the potential outcomes associated with that action.

Users receive notifications regarding significant changes in predictive risk levels for ongoing projects.

Given that predictive analytics are monitoring active projects, When a critical risk threshold is surpassed, Then the system should notify users with an alert detailing the risk and recommended actions to mitigate it.

A user customizes the risk indicators for specific industry scenarios to enhance the predictive analytics functionality.

Given the user is in the customization settings, When they modify the risk indicators and save the changes, Then the system should reflect these customizations in the analytics outputs for relevant scenarios.

The predictive analytics feature is used in a training session for new users to understand its functionalities.

Given that the training session is being conducted, When the instructor goes through the predictive analytics workflow, Then all functionalities should be operable and accurately demonstrate expected outcomes without errors.

Real-Time KPI Adjustment

This feature allows users to modify their key performance indicators (KPIs) on-the-fly as new business demands arise. Real-time adjustments enable teams to respond to changing market conditions or internal priorities quickly, ensuring that they are always focused on the most relevant data metrics. This adaptability enhances agility and ensures that performance tracking aligns with immediate business goals.

Requirements

Dynamic KPI Modification

"As a business manager, I want to dynamically modify my KPIs according to real-time market demands so that my team can always focus on the most relevant metrics and drive effective decision-making."

Description

The Dynamic KPI Modification requirement empowers users to alter key performance indicators in real-time, providing a flexible approach to performance tracking that adjusts to shifting business priorities and market conditions. This feature is essential for facilitating agile responses, enabling teams to concentrate on the metrics that matter at any given moment. By integrating this functionality into InsightLoom, businesses benefit from enhanced visibility over their performance metrics, allowing them to remain competitive and focused on relevant data. The implementation should ensure an intuitive interface where users can easily select, edit, and save changes to KPIs without technical expertise, improving their ability to make informed decisions based on the most current data.

Acceptance Criteria

User initiates the Dynamic KPI Modification feature from the dashboard during a quarterly review meeting where business priorities have shifted.

Given a user is logged into InsightLoom, when they navigate to the KPI section, then they should see an option to modify existing KPIs and create new ones, displayed clearly without needing technical support.

A finance manager wants to adjust revenue-related KPIs due to a recent drop in sales expectations from stakeholders.

Given the user accesses the Dynamic KPI Modification interface, when they select a revenue KPI, then they should be able to edit the KPI parameters (like target values) and save these changes successfully, confirming with a success message.

An operations team leader needs to adapt KPIs in response to unexpected production delays due to supply chain issues.

Given the operational KPI dashboard is open, when the user modifies a KPI to reflect new production timelines, then the changes should be immediately reflected in the dashboard without page refresh or lag, ensuring real-time visualization.

The marketing team is launching a new campaign and wants to track leads as a new KPI.

Given the user is on the Dynamic KPI Modification page, when they create a new KPI for tracking leads, then that KPI should be selectable in the dashboard reporting options, confirming addition with a notification of successful creation.

A project manager reviews the KPIs during a team meeting and needs to remove a KPI that is no longer relevant.

Given the user is viewing their current KPIs, when they select a KPI to remove, then they should receive a confirmation prompt and, upon confirming, the KPI should be deleted from their current view and not appear in future reports.

A data analyst wants to ensure that the changes made to KPIs are compliant with the company's data policies before finalizing them.

Given a user has modified several KPIs, when they attempt to save these changes, then the system should validate compliance with set policies and alert the user if any changes do not comply with such policies.

A user is testing the dynamic KPI modifications across different user roles to ensure permissions are intact.

Given a user logged in as an Admin, when they modify a KPI and another user logged in as a Standard User accesses the same KPI, then they should only see the KPIs they have permission to view and manage, demonstrating role-based access controls are functioning correctly.

User-Friendly KPI Dashboard

"As a team leader, I want an easy-to-use KPI dashboard that allows me to visualize and manage my performance metrics so that I can quickly assess our progress and drive improvements where necessary."

Description

The User-Friendly KPI Dashboard requirement involves creating a visually appealing and intuitive dashboard for users to view and manage their KPIs. This dashboard should aggregate key data points and provide customizable visualizations, allowing users to tailor the display to their needs and preferences. By making the dashboard easily navigable, users can quickly gain insights into their performance metrics, fostering improved decision-making and strategic planning. Integration with existing data sources must be seamless, ensuring that users have access to real-time information at all times. The benefit of this feature is a streamlined user experience that enhances the usability of InsightLoom for all users, regardless of their technical background.

Acceptance Criteria

User Customizes Dashboard View

Given a user is logged into InsightLoom, when they go to the KPI dashboard, then they can customize the displayed KPIs and save their preferences for future sessions.

Real-Time Data Integration

Given a user has integrated their data sources, when they access the KPI dashboard, then all KPIs are displayed with real-time data reflecting the latest updates without manual refresh.

User Finds Necessary KPIs Easily

Given a user is on the KPI dashboard, when they search for a specific KPI, then the dashboard displays search results quickly and allows the user to add it to their view seamlessly.

Multiple Users Collaborate on KPI Adjustments

Given multiple users are accessing the KPI dashboard simultaneously, when one user makes a KPI adjustment, then all users see the updated KPIs in real-time without delay.

Dashboard Performance Metrics Update Seamlessly

Given the user has set up KPIs, when the underlying data changes, then the performance metrics displayed on the dashboard update automatically within 5 seconds.

User Chooses Different Visualization Types

Given a user is viewing their KPIs, when they choose to change the visualization type (e.g., bar chart, line graph), then the dashboard updates to reflect the selected visualization instantly.

User Receives Alerts for KPI Thresholds

Given a user sets threshold limits for specific KPIs, when the real-time data crosses these thresholds, then the user receives immediate alerts through the dashboard notifications.

Real-Time Data Notification System

"As a data analyst, I want real-time notifications on KPI changes so that I can promptly address any issues and make necessary adjustments to our strategies."

Description

The Real-Time Data Notification System requirement is designed to alert users instantly about significant changes or updates to their KPIs. This feature plays a crucial role in keeping teams informed and responsive to any deviations from expected performance levels. Notifications can be configured based on user preferences, including thresholds for various KPIs, ensuring that users are only alerted when necessary. The integration of this system within InsightLoom enhances user engagement and encourages proactive management of performance metrics. It not only helps in mitigating risks associated with unexpected changes but also facilitates timely decision-making based on current data trends.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an alert when a configured KPI exceeds its threshold during a business review meeting.

Given a user has set a threshold for KPI X, When the KPI X exceeds the threshold, Then the user should receive a real-time notification via email and in-app alert.

User customizes notification preferences for different KPIs in their profile settings.

Given a user has access to their settings, When they configure notification preferences for KPIs A, B, and C, Then the system should save these preferences and apply them accordingly for future alerts.

A user is alerted when KPI values update in real-time during a live dashboard session.

Given a user is viewing the dashboard in real-time, When a KPI updates significantly, Then the user should see a visual notification within the interface and hear an audible alert if enabled.

The system sends a daily summary email that includes notifications for KPIs that approached their thresholds.

Given a user is subscribed to daily summaries, When the day ends, Then the user receives an email detailing any KPIs that neared their configured thresholds for that day.

User needs to test the system's responsiveness when multiple KPIs change significantly at once.

Given a user has multiple KPIs configured with thresholds, When changes occur simultaneously to several KPIs, Then the user receives separate notifications for each KPI change without delay.

A user wants to disable notifications for a specific KPI but keep others active.

Given a user accesses the notification settings, When they disable notifications for KPI D, Then notifications for KPI D should stop while notifications for all other KPIs remain active.

User validates that notifications are consistent across desktop and mobile applications.

Given a user sets a threshold for KPI E, When KPI E exceeds the threshold, Then the user should receive the same notification on both desktop and mobile applications within 5 seconds of the change.

KPI Historical Trend Analysis

"As a business strategist, I want to analyze the historical trends of our KPIs, so that I can identify patterns and make data-driven decisions for future growth."

Description

The KPI Historical Trend Analysis requirement enables users to view and analyze historical data trends of their KPIs over specified time periods. This feature is essential for understanding performance trajectories and making forward-looking decisions based on past data patterns. By incorporating robust analytical tools, users can conduct thorough analyses and derive actionable insights from their KPI history, ultimately leading to better-informed strategies. The implementation must ensure that users can easily select timeframes and visualize trends through graphs and charts, enhancing their ability to spot patterns and anomalies. This feature broadens the functionality of InsightLoom by fostering deeper analytics capabilities for users interested in long-term performance evaluation.

Acceptance Criteria

Viewing Historical KPIs Over Selected Time Periods

Given the user selects a specific KPI and a date range, when the user clicks on the 'Analyze' button, then the system should display a graphical representation of the KPI's historical trend over the selected period.

Customizing Time Frames for Historical Analysis

Given the user is on the KPI Historical Trend Analysis page, when the user inputs a custom date range and confirms the selection, then the system should validate the date range and apply it to the analysis display without errors.

Identifying Patterns in Historical Data

Given the user has successfully selected a KPI and a date range, when the historical trend graph is displayed, then the system should highlight any significant anomalies or patterns in the data, such as spikes or dips, for user visibility.

Exporting KPI Trend Analysis Report

Given the user has viewed the historical trend analysis for a KPI, when the user clicks on the 'Export Report' button, then the system should generate a downloadable report in PDF format summarizing the KPI analysis details for the specified period.

Real-Time Data Reflection in Historical Trends

Given the user has adjusted a KPI in the Real-Time KPI Adjustment feature, when the user revisits the KPI Historical Trend Analysis, then the trends should reflect the latest data inputs and adjustments made by the user.

User-Friendly Visualization of Trends

Given the user accesses the historical KPI trend analysis, when the system generates the graph representation, then the visual elements (colors, legends, tooltips) should be clear and intuitive, enhancing understanding without requiring technical expertise.

User Feedback Mechanism for Trend Analysis Utility

Given the user has engaged with the KPI Historical Trend Analysis feature, when the user submits feedback through the provided mechanism, then the feedback should be successfully recorded and acknowledged by the system.

KPI Sharing and Collaboration

"As a project manager, I want to share KPI insights with my team so that we can collaborate effectively on performance improvements and align our strategies."

Description

The KPI Sharing and Collaboration requirement allows users to share their KPI insights with team members or stakeholders easily. This feature promotes collaboration and knowledge sharing within the organization, as users can invite others to view or discuss KPIs in real-time. By integrating sharing options and collaborative tools within InsightLoom, teams can engage in more productive discussions based on the most up-to-date information. Users should be able to set permissions on shared data, ensuring that sensitive information is protected while fostering an open dialogue around performance metrics. This capability enriches the collaborative nature of the platform, driving greater teamwork and alignment on business objectives.

Acceptance Criteria

User Sharing KPIs with Team During Weekly Review Meeting

Given a user is logged into InsightLoom, when they select a KPI to share, then they should be able to invite team members via email or shared link to view the KPI in real-time, with access permissions customizable by the user.

Setting Permissions on Shared KPIs

Given a user is sharing a KPI report, when they set the permissions, then they should be able to choose from options such as 'view only' or 'edit', ensuring control over access to sensitive information.

Collaborative Discussion on KPI Insights

Given two or more team members have access to a shared KPI, when they use the commenting feature within InsightLoom, then they should be able to discuss insights effectively with real-time notifications for any comments made.

Real-Time Updates of KPI Data After Sharing

Given a KPI is shared with team members, when the underlying data of the KPI is updated, then all users with access to the KPI report should see the updated data in real-time without needing to refresh the page.

Exporting Shared KPIs for External Stakeholders

Given a user has shared a KPI insights report, when they choose to export the report, then it should be available in standard formats such as PDF and Excel, maintaining the view permissions of the shared report.

Inviting Stakeholders to View KPIs

Given a user wants to invite an external stakeholder to view specific KPIs, when they send an invitation link, then the stakeholder should have access to the KPIs with restrictions as defined by the user (e.g., time-limited access).

Customizable KPI Dashboards

Users can create tailored dashboards that display selected KPIs with personalized visualizations and layouts. This feature helps individuals and teams focus on the metrics that matter most to their specific roles or projects, allowing for a more streamlined approach to data analysis. By customizing their dashboards, users can enhance their ability to monitor performance efficiently and effectively.

Requirements

Dynamic KPI Selection

"As a data analyst, I want to select and customize the KPIs displayed on my dashboard so that I can focus on the metrics that are most relevant to my current analysis and reporting needs."

Description

Users must be able to select which Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) to display on their customizable dashboards. This functionality will include an intuitive interface that allows users to filter through available KPIs, check boxes for selection, and a search functionality to quickly find specific metrics. This feature enhances user engagement by ensuring that only relevant data is prominently displayed, allowing for a tailored data analysis experience that aligns closely with individual or team objectives. The ability to customize KPIs mitigates information overload and focuses attention on the metrics that matter most, thereby enhancing decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the KPI dashboard customization interface to select KPIs relevant to their project.

Given the user is logged into InsightLoom, when they navigate to the KPI dashboard customization section and click 'Add KPI', then the available KPIs should be displayed in a filterable list with check boxes for selection.

User utilizes the search functionality to find a specific KPI for their dashboard.

Given the user is on the KPI selection interface, when they type a keyword in the search bar, then the list of KPIs should dynamically filter to show only those that match the search criteria.

User selects multiple KPIs to be added to their dashboard layout.

Given the user has the KPI selection list open, when they select five KPIs using the check boxes and click 'Add to Dashboard', then the selected KPIs should be successfully added to their customized dashboard layout without errors.

User views their updated KPI dashboard to ensure selected KPIs display correctly.

Given the user has added selected KPIs to their dashboard, when they access their dashboard, then all selected KPIs should be displayed accurately with their corresponding visualizations as per user’s configuration.

User decides to remove a previously selected KPI from their dashboard.

Given the user is viewing their customized dashboard, when they click the 'Remove' button next to a selected KPI, then that KPI should be removed from the dashboard without requiring a page reload.

User attempts to select KPIs but encounters an error in the list display.

Given the user is trying to access the KPI selection interface, when there is a system error, then a user-friendly error message should be displayed informing the user of the issue and prompting them to try again.

User saves their customized dashboard settings for future access.

Given the user has made selections for their KPI dashboard, when they click 'Save Dashboard', then the system should confirm the save action and allow the user to access their customized dashboard with the selected KPIs in subsequent sessions.

Drag-and-Drop Dashboard Design

"As a project manager, I want to rearrange the elements on my dashboard using drag-and-drop so that I can create a layout that works better for my team's needs and my project management style."

Description

Implement a drag-and-drop functionality that allows users to rearrange dashboard components seamlessly. Users should be able to easily drag visualization elements like charts, graphs, and tables to their desired locations within the dashboard. This feature contributes to user autonomy and personalization, enabling users to design a workspace that accommodates their workflow preferences and analytical needs. The capability to customize layouts will lead to more intuitive data presentations, ultimately enhancing the overall user experience and engagement with the platform.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully rearranges dashboard components using drag-and-drop functionality.

Given a user is logged into their InsightLoom account, when they drag a visualization element and drop it in a new location on the dashboard, then the element should occupy the new position without loss of functionality.

User experiences intuitive interaction when customizing their dashboard.

Given a user is in the dashboard editing mode, when they attempt to drag and drop any component, then they should be able to see a visual indicator suggesting where the component will be placed.

User saves a customized dashboard layout after making changes.

Given a user has rearranged components on their dashboard, when they click the 'Save' button, then the new layout should be retained and displayed the next time the user accesses their dashboard.

User encounters responsive behavior while editing dashboard layouts on different devices.

Given a user is accessing InsightLoom on a tablet, when they drag and drop dashboard components, then the interface should adjust automatically to accommodate the new layout without requiring a refresh.

User checks the performance of the drag-and-drop feature across different browsers.

Given a user accesses InsightLoom on multiple web browsers, when they utilize the drag-and-drop functionality, then it should perform consistently without errors across all tested browsers (Chrome, Firefox, Edge, Safari).

User receives feedback during dragging actions.

Given a user is dragging a component on their dashboard, when they hover over a valid drop location, then the interface should display a highlight or animation indicating that the component can be placed there.

User utilizes keyboard shortcuts during dashboard customization.

Given a user prefers keyboard navigation, when they use keyboard shortcuts to rearrange dashboard components, then the elements should be moved according to the specified shortcuts without requiring a mouse or touch input.

User-defined Alerts and Notifications

"As a marketing director, I want to set up alerts for my KPIs so that I am notified immediately if performance metrics drop below a target level, enabling me to take timely action."

Description

Users should be able to set up custom alerts based on specific KPI thresholds or anomalies. This requirement entails the creation of a simple interface allowing users to define criteria for alerts, such as when a KPI exceeds or falls below a certain value. Notifications can be sent via email or through the application. This feature aids businesses in maintaining their performance targets proactively; when users are alerted to significant changes or trends in their KPIs, they can react swiftly and adjust strategies, ultimately supporting better business outcomes and mitigating risk.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets a custom alert for when their KPI exceeds a specified value.

Given the user is on the KPI dashboard, when they create an alert for a KPI with a threshold set above the current value, then the system must allow saving this alert and initiate notifications once the KPI exceeds that threshold.

User receives an email notification when a KPI alert condition is met.

Given the user has set a custom alert for a KPI exceeding a threshold, when the KPI exceeds that threshold, then the user must receive an email notification within 5 minutes of the alert being triggered.

User modifies an existing alert and verifies its functionality.

Given the user has an existing alert for a KPI, when they modify the threshold of that alert, then the system must update the alert and send a confirmation message to the user that the alert has been successfully updated.

User deletes a custom alert and verifies its removal.

Given the user has a custom alert set up for a KPI, when they choose to delete that alert, then the alert must be removed from the list of active alerts, and the user must receive a confirmation message of the deletion.

User receives an in-app notification when a KPI alert condition is triggered.

Given the user has set a custom alert for a KPI with the notification configured for in-app delivery, when the KPI condition is met, then the user must see an in-app notification displayed prominently on their dashboard.

User defines alerts based on multiple KPIs and verifies their functioning.

Given the user has multiple KPIs set up on their dashboard, when they create alerts based on different KPIs, then the system must allow them to set multiple distinct alerts and notify the user according to each individual KPI’s conditions when triggered.

User consults the history of triggered alerts.

Given the user has set multiple alerts for KPIs, when they navigate to the alerts history section, then they should see a complete list of past alerts indicating the KPI, the threshold condition, and the time of the alert.

Integration with Third-Party Data Sources

"As a business analyst, I want to integrate data from our CRM system into my dashboard so that I have a complete view of customer performance metrics alongside our internal KPIs."

Description

Enable seamless integration of third-party data sources (e.g., CRM systems, social media analytics, and other databases) into user dashboards. This requirement necessitates the development of APIs and connectors that allow users to bring in external data without technical assistance. This integration expands the usability of InsightLoom by ensuring that users can have a holistic view of their performance metrics derived from multiple sources, facilitating comprehensive analysis and insights. The cross-platform capability will empower users to make data-driven decisions that reflect a comprehensive understanding of their business landscape.

Acceptance Criteria

User integrates a new CRM system with InsightLoom to visualize customer data alongside sales performance metrics.

Given a user with appropriate permissions, when they select an option to integrate a CRM system and provide valid authentication credentials, then the system should successfully connect and fetch relevant data without error.

A user wants to customize their KPI dashboard to include social media analytics, which requires integration with a third-party analytics service.

Given a user on the dashboard customization page, when they opt to add a third-party data source and select a specific social media analytics service, then the integration options should be displayed and selectable without any technical hurdles.

Users need to review performance metrics from various data sources in real time to make fast decisions during a team meeting.

Given that all integrated data sources are connected, when a user accesses their customized KPI dashboard, then all relevant metrics from the integrated sources should load within three seconds, accurately reflecting the latest data available.

A new user attempts to integrate their company's database into the InsightLoom platform without prior technical knowledge.

Given a new user, when they follow the step-by-step integration wizard provided by InsightLoom, then they should be able to successfully connect their company's database within 10 minutes, receiving a confirmation of successful integration at the end.

A user modifies their dashboard layout to prioritize sales KPIs and remove less relevant metrics.

Given a user in customization mode, when they drag and drop various KPI widgets to reorganize their dashboard layout, then the changes should be reflected in real-time without requiring a page refresh.

Users expect the system to notify them in case of a failure to integrate a third-party data source.

Given an integration attempt with a third-party service that fails, when the system detects the failure, then an informative notification must be displayed to the user explaining the error and suggesting possible solutions.

A user wants to ensure that the data sourced from various third-party systems is consistent and reliable before making decisions based on that data.

Given that multiple third-party data sources have been integrated, when the user checks the dashboard, then all displayed KPIs must have a visibility indicator showing the last successful data sync time and any discrepancies in data retrieval must be flagged for review.

Dashboard Sharing Options

"As a sales manager, I want to share my KPI dashboard with my team so that we can all stay informed about sales performance and collaborate effectively on our strategies."

Description

Provide users with the capability to share their customized dashboards with team members or stakeholders. This functionality should include options for sharing via email, generating a shareable link, or exporting dashboards to PDF or other formats. Sharing dashboards will enhance collaboration and transparency within teams, allowing for collective insights and discussions. This requirement supports the product's goal of fostering data-driven decision-making as users share crucial visual data representations and findings with relevant parties, facilitating better alignment and communication around performance metrics.

Acceptance Criteria

User shares a customized KPI dashboard with a colleague via email.

Given the user has created a customized dashboard, when the user selects the 'Share via Email' option and inputs the colleague's email address, then the colleague should receive an email containing a link to the shared dashboard and relevant instructions for accessing it.

User generates a shareable link for their customized KPI dashboard.

Given the user has created a customized dashboard, when the user selects the 'Generate Shareable Link' option, then a unique link should be created that directs users to the dashboard without requiring them to log in to InsightLoom.

User exports a customized KPI dashboard to a PDF format.

Given the user has created a customized dashboard, when the user selects the 'Export to PDF' option, then the dashboard should be downloaded as a PDF file that accurately reflects the current state of the dashboard, including all visualizations and layout chosen by the user.

User shares a customized KPI dashboard with multiple team members.

Given the user has created a customized dashboard, when the user selects the 'Share via Email' option and inputs multiple email addresses, then each of the inputted email addresses should receive a separate email notification with a link to the shared dashboard.

User sets permissions for shared dashboards.

Given the user has shared a customized dashboard, when the user sets permissions for team members (view/edit), then the specified permissions should be accurately enforced, allowing team members to either view or edit the dashboard as intended.

User removes access to a previously shared KPI dashboard.

Given the user has previously shared a customized dashboard, when the user selects the 'Remove Access' option for a specific team member, then that team member should no longer have access to the dashboard and should receive notification of this change.

User accesses the shared dashboard via mobile device.

Given a colleague has shared a dashboard with the user, when the user opens the link to the shared dashboard on a mobile device, then the dashboard should be fully responsive and maintain its visual integrity across various screen sizes.

KPI Alert System

An automated alert system that notifies users when certain KPIs reach predefined benchmarks, whether they indicate success or require attention. This proactive feature ensures that users are immediately informed of critical changes in performance, enabling swift action to capitalize on opportunities or address issues before they escalate.

Requirements

Threshold Configuration

"As a business analyst, I want to configure thresholds for KPIs so that I can receive alerts specific to my company's performance metrics, helping me address issues promptly."

Description

The Threshold Configuration capability allows users to define and customize benchmarks for various KPIs within the KPI Alert System. Users can set specific values or ranges for different metrics to determine when alerts should be triggered. This feature enhances user control over the monitoring process, ensuring that alerts are relevant and tailored to each user's business needs. By giving users the ability to adjust thresholds, InsightLoom ensures that businesses can react promptly to critical performance indicators that matter most to them, thereby facilitating proactive decision-making and resource allocation.

Acceptance Criteria

User configures a KPI threshold for monthly sales revenue to trigger an alert when sales drop below $10,000.

Given a user is logged into InsightLoom, when they set the sales revenue KPI threshold to $10,000, then the system should save the threshold and trigger an alert when sales are below this value.

User edits an existing KPI threshold for customer satisfaction score from 75 to 80 to increase alert specificity.

Given a user is viewing their KPI threshold settings, when they update the customer satisfaction score threshold from 75 to 80, then the system should successfully update the threshold and confirm the change with a notification.

User wants to set thresholds for multiple KPIs simultaneously for an upcoming board meeting.

Given a user accesses the threshold configuration interface, when they set thresholds for monthly revenue, daily website traffic, and customer satisfaction score, then the system should allow the user to save all thresholds at once without errors.

User reviews all configured KPI thresholds to ensure they align with their business objectives.

Given a user navigates to the KPI thresholds review page, when they view the list of all thresholds, then they should see all previously configured thresholds displayed accurately with the option to edit or delete them.

User attempts to set a KPI threshold with invalid data input.

Given a user tries to set a KPI threshold with a negative value, when they submit this threshold, then the system should display an error message indicating that only positive values are allowed.

Real-Time Notifications

"As a team leader, I want to receive real-time notifications for KPI alerts so that I can take immediate action when performance metrics change unexpectedly and prevent potential losses."

Description

The Real-Time Notifications feature provides instant alerts to users when their KPIs reach predefined thresholds. This functionality ensures that users are made aware of critical performance changes as they happen, enabling them to act quickly on opportunities or resolve issues. The notifications can be delivered via multiple channels, including email, SMS, or in-app alerts, ensuring that users can access critical information anytime and anywhere. The immediacy of the notifications significantly enhances the operational agility of businesses, allowing them to respond efficiently to changing conditions.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives a notification via email when their sales KPI crosses the predefined success threshold during a monthly review meeting.

Given the sales KPI is set to a threshold of $50,000, When the sales figure exceeds $50,000, Then the user should receive an email notification within 5 minutes of the KPI being met.

A user checks their mobile app and receives a push notification alerting them that their customer satisfaction score has dropped below the acceptable level.

Given the customer satisfaction KPI threshold is set at 75%, When the current score falls below 75%, Then the user should receive a push notification within 2 minutes of the score dropping.

Management wants to ensure that when revenue KPIs reach their target, all relevant stakeholders are notified across all chosen channels.

Given the revenue KPI is defined and the target is set at $100,000, When the revenue reaches $100,000, Then notification should be sent via email, SMS, and in-app alert within 3 minutes to all specified stakeholders.

A user wishes to customize the notification settings and ensure that alerts only go to their mobile device for certain KPIs.

Given the user customizes notification settings for the inventory turnover KPIs to send alerts via SMS, When the inventory turnover crosses the threshold, Then the user should receive an SMS notification only, without additional email alerts.

A user is away from their desk but needs to be alerted on critical KPI drops that could affect strategic decisions.

Given that critical KPI thresholds are pre-defined, When any critical KPI drops below its threshold, Then the user should receive an immediate SMS and push notification, ensuring they are informed even when away from their desk.

User Role-Specific Alerts

"As a department manager, I want to receive alerts relevant to my team’s KPIs so that I can ensure our performance metrics are met without being overwhelmed by irrelevant information."

Description

User Role-Specific Alerts enable different notifications to be tailored based on user roles within the organization. This feature allows the KPI Alert System to send customized alerts to various team members (like managers, sales personnel, and finance officers) based on their responsibilities and interests in the KPIs being monitored. By ensuring that the right information reaches the right person, this capability enhances collaboration across teams and promotes efficiency in addressing key performance issues immediately.

Acceptance Criteria

Alerts for Role-Based KPIs with Customization

Given a user with a specific role, when the KPI alert system is configured, then the user should receive alerts only relevant to their defined KPIs and thresholds.

Managerial Notifications on Critical KPI Changes

Given that a KPI threshold is breached, when the event occurs, then managers receive an immediate alert detailing the KPI, the nature of the change, and suggested actions.

Sales Personnel Target Alerts

Given a sales personnel user role, when sales KPIs are updated, then the corresponding alerts should be sent reflecting any changes that could impact their targets.

Finance Officer Alerts for Budget KPIs

Given a finance officer role, when budget-related KPIs hit critical limits, then notifications must include a clear summary of the KPI status and recommended actions to address budget issues.

Custom Alert Configurations by Role

Given the system settings, when an admin configures user roles, then the admin must be able to create individual alert parameters that align with each role’s responsibilities and KPIs.

User Role Notification Preferences

Given user settings for notifications, when a user updates their preferences, then the KPI alert system should reflect these changes immediately for all applicable KPIs.

Alert History Log

"As a data analyst, I want to access an alert history log so that I can analyze past KPI alerts and improve our monitoring strategies based on historical data."

Description

The Alert History Log feature provides users with access to a comprehensive history of all KPI alerts that have been triggered, including details such as the date, time, and the metrics involved. This capability helps users track past performances, analyze decision-making timelines, and learn from previous alerts. The history log serves as a valuable tool for businesses to assess how effectively they are responding to KPI changes and helps in refining future thresholds and alert configurations. Being able to reference past alerts enhances operational learning and strategic planning.

Acceptance Criteria

User views the Alert History Log after receiving multiple KPI alerts over a week to analyze trends and responses.

Given the user is logged into InsightLoom, when they navigate to the 'Alert History Log', then they should see a list of all triggered alerts with relevant details such as date, time, alert type, and KPI metrics associated with each alert.

User searches for a specific KPI alert in the Alert History Log to evaluate the response to previous alerts.

Given the user is on the 'Alert History Log' page, when they enter a KPI name in the search bar, then only the alerts related to the specified KPI should be displayed in the results.

User sorts the Alert History Log by date to quickly identify the most recent KPI alerts.

Given the user is on the 'Alert History Log' page, when they click on the 'Date' header, then the alerts should be sorted chronologically, allowing users to view the latest alerts first.

User wants to export the Alert History Log to share with the team for a review meeting.

Given the user is on the 'Alert History Log' page, when they click the 'Export' button, then a CSV file containing all the alert history details should be generated for download.

User reviews the Alert History Log and identifies alerts that triggered actions for further operational improvements.

Given the user is viewing the 'Alert History Log', when they filter alerts that required action, then only those alerts with notes on actions taken should be displayed.

User accesses the Alert History Log to understand the changes in KPI performance over time.

Given the user is on the 'Alert History Log' page, when they review the logs, then they should see a clear summary of KPI performance with visual indicators of success or failure based on predefined thresholds.

Integration with External Systems

"As an operations manager, I want to integrate the KPI Alert System with our CRM software so that I can get alerts based on sales performance in one cohesive system, enhancing visibility and response times."

Description

Integration with External Systems allows the KPI Alert System to connect with third-party applications and platforms such as CRM, ERP, and marketing tools. This requirement is crucial for businesses that operate across multiple software solutions, as it enables seamless data exchange and alerts based on a wider range of metrics. Users will be able to pull relevant data from these external sources, allowing for a richer context for their KPI monitoring and broader insights into their business performance. This feature enhances overall productivity by preventing data silos and ensuring consistency in business operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User sets up KPI alerts for sales revenue targets based on data pulled from a CRM system.

Given the user has configured KPI thresholds for sales revenue, when the revenue data from the CRM exceeds the defined benchmarks, then the system must send an immediate alert notification to the user.

User integrates the KPI Alert System with an external ERP system to monitor inventory levels.

Given the user has successfully connected the ERP inventory module to the KPI Alert System, when inventory levels drop below a predefined threshold, then an alert should be triggered to inform the relevant stakeholders.

User activates KPI alerts for marketing metrics pulled from a marketing tool.

Given the user has specified KPI thresholds for marketing metrics in the KPI Alert System, when the marketing tool updates its data indicating a KPI breach, then the user receives an alert detailing the metric that triggered the notification.

User checks the historical performance of KPI alerts after integration with external systems.

Given that the KPI Alert System is integrated with multiple external systems, when the user reviews the alert history, then they should be able to see all alerts triggered by data from these systems, including timestamps and related metrics.

User needs to customize notification preferences for KPI alerts based on integration with external systems.

Given the user accesses the notification settings, when they modify their preferences to select specific alert channels (e.g., email, SMS), then the system must save their preferences and apply them to all future alerts generated from the external integrations.

User wants to verify the accuracy of KPI alerts generated from integrated systems.

Given the KPI Alert System has generated alerts based on data from external systems, when the user cross-references the alerts with the original data in the external systems, then the alerts should match the conditions set by the user.

User analyzes trends based on KPI alerts received over the last month.

Given that the user receives KPI alerts over a defined period, when they access the analytics dashboard, then they must be able to visualize a trend report indicating the frequency and type of alerts received during that period.

Customizable Alert Frequency

"As a user managing multiple KPIs, I want to customize how frequently I receive alerts so that I can maintain focus on my priorities without constant interruptions."

Description

The Customizable Alert Frequency feature allows users to set how often they wish to receive alerts on their defined KPIs, offering options for immediate, hourly, daily, or weekly notifications. This flexibility helps users manage the volume of information they receive, ensuring that they are not overwhelmed by constant alerts while still staying informed about critical changes. Users can find a balance that suits their workflow and decision-making efficiency, enhancing their overall experience with the KPI Alert System and making it a more valuable tool for their operations.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to receive immediate alerts when a KPI crosses a critical threshold during business hours.

Given the user has selected immediate alert frequency, when a KPI crosses its defined benchmark, then the system sends a notification to the user’s specified contact method within 5 minutes.

User prefers to receive daily summaries of KPI alerts at a specific time every day.

Given the user has set daily alert frequency, when the daily time is reached, then the system should send a summary report of KPI alerts for the previous 24 hours.

User wants to adjust the alert frequency for a specific KPI from immediate to hourly notifications.

Given the user has access to the alert settings, when the user changes the alert frequency from immediate to hourly for a specific KPI, then the system should confirm the change and apply the new frequency immediately.

User needs to receive weekly reports of KPIs only if certain conditions are met.

Given the user has set weekly alerts conditional on specific KPI thresholds, when the end of the week occurs, then the system should check the KPI values and send a report only if the conditions are met.

User wishes to deactivate alert notifications temporarily without deleting the settings.

Given the user is in the alert settings menu, when the user selects the option to deactivate notifications, then the system should stop sending alerts until the user reactivates them, while keeping all previous settings intact.

User wants to test the alert system to ensure it works as expected before relying on it for important decisions.

Given the user has a test KPI set up, when the user initiates a test alert, then the system should trigger the alert to the user immediately and provide feedback on successful delivery.

User wants to adjust alert settings from multiple devices and expects changes to be synchronized across all devices.

Given the user adjusts alert settings from one device, when the changes are saved, then those same settings should reflect in real-time on all other devices logged in with the same user account.

Integrated KPI Benchmarking

This feature allows users to compare their custom KPIs against industry standards or historical data, providing benchmarks that assist in evaluating performance. By offering direct insights into how KPIs stack up against competitors or past performance, users can better identify areas for improvement and set realistic targets, driving organizational growth.

Requirements

KPI Import Integration

"As a data analyst, I want to import my custom KPIs from various file formats so that I can compare our performance against predefined benchmarks without manual data entry."

Description

The KPI Import Integration requirement involves building a seamless process for users to import their custom KPIs into the InsightLoom platform. This functionality should support multiple data formats (e.g., CSV, Excel) and allow users to map their KPIs to existing categories in the system. By facilitating easy data importation, users can quickly set benchmarks based on their own metrics, eliminating the need for manual entry and enhancing accuracy. This integration will empower users to leverage their unique performance indicators alongside standardized benchmarks, enriching their analysis and decision-making capabilities.

Acceptance Criteria

User imports a CSV file containing custom KPIs into the InsightLoom platform, maps each KPI to its respective category, and seeks confirmation of successful import and mapping.

Given a CSV file with valid KPI data, when the user uploads the file and completes the mapping, then the system should display a success message and the imported KPIs should appear in the user's dashboard under the correct categories.

User attempts to import an Excel spreadsheet with custom KPIs; the file contains incorrect formatting, leading to an error during the import process.

Given an Excel file with invalid formatting, when the user tries to import the file, then the system should provide a detailed error message indicating the nature of the format issue and suggestions for correction.

The user wants to import multiple data formats (CSV and Excel) with a variety of KPIs simultaneously into their dashboard to compare them efficiently.

Given different files in CSV and Excel format containing custom KPIs, when the user attempts to import these files in one session, then all valid KPI imports should succeed while invalid entries are reported separately, with a summary of successful and unsuccessful imports displayed.

User specifies a KPI category and wants to review the KPIs already present in that category before importing new ones.

Given a predetermined KPI category selected by the user, when the user requests to view existing KPIs in that category, then the system should display a list of current KPIs associated with that category without delay.

User seeks to finalize the mapping of custom KPIs to benchmark categories after importing data and ensuring they are correctly categorized to measure performance against standards.

Given the imported KPIs and proposed mapping categories, when the user confirms the mapping, then the system should enable benchmarking functionality against industry standards, displaying any discrepancies or areas for improvement.

Benchmark Visualization Dashboard

"As a business manager, I want to see a visual representation of our KPIs against industry benchmarks so that I can quickly identify trends and areas for improvement."

Description

The Benchmark Visualization Dashboard requirement entails creating an interactive dashboard that displays the users' KPIs alongside industry benchmarks and historical performance data. This feature should utilize data visualization techniques to highlight areas of strength and weakness, enabling users to understand their performance in context. The dashboard will provide filters for time periods, industry categories, and specific KPIs. By visually depicting the relationships and trends over time, users can easily interpret data patterns and make informed decisions to improve performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the Benchmark Visualization Dashboard to evaluate their performance against industry KPIs and historical data over the past year.

Given the user is on the Benchmark Visualization Dashboard, when they select a time frame of the past year, then the dashboard displays the user's KPIs alongside corresponding industry benchmarks and historical data for the selected period.

User applies filters to view KPIs for a specific industry sector within the Benchmark Visualization Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Benchmark Visualization Dashboard, when they select a specific industry category filter, then the dashboard updates to show only the KPIs relevant to that industry along with the appropriate benchmarks.

User wants to identify trends in their KPIs over multiple time periods using the Benchmark Visualization Dashboard.

Given the user is viewing the Benchmark Visualization Dashboard, when they select multiple time periods for their KPIs, then the dashboard visually represents the trends with clear differentiations and comparisons across those periods.

User checks the interpretability of the displayed data trends in the Benchmark Visualization Dashboard.

Given the user is on the Benchmark Visualization Dashboard, when they hover over specific data points, then tooltips appear showing detailed descriptions and trends associated with each KPI for clarity and better insight.

User assesses their performance improvement over time using the Benchmark Visualization Dashboard.

Given the user has selected a KPI to evaluate, when they analyze the visual representation over time, then they can clearly see the upward or downward trends compared to both industry benchmarks and historical performance data.

User needs to share insights from the Benchmark Visualization Dashboard with their team during a meeting.

Given the user is on the Benchmark Visualization Dashboard, when they click on the 'Share' option, then the dashboard generates a shareable report that includes visual representations and key insights of their KPIs and benchmarks.

Automated Benchmark Recommendations

"As a performance manager, I want the system to automatically suggest relevant benchmarks for my KPIs so that I can set meaningful performance targets without extensive research."

Description

The Automated Benchmark Recommendations feature will analyze the users' KPIs and automatically suggest relevant benchmarks based on their industry and performance history. This requirement involves implementing AI algorithms to identify comparable benchmarks and provide actionable insights for users. By delivering tailored recommendations, users can set realistic improvement targets and align their performance goals with industry standards. This feature enhances the user experience by reducing the effort involved in finding appropriate benchmarks for KPIs, thereby driving informed decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User logs into InsightLoom, navigates to the KPI benchmarking section, and requests automated benchmark recommendations based on their KPIs for the last quarter.

Given the user has entered their KPIs, when they request benchmark recommendations, then the system should display at least three relevant benchmarks for each KPI.

User reviews the automated benchmark recommendations provided by the system for their specific industry and performance data.

Given the user is viewing the benchmark recommendations, when they analyze the suggested benchmarks, then they should be able to see how each benchmark compares against their KPIs, including visualizations or graphs for clarity.

User exports the benchmark recommendations to a report to share with their team during a strategy meeting.

Given the user selects the export option, when they choose to download the report, then the system should generate a PDF containing the benchmark recommendations with relevant data points and visualizations included.

User wants to validate the accuracy of benchmark recommendations to ensure they align with industry standards.

Given the user has received automated benchmark recommendations, when they cross-reference the provided benchmarks with trusted industry reports, then at least 80% of the benchmarks should align with the data from those reports.

User provides feedback on the relevance of the automated benchmark recommendations after reviewing them for a month.

Given the user submits feedback on the benchmark recommendations, when they complete the feedback form, then the system should capture this feedback and use it to improve future benchmarking suggestions.

User wants to receive notifications when new benchmarks become available based on industry changes.

Given the user opts in for notifications, when significant new benchmarks are published, then the user should receive an alert within the application and via email.

KPI Performance Alerts

"As an operations director, I want to receive alerts when our KPIs deviate from the benchmarks, so that I can take immediate action to address performance drops or seize new opportunities."

Description

The KPI Performance Alerts requirement involves setting up an alert system that notifies users when their KPIs fall below or exceed predetermined benchmarks. Users should be able to customize alert thresholds and choose their preferred notification method (e.g., email, in-app notification). This feature ensures that users stay informed about critical changes in their performance metrics, allowing them to respond swiftly to potential issues or opportunities for growth. By having timely alerts, organizations can operate more proactively and effectively manage their performance.

Acceptance Criteria

User receives an email alert when their KPI falls below the customized threshold.

Given a user sets a KPI threshold of 50, When the KPI value drops to 49, Then an email notification should be sent to the user.

User receives an in-app notification for KPI exceeding the upper limit.

Given a user sets a KPI threshold of 100, When the KPI value exceeds 100, Then an in-app notification should trigger and be displayed on the user’s dashboard.

User successfully customizes alert thresholds for multiple KPIs.

Given a user accesses the alert settings, When they customize thresholds for three KPIs and save changes, Then all custom thresholds should be accurately reflected in the system settings.

Users can opt-out of specific notification methods for KPI alerts.

Given a user has email and in-app notifications enabled, When they opt-out of email alerts, Then they should only receive in-app notifications for KPI alerts going forward.

User is able to review historical alert data in a structured format.

Given a user navigates to the alert history section, When they view the historical alerts, Then all alerts relating to their KPIs should be displayed with timestamps and KPI values in a sorted list.

Users can edit existing alert settings.

Given a user accesses the alert settings for a specific KPI, When they change the threshold value and save, Then the updated threshold should be applied immediately and reflected in the alerts system.

Users receive confirmation when alerts are successfully set up.

Given a user sets up new KPI alerts, When they complete the setup, Then a confirmation message should be displayed and an overview of the configured alerts should be shown on the screen.

Historical KPI Trend Analysis

"As a financial analyst, I want to analyze historical trends of our KPIs against benchmarks so that I can provide informed recommendations for future strategies based on past performance."

Description

The Historical KPI Trend Analysis requirement focuses on providing users with the capability to analyze their KPI performance over time against historical benchmarks. This feature will include analytical tools that visualize trends, seasonal variations, and patterns in KPI performance. Users can gain insights into how their performance has evolved and identify long-term progress or regressions. This will not only help in better understanding past performance but also aid in forecasting future trends, making strategic planning more reliable and data-driven.

Acceptance Criteria

User analyzes their KPI performance over the last year through the Historical KPI Trend Analysis feature, seeking to understand how their metrics have evolved over time compared to historical data.

Given a user selects a KPI and specifies a date range of the last year, when they access the Historical KPI Trend Analysis, then the system should display a line graph showing KPI performance trends over that period with data points for each month.

A user wants to detect seasonal variations in their KPIs using the Historical KPI Trend Analysis feature to make informed decisions for the upcoming quarter.

Given a user selects a seasonal KPI for analysis over the past three years, when the user requests trend analysis, then the system should visibly highlight seasonal spikes and dips with annotations indicating average performance for each season.

An organization wishes to forecast future KPI trends based on historical data using the Historical KPI Trend Analysis feature.

Given a user inputs KPI data for the past three years and selects forecasting options, when they execute the analysis, then the system should provide a predictive trend line that forecasts performance for the next quarter, displaying confidence intervals.

A manager reviews historical KPI trends to prepare for an upcoming meeting with stakeholders, needing insights into long-term performance changes.

Given a user selects multiple KPIs for comparison over a specified timeframe, when the historical KPI analysis is executed, then the results should yield a dashboard summary that aggregates the trend data with clear visuals of each KPI's performance changes over time.

A user wants to export the results of their Historical KPI Trend Analysis for further review in a meeting.

Given that a user has performed an Historical KPI Trend Analysis, when they choose to export the report, then the system should generate a downloadable PDF report containing all relevant graphs, data points, and analysis summaries.

A new user begins their journey in utilizing the Historical KPI Trend Analysis feature to familiarize themselves with their past KPI metrics.

Given a new user accesses the Historical KPI Trend Analysis feature for the first time, when they explore the tool, then the system should provide an interactive tutorial guiding them through the available features and functionality.

Dynamic KPI Collaboration

A collaborative platform that enables teams to discuss and analyze custom KPIs in real-time. Users can share insights, propose changes, and track amendments to KPIs collectively, fostering a culture of transparency and collaborative decision-making. This feature enhances team alignment around performance metrics, ensuring that all stakeholders are informed and involved in KPI management.

Requirements

Real-time KPI Tracking

"As a team manager, I want to receive real-time updates on our KPIs so that I can quickly address any performance issues and guide my team effectively."

Description

This requirement enables users to view and track key performance indicators (KPIs) in real-time through an interactive dashboard embedded within InsightLoom. It provides automatic updates and alerts when KPIs fluctuate beyond predefined thresholds, enhancing the responsiveness of decision-making processes. This functionality is crucial for maintaining transparency in performance management and ensuring that all stakeholders can immediately access the most current data concerning their performance metrics, fostering accountability and informed deliberation within teams.

Acceptance Criteria

User accesses the interactive dashboard on InsightLoom to view real-time KPIs during a performance review meeting.

Given a user is logged into InsightLoom, When they navigate to the dashboard, Then they should see the current KPIs displayed with real-time updates.

A user sets predefined thresholds for a specific KPI and wishes to receive alerts when these thresholds are crossed.

Given a user has set a threshold for a KPI, When the KPI value exceeds or falls below the threshold, Then the system should send an immediate alert notification to the user.

A team member collaborates with others by discussing KPIs that have fluctuated in real time during a team huddle.

Given a user is viewing the KPI dashboard during a meeting, When a KPI value changes, Then the dashboard should automatically refresh to display the new value without needing a manual refresh.

A user customizes the view of KPIs on their dashboard to focus on specific metrics that are relevant to their department.

Given a user selects specific KPIs to display on their dashboard, When they save their dashboard configuration, Then only the selected KPIs should be visible on their future sessions.

The system logs KPI changes over time to facilitate later analysis by users.

Given a KPI has changed, When the change occurs, Then the system should log the previous value, new value, timestamp, and user who made the change for audit purposes.

A user who is not involved in KPI management should not have the capability to alter KPI values or thresholds.

Given a user with limited permissions attempts to edit a KPI, When they try to make a change, Then the system should display a permission denied message and prevent the action from occurring.

A user reviews historical KPI data to assess trends over a six-month period during a strategy meeting.

Given a user selects a specific KPI and requests historical data, When they access the historical data view, Then they should be able to visualize trends over the specified six-month period with clear indicators of fluctuations.

Collaborative KPI Commentary

"As a data analyst, I want to comment on KPIs within the platform so that I can collaborate with my teammates in real-time about performance discrepancies and solutions."

Description

This requirement implements a commenting system embedded in the KPI tracking interface, allowing users to discuss KPIs in context. Teams can provide insights, ask questions, and suggest changes directly on the KPI metrics, promoting collaborative decision-making. The commentary feature ensures discussions remain focused and relevant, allowing teams to build a rich dialogue around KPI performance while documenting the history of discussions for accountability and reference, which is vital for continuous improvement and strategic adjustments.

Acceptance Criteria

User Initiates a Comment on KPI Performance

Given a user is viewing the KPI tracking interface, when the user clicks on the comment button, then a comment box should appear allowing the user to enter their thoughts and insights about the KPI metrics.

User Views Previously Added Comments

Given a user is on the KPI tracking interface, when the user scrolls to the comment section, then all previously added comments should be visible along with the user names and timestamps.

User Edits Their Comment on a KPI

Given a user has previously added a comment on a KPI, when the user clicks the edit button next to their comment, then the comment should be editable, and upon saving, the updated comment should be displayed in the comment section.

User Can Delete Their Comment on a KPI

Given a user has added a comment on a KPI, when the user clicks the delete button next to their comment, then the confirmation prompt should appear, and upon confirmation, the comment should be removed from the KPI tracking interface.

Users Receive Notifications on Comment Replies

Given a user has commented on a KPI, when another user replies to that comment, then the original user should receive a notification about the reply in their account notifications area.

Users Search for Comments Related to KPIs

Given a user is in the KPI tracking interface, when the user enters a keyword in the search bar of the comments section, then only comments that match the keyword should be displayed.

Comments History is Documented with Dates

Given a comment on a KPI has been added, when the user views the comment, then the date and time of when the comment was posted should be visible alongside it for accountability and reference.

KPI Change Proposal System

"As a product owner, I want to propose changes to our KPIs so that we can ensure they remain relevant and aligned with our business goals as conditions change."

Description

This requirement establishes a formal process for proposing changes to existing KPIs. Users can submit proposals for adjustments, specifying the rationale and expected outcomes of the changes. The proposals can then be reviewed, discussed, and approved or rejected by designated stakeholders. This structured approach to KPI management ensures that all changes are thoughtful and documented, thereby facilitating better stakeholder engagement and alignment on performance objectives, which is critical for strategic direction.

Acceptance Criteria

Submitting a KPI Change Proposal by a team member.

Given a user has access to the KPI Change Proposal System, when they submit a proposal with a valid rationale and expected outcomes, then the proposal should be created and logged in the system without errors.

Reviewing a KPI Change Proposal by stakeholders.

Given that a KPI change proposal has been submitted, when a designated stakeholder views the proposal, then they should see all details including rationale, expected outcomes, and any comments from other users.

Discussing a KPI Change Proposal by team members.

Given that a KPI proposal is open for discussion, when team members comment on the proposal, then all comments should be visible and timestamped in the proposal's discussion thread.

Approving a KPI Change Proposal by stakeholders.

Given a KPI change proposal has been discussed, when a designated stakeholder approves the proposal, then the system should update the KPI status to 'Approved' and notify all relevant users about the decision.

Rejecting a KPI Change Proposal by stakeholders.

Given a KPI change proposal has been discussed, when a designated stakeholder rejects the proposal, then the system should update the KPI status to 'Rejected' and provide a reason for rejection visible to all users involved.

Tracking changes to KPIs after a proposal's approval.

Given an approved KPI change proposal, when the KPI metrics are updated, then the system should log the changes and maintain a history of amendments for future reference.

KPI Performance Visualizations

"As a business analyst, I want to visualize KPIs in different formats so that I can present data clearly and compellingly to my team during meetings."

Description

This requirement focuses on enhancing the visual representation of KPIs through customizable charts and graphs. Users can select from various formats to visualize KPI data, including line charts, bar graphs, and pie charts, making complex data more intuitive and easier to analyze. This feature supports users in drawing insights at a glance and facilitates more productive discussions in collaborative settings, ultimately leading to improved understanding and communication of performance data across the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects a KPI from a dashboard to visualize its performance over the last quarter.

Given the user is logged into InsightLoom and has access to the KPI dashboard, When the user selects the 'last quarter' option and chooses a specific KPI, Then the system should display the performance of that KPI in a line chart format, comparing it against previous quarters.

A user decides to change the visualization type of a KPI from a bar graph to a pie chart.

Given the user has a KPI visualized as a bar graph, When the user selects the pie chart option from the visualization settings, Then the system should update the display to show the KPI in a pie chart format within 2 seconds without data loss.

Multiple users collaborate on discussing a KPI visualization and propose changes in real-time during a meeting.

Given that multiple users are viewing a shared KPI visualization in a collaborative workspace, When one user proposes a change to the KPI calculation or visualization type, Then all users should receive a real-time notification of this change and see the updated visualization immediately.

A user wants to save their customized KPI visualization settings for future reference.

Given the user has customized a KPI visualization, When the user clicks on the 'Save Settings' button, Then the system should successfully save these customization settings, allowing the user to retrieve them in future sessions without additional adjustments.

A user accesses KPI visualizations on a mobile device.

Given a user opens InsightLoom on a mobile device, When the user navigates to the KPI visualization section, Then the system should display all visuals in a mobile-responsive format that maintains user ability to interact with the charts effectively.

KPI Version History Tracking

"As a compliance officer, I want to access historical versions of KPIs so that I can ensure that all changes were appropriately documented and analyzed for compliance reasons."

Description

This requirement involves implementing a version control system for KPIs that allows users to track changes made to KPIs over time. Users can view historical data and revisions, understanding how KPIs have evolved and the impacts of any changes. This transparency helps in assessing the effectiveness of prior decisions, thereby enabling better future strategic planning and maintaining a comprehensive audit trail, which is essential for both accountability and learning from past performance.

Acceptance Criteria

KPI version history tracking allows users to view the complete timeline of changes for a specific KPI, including who made each change and when it was made.

Given a KPI with existing versions, when a user accesses the KPI version history, then the user must see a list of all changes made to that KPI with timestamps and user identifiers for each change.

Users need to compare different versions of a KPI to evaluate changes over time and their impact on performance metrics.

Given multiple versions of a KPI, when a user selects two versions to compare, then the system must display all significant alterations in a side-by-side format highlighting the differences clearly.

When a user changes a KPI, the system should automatically create a new version and save all relevant details for tracking purposes.

Given a user updates a KPI, when the change is saved, then a new version must be generated in the KPI version history with a timestamp, user identifier, and description of the change made.

Users should be able to search for specific KPI version changes over a defined period to assess past performance trends.

Given the KPI version history, when a user inputs a date range for changes, then the system must return all revisions made to the KPI within that specified time frame.

The transparency of KPI changes must facilitate better future decision-making based on historical effectiveness.

Given the version history for a KPI, when a user reviews past versions, then they must have the capability to analyze trends and outcomes from prior decisions related to those changes.

Users need to be notified of any changes made to KPIs they are following, ensuring that stakeholders remain informed.

Given that a user is subscribed to updates on a KPI, when a change occurs, then a notification must be sent to the user immediately detailing the change and its implications.

The system should allow administrators to revert to previous KPI versions if an update is deemed ineffective or harmful.

Given a KPI with multiple versions, when an administrator selects a previous version to revert to, then the system must restore the previous version and document this action in the version history.

Automated KPI Trend Analysis

This feature analyzes historical data trends associated with custom KPIs, providing users with insights into performance patterns over time. By visualizing these trends, users can identify whether their changes are effective and make data-driven decisions to optimize future performance, ensuring a proactive approach to KPI management.

Requirements

Historical Data Integration

"As a data analyst, I want to integrate historical KPI data from multiple sources into InsightLoom so that I can analyze performance trends over time and identify areas for improvement."

Description

This requirement involves the seamless integration of historical data from various sources into the InsightLoom platform. It ensures that all relevant KPI data is collected and aggregated, allowing for comprehensive trend analysis. The integration should support various data formats and sources to enable users to visualize and analyze performance trends accurately. It is crucial for users to have access to complete historical datasets to derive meaningful insights and make informed predictions for future performance, ultimately optimizing decision-making processes.

Acceptance Criteria

User uploads a CSV file containing historical KPI data to InsightLoom during the initial setup.

Given a valid CSV file with historical KPI data, when it is uploaded to the platform, then the system should successfully integrate the data without errors and store it in the database for analysis.

A user selects the custom KPI that they want to analyze trends for in the dashboard.

Given that the historical data for the selected KPI is integrated, when the user selects the KPI from the dashboard, then the system should retrieve and display the relevant historical trend data within 5 seconds.

The user wants to visualize KPI performance trends over the past year through the dashboard.

Given that historical data for the KPI is available, when the user requests a yearly trend visualization, then the system should generate an accurate visual representation of the trend, including key statistics (e.g., average, minimum, maximum).

The user reviews the trend analysis report generated after integrating historical data.

Given that the historical KPI data has been analyzed, when the user accesses the trend analysis report, then the report should clearly indicate performance patterns, highlighting significant changes with context for the implications on business metrics.

A user attempts to integrate historical data from multiple sources with varying data formats.

Given that multiple data sources (CSV, Excel, and JSON) are provided for historical KPI data integration, when the user integrates the data, then the system should successfully parse and consolidate all data formats into a unified dataset for analysis.

An administrator monitors the status of historical data integration for potential errors or delays.

Given a data integration process in progress, when the administrator checks the integration status, then the system should display real-time updates and error logs if any issues arise during the integration process.

A user requests to export the integrated historical KPI data for external analysis.

Given that the historical KPI data is integrated, when the user requests an export in CSV format, then the system should provide the complete dataset to the user without data loss or corruption.

Dynamic KPI Dashboard Visualization

"As a business manager, I want a customizable dashboard that displays my selected KPIs in real-time so that I can monitor trends and make informed decisions rapidly."

Description

This requirement focuses on creating dynamic, customizable dashboards that visualize KPI trends in real-time. The dashboards should provide users with the ability to select which KPIs to display, set thresholds for alerts, and drill down into specific data points to explore trends further. Users should have access to various chart types and visualization tools to interpret data effectively. This functionality enhances user engagement and provides clear insights into company performance, supporting proactive decision-making.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects multiple KPIs to display on the dynamic dashboard.

Given the user has access to the KPI dashboard, when the user selects multiple KPIs to display, then the dashboard should dynamically update to show the selected KPIs in real-time with accurate data representation.

User sets up alerts for KPI thresholds on the dashboard.

Given the user is configuring the dashboard, when the user sets a threshold for a specific KPI alert, then the system should trigger notifications when the KPI crosses the defined threshold values.

User drills down into data points for detailed KPI analysis.

Given the user is viewing the KPI dashboard, when the user clicks on a data point in any chart, then the dashboard should present a detailed analysis and additional insights related to that specific KPI data point.

User customizes the visualization type for different KPIs on the dashboard.

Given the user is working on the KPI dashboard, when the user chooses to customize the visualization type for any KPI, then the system should allow selection from multiple chart types (e.g., bar, line, pie) and apply the new visualization immediately.

User views historical trend data over a selectable time frame.

Given the user is interacting with the KPI dashboard, when the user selects a time frame for analysis (e.g., last week, last month), then the dashboard should present historical trend data of the selected KPIs accurately for the chosen period.

User saves customized dashboard settings.

Given the user has modified their dashboard settings, when the user saves the customized dashboard, then the system should retain these settings for future use, enabling the user to access their customized view upon subsequent logins.

User accesses help documentation for dashboard features.

Given the user is on the dynamic KPI dashboard, when the user clicks on the help icon, then the system should display relevant help documentation and usage tips for the dashboard features.

AI-Powered Trend Prediction

"As a strategic planner, I want AI to predict future trends based on historical KPI data so that I can devise strategies that align with expected performance outcomes."

Description

The implementation of AI algorithms that analyze historical KPI data to predict future trends is critical. This requirement involves developing machine learning models that will utilize existing data to forecast future performance, allowing businesses to plan strategically. The predictions should be presented in an understandable format that highlights expected outcomes and potential actions. This feature empowers users to take a proactive approach in managing KPI performance and alignment with business objectives.

Acceptance Criteria

User views KPI predictions for quarterly sales performance.

Given the user has historical sales KPI data uploaded, When they access the AI-Powered Trend Prediction feature, Then the system displays predicted sales trends for the next quarter in a graphical format that includes both projected values and confidence intervals.

User reviews action suggestions based on predicted trends.

Given the user has received KPI trend predictions, When they click on the 'View Actions' button, Then the system provides actionable insights and recommendations based on the predicted trends, clearly outlining potential actions to take.

User analyzes the accuracy of previous predictions against actual performance.

Given the user has a set of past predictions and corresponding actual KPI data, When they access the 'Prediction Review' section, Then the system displays a summary of prediction accuracy using metrics such as MAE (Mean Absolute Error) and visual comparisons on a dashboard.

User sets thresholds for automated alerts based on trend predictions.

Given the user is viewing the trend prediction interface, When they set specific KPI thresholds for alerts, Then the system successfully saves these thresholds and triggers notifications when actual KPI values are predicted to exceed or drop below these thresholds.

User exports trend data for reporting purposes.

Given the user accesses the trend analysis report, When they click on the 'Export' button, Then the system generates and downloads a report in CSV format containing all relevant trend data and predictions.

User compares predicted trends across different KPIs.

Given the user selects multiple KPIs within the trend analysis module, When they visualize the comparison, Then the system displays a side-by-side graphical representation of predicted trends for the selected KPIs with the option to toggle between different visualization types.

Automated Reporting Generation

"As a department head, I want to automate the generation of performance reports so that I can save time and ensure that my team is informed with the latest data."

Description

This requirement enables users to generate automated reports based on preset KPIs and performance trends. Users should be able to schedule reports, customize the presentation format, and define the distribution list for report sharing. Automating the reporting process saves time and ensures that stakeholders receive timely insights, thus facilitating better decision-making across departments. Users can select whether to receive daily, weekly, or monthly reports, enhancing operational efficiency.

Acceptance Criteria

User schedules a weekly report containing sales performance KPIs for their team to review during the Monday morning meeting.

Given the user has selected 'Weekly' as the report frequency, when they set the report to be generated, then the report should be automatically emailed to the specified distribution list every Monday at 8 AM.

Admin customizes the presentation format of a performance report to include specific graphs and charts relevant to KPIs.

Given the user has selected the format customization options, when the report is generated, then it should display the selected graphs, charts, and data tables as per the user’s specifications.

User wants to generate a monthly KPI report that includes user engagement metrics to assess team performance for the last 30 days.

Given the user indicates a request for a monthly report, when the report is generated, then it should pull data from the last 30 days and accurately reflect the specified KPIs related to user engagement.

Stakeholder receives an automated daily report on website traffic KPIs for quick decision-making insights.

Given the user has selected 'Daily' reports, when the report is scheduled, then the designated stakeholders should receive the email containing the daily report every morning by 7 AM.

User enables a notification for the generation of reports to ensure they stay updated on changes in metrics.

Given the user has selected a notification option, when the report is generated, then it should trigger a notification to the user confirming that the report has been successfully sent to the distribution list.

User edits the distribution list for a scheduled KPI report when roles within the team change.

Given the user updates the distribution list, when they save the changes, then the new distribution list should be applied to subsequent report deliveries without error.

User tries to generate a report without selecting KPIs, thus testing system validation.

Given the user attempts to generate a report without selecting any KPIs, when they submit the report generation request, then the system should display a warning indicating that at least one KPI must be selected.

User Access Control Management

"As an IT administrator, I want to manage user access controls so that I can ensure that sensitive KPI data and functionalities are safeguarded against unauthorized access."

Description

This requirement entails the establishment of a robust user access control system that governs permissions related to KPI analysis functionalities. Users must have different access levels based on their roles, which is essential for data security and confidentiality. The implementation of this requirement ensures that sensitive KPI data is only accessible to authorized personnel, preventing unauthorized access or changes to the KPIs, thereby promoting data integrity and trust within the organization.

Acceptance Criteria

Admin User Configuring Access Levels for Team Members

Given an admin user is logged into the InsightLoom platform, when they navigate to the User Access Control Management page, then they should be able to assign different access levels to each team member based on their roles, and these changes should be saved successfully.

End User Accessing KPI Trend Analysis Feature

Given an end user has been granted access to the KPI Trend Analysis feature, when they log in and attempt to view the KPI trends, then they should be able to see the data as per their assigned access level without any unauthorized access to sensitive data.

Audit Log Functionality for User Changes

Given a user has updated access control settings, when an admin checks the audit log, then they should see a record of the changes made, including the user who made the change, timestamp, and details of the access level that was modified.

Unauthorized User Attempting Access

Given a user attempts to access the KPI trend analysis feature without proper permissions, when they log in and navigate to the feature, then they should receive a '403 Forbidden' error message indicating that they do not have access rights.

Role-based Access Testing for Various User Types

Given multiple user types (Admin, Analyst, Viewer) exist within the system, when each type is tested for accessing different KPI analysis functionalities, then the system should allow or deny access according to the predefined roles and permissions.

Interactive Trend Comparison Tool

"As a performance analyst, I want an interactive tool to compare my KPI trends against industry benchmarks so that I can assess our performance and identify potential areas for improvement."

Description

Developing an interactive tool that allows users to compare historical KPI trends against predefined benchmarks or industry standards is crucial. This feature will enable users to select specific KPIs and easily view comparisons, providing valuable context for performance evaluation. The visualizations should be intuitive, allowing for quick assessments and facilitating discussions around performance improvements. This tool supports strategic decision-making by highlighting areas needing attention relative to industry standards.

Acceptance Criteria

User wants to compare their sales KPI trends over the last year against the industry benchmark to identify areas for improvement before the quarterly review meeting.

Given the user has selected the sales KPI from the KPI dropdown menu, when the user clicks on 'Compare', then the system displays a visual comparison of the user's sales trend against the industry benchmark for the last year.

A manager needs to assess the marketing campaign performance by comparing current KPIs with previous years to determine effectiveness and inform future strategies.

Given the user has input the specified date range for comparison and selected marketing KPIs, when the user initiates the comparison, then the system generates a report showing the visual comparison of the selected KPIs across the specified years.

An executive team is preparing for their monthly strategy meeting and wants to review the operational efficiency against industry standards.

Given the executive team has access to the comparison tool, when they select operational efficiency KPIs and the desired benchmarks, then they receive a snapshot visualization that highlights discrepancies and domains needing improvement.

A user wants to quickly assess the trend of customer satisfaction KPIs over six months comparing it with the top-performing company in the same industry.

Given the user has selected the customer satisfaction KPI and the top-performing company for comparison, when they click 'Show Comparison', then the tool presents a clear graph reflecting the trend of the selected KPI against the benchmark for the past six months.

A data analyst needs to review the financial KPI trends to advise the finance team on necessary adjustments as part of their predictive analytics report.

Given the analyst has configured the KPIs for financial metrics comparison and set the timeframe, when they execute the comparison, then the system will return an intuitive dashboard showing historical KPIs against the selected benchmarks with actionable insights highlighted.

A business owner is evaluating the company's growth against the set targets and industry standards before making investment decisions.

Given the user has chosen relevant growth KPIs and targets, when the user requests to view the comparison, then the system generates a comprehensive report showing the growth KPIs' performance against both internal targets and industry standards.

A product manager needs to present the product’s performance metrics to stakeholders against competitor benchmarks for an upcoming presentation.

Given the product manager selects the relevant product KPIs and the competitor benchmarks, when they generate the performance comparison report, then the system shows a presentation-ready comparison visual that highlights key differentiators and areas of concern.

KPI Scenario Simulator

A unique tool that allows users to apply hypothetical scenarios to their KPIs to understand potential impacts and outcomes. Users can manipulate variables in real-time to see how changes might affect KPI performance, enabling strategic planning and foresight that adapt to anticipated market shifts or internal changes.

Requirements

Real-time Variable Manipulation

"As a business analyst, I want to manipulate variables in real time within the KPI Scenario Simulator so that I can quickly assess the impact of different scenarios on our KPIs and inform our strategic planning decisions."

Description

This requirement focuses on enabling users to dynamically adjust the various variables and inputs within the KPI Scenario Simulator in real time. Users should be able to modify data points such as sales figures, costs, and other metrics, allowing them to see instant updates on predicted KPI performance based on their scenario adjustments. This flexibility is crucial as it empowers users to perform scenario analyses swiftly, aiding in strategic decision-making and providing immediate insights into potential outcomes without needing technical support or extensive training.

Acceptance Criteria

User adjusts the sales figures in the KPI Scenario Simulator to analyze the impact on overall revenue KPIs in real-time before presenting to stakeholders.

Given the KPI Scenario Simulator is open, when the user modifies the sales figures by 10%, then the revenue KPI updates instantaneously to reflect the change within 2 seconds.

A user inputs various cost variables in the simulation to evaluate how potential cost savings will influence profit margins.

Given the cost inputs are adjustable, when the user reduces variable costs by 15%, then the profit margin KPI should recalculate and display the new value immediately without requiring a page refresh.

The user tests multiple scenarios by changing several variables at once and evaluates how it affects the overall KPI dashboard.

Given multiple variables are being adjusted simultaneously, when the user changes three key metrics (sales, costs, and customer acquisition), then all relevant KPIs on the dashboard should reflect updates concurrently within 5 seconds.

An operations manager uses the simulator to forecast KPI outcomes for the upcoming quarter based on seasonality factors.

Given the user sets seasonal adjustment factors in the simulator, when they apply these settings, then the KPI forecasts should update to show potential trends based on historical seasonal data as reflected by the user's input.

A user wants to compare projected KPIs based on different variable adjustments side by side within the simulator.

Given the side-by-side comparison feature is available, when the user selects different sets of variable inputs for comparison, then the simulator displays the projected KPIs for both scenarios clearly and effectively in a split view.

A marketing analyst assesses the effect of different advertising spend levels on customer acquisition KPIs in real-time.

Given the advertising spend variable is adjustable, when the user increases the spend by 20%, then the customer acquisition KPI should instantly show the projected impact based on the change in the advertising strategy.

Users utilize help documentation integrated within the simulator to understand how to adjust variables effectively for KPI assessments.

Given the user is on the variable adjustment screen, when they click the help icon, then a relevant help documentation section should appear, providing clear instructions on manipulating the inputs with examples.

Scenario Outcome Visualization

"As a marketing manager, I want to see visual representations of how different scenarios affect our KPIs so that I can easily convey insights to my team and make informed decisions accordingly."

Description

The requirement entails the development of comprehensive visualizations that illustrate the potential outcomes of varying scenarios applied to KPIs. Users should be able to visualize these outcomes through graphs, charts, and dashboards that represent both current and predicted KPI metrics. This visualization will help users interpret complex data relationships easily and understand potential KPI trajectories under differing variables, thus making strategic planning more accessible and intuitive.

Acceptance Criteria

User Scenario for Scenario Outcome Visualization with KPI Adjustments

Given a user has access to the KPI Scenario Simulator, when they adjust the variables for a selected KPI, then a visual representation of the potential outcomes must update in real-time on the dashboard to reflect those changes.

User Scenario for Comparing Multiple KPIs Simultaneously

Given a user is in the KPI Scenario Simulator, when they select multiple KPIs to visualize, then the system must present a comparative chart that displays current and predicted outcomes for all selected KPIs side by side.

User Scenario for Exporting Visualization Data

Given a user has analyzed the outcomes in the Scenario Outcome Visualization, when they choose to export the data as a report, then the system must generate a downloadable report that includes all visualizations and key metrics in various formats (PDF, Excel).

User Scenario for Saving and Retrieving Scenario Settings

Given a user has configured a specific scenario in the KPI Scenario Simulator, when they choose to save their settings, then the system must allow the user to retrieve those saved settings at a later time seamlessly.

User Scenario for Real-time Data Updates

Given a user is viewing the Scenario Outcome Visualization, when new data comes in regarding the KPI, then the visualizations must automatically refresh to reflect the most current data without requiring manual intervention.

User Scenario for User Guidance and Tooltips

Given a user navigates the KPI Scenario Simulator for the first time, when they hover over any variable or visualization, then contextual tooltips must provide clear descriptions and guidance on how to interpret the data presented.

Scenario Comparison Tool

"As a strategic planner, I want to compare different KPI scenarios side by side so that I can evaluate which strategic approach is most beneficial for our growth objectives."

Description

This requirement involves creating a comparison feature that allows users toselect and juxtapose multiple scenarios within the KPI Scenario Simulator. Users will be able to analyze differences and similarities between various hypothetical scenarios side by side, facilitating a deeper understanding of potential decisions' impacts. This feature is essential for organizations aiming to evaluate several strategies effectively and choose the most favorable option based on thorough comparative analysis.

Acceptance Criteria

User selects multiple KPI scenarios to compare performance metrics side by side in the KPI Scenario Simulator.

Given the user has selected three different scenarios, when they click on the 'Compare' button, then the dashboard should display the selected scenarios side by side, showing KPI metrics for each scenario in separate columns.

User manipulates variables in one scenario while keeping the others static to observe impact differences in KPIs.

Given the user is comparing three scenarios, when they adjust a variable in the first scenario, then the changes in KPIs for that scenario should be reflected instantly without altering the other scenarios.

User reviews the comparison results of multiple scenarios to identify key differences in KPI performance.

Given the user is viewing the comparison results, when they hover over a KPI metric, then a tooltip should display detailed information about that specific KPI for each scenario.

User saves the comparison of selected scenarios for future reference.

Given the user has successfully compared scenarios, when they click on the 'Save Comparison' button, then a confirmation message should appear, and the comparison should be accessible in their history section.

User shares the comparison results with team members through the platform.

Given the user has completed a scenario comparison, when they click the 'Share' button, then a shareable link should be generated that can be sent to other users, allowing them to view the same comparison.

Scenario Export and Reporting

"As a project manager, I want to export my scenario analyses to PDF so that I can share detailed reports with my stakeholders to facilitate informed discussions on strategic decisions."

Description

This requirement seeks to implement an export functionality that enables users to save their scenario setups and outcomes as reports in various formats, such as PDF or Excel. This feature is vital for users who need to present their findings or save analyses for future reference. The exported reports should maintain the integrity of all visualizations and data outputs generated during the simulation, providing comprehensive documentation of analyses for stakeholders.

Acceptance Criteria

User successfully exports a KPI scenario report to PDF format.

Given a user has created a KPI scenario and visualized the outcomes, when they choose to export the report as a PDF, then the report should be generated containing all visualizations and data outputs presented during the simulation.

User successfully exports a KPI scenario report to Excel format.

Given a user has created a KPI scenario and visualized the outcomes, when they choose to export the report as an Excel file, then the report should be generated in the specified format with all relevant visualizations and data outputs intact.

User verifies the integrity of the exported report contents.

Given a user has exported a KPI scenario report, when they open the report, then all data and visualizations should match the original scenario setup without discrepancies.

User sets up a KPI scenario with multiple variable manipulations before export.

Given a user has manipulated multiple variables in their KPI scenario, when they export the report, then all manipulated variables and their impacts should be accurately reflected in the exported report.

User receives a notification upon successful export.

Given a user successfully exports a KPI scenario report, when the export is complete, then the user should receive a confirmation message indicating that the report has been saved successfully.

User accesses help documentation related to report export functionality.

Given a user is unfamiliar with the report export feature, when they access the help documentation, then they should find comprehensive guidance on how to utilize the export functionality effectively.

User tests the performance of the export feature under load.

Given a user conducts concurrent exports of multiple KPI scenario reports, when they initiate the exports, then all reports should be generated without degradation in performance or failure.

User Feedback Mechanism

"As a user of the KPI Scenario Simulator, I want to provide feedback on my experience so that the development team can improve the tool and better meet my needs."

Description

This requirement describes the integration of a user feedback system within the KPI Scenario Simulator. Users should be able to provide feedback regarding their experience with the simulator, including suggestions for improvements and reporting issues. This feedback mechanism is crucial for ensuring that the tool evolves according to user needs and for continuously enhancing the user experience. The collected data will be instrumental for future iterations of the feature, guiding updates and enhancements based on actual user input.

Acceptance Criteria

Integration of User Feedback Form in KPI Scenario Simulator

Given a user is interacting with the KPI Scenario Simulator, when they click on the 'Feedback' button, then a feedback form should appear for the user to submit their experiences and suggestions.

Field Validation for Feedback Submission

Given a user has opened the feedback form in the KPI Scenario Simulator, when they attempt to submit the form with any required fields empty, then they should receive an error message prompting them to fill in the necessary fields before submission.

Successful Feedback Submission Notification

Given a user has completed the feedback form and clicked 'Submit', when the submission is successful, then a confirmation message should be displayed thanking the user for their feedback and informing them of its value.

Feedback Data Storage

Given a user has submitted feedback through the KPI Scenario Simulator, when the feedback is recorded, then the system should store the feedback data in a secure database for future analysis and review.

Feedback Visibility to Admins

Given that feedback has been submitted by multiple users, when an admin accesses the feedback management dashboard, then they should see a list of all feedback submissions, including user suggestions and reported issues.

Feedback Impact on Feature Development

Given that user feedback has been collected, when the product team reviews the feedback for their development cycle, then they should incorporate at least 50% of user-suggested enhancements into the next iteration of the KPI Scenario Simulator.

Feedback Summary Report for Users

Given that a certain number of feedback submissions have been processed, when a user accesses the feedback section of the KPI Scenario Simulator, then they should see a summary of common feedback themes and the actions taken in response to that feedback.

Product Details

Vision & Mission

Problem & Solution

Details & Audience

User Personas

Growth Seeker

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Strategic Planner

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Data Narrative Enthusiast

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Operational Guardian

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Customer Experience Advocate

Background

Needs & Pain Points

Needs

Pain Points

Psychographics

Channels

Product Features

Automated Alert Manager

Requirements

Custom Alert Criteria

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Multi-Channel Notification System

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Alert History Log

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User Role-Based Alerts

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Snooze Alerts Functionality

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Schedule Report Generator

Requirements

Report Scheduling Interface

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Automated Distribution of Reports

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Dynamic Report Content Adjustments

Description

Acceptance Criteria

User Notification Setup for Reports

Description

Acceptance Criteria

Historical Data Access for Reports

Description

Acceptance Criteria

KPI Trend Analyzer

Requirements

Automated Trend Detection

Description